STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

FOR WATER, RECYCLED WATER AND SEWER FACILITIES

Construction Specifications, Standard Drawings & Approved Materials

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION

• Introduction
• Signatory Agencies
• Technical Review

SECTION 2 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 01 General Requirements DIVISION 09 Finishes

DIVISION 02 Site Work DIVISION 10 Specialties
DIVISION 03 Concrete DIVISION 11 Equipment
DIVISION 04 Masonry DIVISION 12 Furnishings
DIVISION 05 Metals DIVISION 13 Special Construction
DIVISION 06 Wood and Plastics DIVISION 14 Conveying Systems
DIVISION 07 Thermal & Moisture Protection DIVISION 15 Mechanical
DIVISION 08 Doors and Windows DIVISION 16 Electrical

SECTION 3 STANDARD DRAWINGS

W Potable Water and Recycled Water Facilities

S Sewer Facilities

SECTION 4 APPROVED MATERIALS LIST

W Potable Water and Recycled Water Facilities

S Sewer Facilities

SECTION 5 APPENDICES

A. Valve Testing Procedures

B. New Product Submittal Form
C. Revisions
D. Wet-Tapping Guidelines
E. Units of Measurement

Visit The Website At: www.sdwas.com

WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

Standard Specifications for Potable Water,

Recycled Water and Sewer Facilities

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction

Signatory Agencies
 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
FOR POTABLE WATER, RECYCLED WATER AND SEWER FACILITIES
CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARD DRAWINGS AND APPROVED MATERIALS

INTRODUCTION
February 1, 2008

In early 1999, several public water agencies in the East County region of San Diego County formed a
committee to work toward the adoption and publication of a common set of Standard Specifications,
Standard Drawings, and Approved Materials for construction of potable water, recycled water and sewer
facilities. The intent of this effort was to simplify and standardize project requirements for those who
provide materials and design or construct projects in the geographical areas administered by these water
districts. This effort was the outgrowth of an existing Shared Resources Agreement between these public
agencies.

The five original agencies signatory to this effort were Helix Water District, Lakeside Water District, Otay
Water District, Padre Dam Municipal Water District, and Riverview Water District. These agencies
adopted the name Water Agencies’ Standards Committee (WASC) as the entity publishing the Water
Agencies’ Standards - Specifications, which became effective on April 2, 2001.

Between the original publication and the date shown above, three additional agencies, San Dieguito
Water District, Ramona Municipal Water District, and Santa Fe Irrigation District, have also adopted the
Specifications. Projects constructed within the jurisdictional boundaries of the agencies listed as
Signatory Agencies must conform to the provisions of the current edition of the Water Agencies’
Standards - Specifications.

It is the intent of the WASC that the Specifications be dynamic documents. Annual revisions have
typically been made to the Specifications, and the WASC continues to meet on a regular basis and to
issue revisions as warranted. The current Specifications, including all updates, are now only available
through the Water Agencies’ Standards website, www.sdwas.com. There is no charge for viewing,
downloading, or printing the Specifications. Registration is not mandatory, however, automatic e-mail
notification of updates to the Specifications will be sent to registered users only.

Please refer to Appendix “B” to apply for inclusion of additional products onto the Approved Materials List.
Please refer to Appendix “C” for making comments or for proposing changes to the Water Agencies’
Standard Specifications.

WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS Introduction

WWW.SDWAS.COM Page 1 of 1
 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
FOR POTABLE WATER, RECYCLED WATER AND SEWER FACILITIES
CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARD DRAWINGS AND APPROVED MATERIALS

February 1, 2008

SIGNATORY AGENCIES

RAMONA MUNICIPAL WATER

HELIX WATER DISTRICT
DISTRICT
7811 University Avenue 105 Earlham Street
La Mesa, CA 91941 Ramona, CA 92065

LAKESIDE WATER DISTRICT SAN DIEGUITO WATER DISTRICT

10375 Vine Street 505 S. Vulcan Avenue
Lakeside, CA 92040 Encinitas, CA 92024

OTAY WATER DISTRICT SANTA FE IRRIGATION DISTRICT

2554 Sweetwater Springs Boulevard P.O. Box 409
Spring Valley, CA 91978-2004 Rancho Santa Fe, CA 92067-0409

PADRE DAM MUNICIPAL WATER

DISTRICT
P. O. Box 719003
Santee, CA 92072-9003

The Water Agencies’ Standard Specifications have been adopted by the agencies listed above for the
installation of Potable Water, Recycled Water and Sewer Facilities within their service boundaries.

The above agencies are not responsible for use of all or any portion of this document on projects built or
administered by any other public agency or private entity. No representation or warranty of any kind is
made concerning the accuracy, completeness, suitability, or utility of any information or product discussed
in this document, and the agencies listed above assumes no liability arising from such use.

WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS Signatory Agencies

WWW.SDWAS.COM Page 1 of 1
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

Standard Specifications for Potable Water,

Recycled Water and Sewer Facilities

SECTION 2

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR POTABLE WATER,

RECYCLED WATER AND SEWER FACILITIES

Table of Contents

Standard Specifications, Division 1 through 16

 Standard Specifications for Potable Water,
Recycled Water and Sewer Facilities
TABLE OF CONTENTS

APPROVAL
SECTION DATE SECTION NAME PAGES

DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01000 02/01/2008 General Requirements 15

01070 02/01/2008 Abbreviations 12

DIVISION 02 SITE WORK

02202 02/01/2008 Slope Protection and Erosion Control 4

02223 02/01/2008 Trenching, Excavation, Backfilling and Compacting 10

DIVISION 03 CONCRETE

03000 02/01/2008 Cast-in-Place Concrete 8

03461 02/01/2008 Precast Concrete Manholes 7
03462 02/01/2008 Precast Concrete Vaults 5

DIVISION 04 MASONRY

Not Used

DIVISION 05 METALS

Not Used

DIVISION 06 WOOD AND PLASTICS

06620 03/01/2001 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Vaults 4

DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

Not Used

DIVISION 08 DOORS AND WINDOWS

Not Used

DIVISION 09 FINISHES

09910 09/28/2009 Field Painting and Coating 7

09915 09/03/2001 Shop-Applied Fusion-Bonded Polyester Coating 3

DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES

Not Used

Standard Specifications Table of Contents

Standard Specifications Page 1 of 2 Revised: 09/28/2009
 Standard Specifications for Potable Water,
Recycled Water and Sewer Facilities
TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTINUED

APPROVAL
SECTION DATE SECTION NAME PAGES

DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT

11020 02/01/2008 Concrete Vault Accessories 3

DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS

Not Used

DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

13110 09/28/2009 Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding 9

DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS

Not Used

DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL

15000 09/28/2009 General Piping System and Appurtenances 16

15041 07/30/2007 Disinfection of Piping 6
15043 11/01/2002 Sewer Leakage and Infiltration Testing 3
15044 02/01/2008 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Pipelines 3
15045 11/01/2002 Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspections 3
15056 03/01/2006 Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings 9
15057 03/01/2006 Copper Tubing, Brass and Bronze Pipe Fittings 4
15061 07/30/2007 Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated Steel Pipe and Specials 16
15064 02/01/2008 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe 7
15065 07/30/2007 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe 10
15074 03/01/2001 Blowoff Assemblies 3
15099 11/01/2002 Process Valves and Miscellaneous Valves 5
15100 03/01/2001 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV’s) 5
15102 07/30/2007 Butterfly Valves (BFV’s) 6
15108 03/01/2006 Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve, Combination 5
Air Valve Assemblies and Manual Air Relief Service
15112 09/03/2001 Backflow Preventers 4
15121 11/01/2002 Open Trench Pipe Casing 6
15125 03/01/2001 Jacked Pipe Casing 6
15151 11/01/2002 Recycled Water Facilities (Offsite) 5
15152 12/31/2003 Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite) 14
15300 03/01/2001 Fire Hydrants 4

DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL

Not Used

Standard Specifications Table of Contents

Standard Specifications Page 2 of 2 Revised: 09/28/2009
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DEFINITIONS

Wherever the following terms or pronouns occur in these Standard Specifications or in related
documents, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows:

A. "Approved Plans" shall mean the official plans, profiles, typical cross-sections, working
drawings, detail drawings, or exact reproductions thereof, approved by the District and
other appropriate government agencies, which show the locations, character,
dimensions, and details of the work required to construct the specified public
improvements.

B. "Approved Materials List" shall mean the listing of those materials reviewed, tested,
and allowed for use by the District for installation of its facilities (which may include
potable water, recycled water and sewer facilities).

C. "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Water Agency of jurisdiction.

D. "Contractor" shall mean the independent person, firm, corporation or partnership with
whom the District or Developer contracts for the performance of the work or any part
thereof covered by the Approved Plans and these Standard Specifications. Instructions
or information given by the District to the Contractor's superintendent or agent on the
Project shall be considered as having been given to the Developer.

E. "Developer" shall mean the independent person, firm, corporation or partnership whose
purpose is the development of property. The Developer shall, at all times be represented
on the Project in person or by a duly designated agent (Contractor or Private Engineer).
Instructions or information given by the District to the Contractor's superintendent or
agent on the Project shall be considered as having been given to the Developer.

F. "District" shall mean the Water Agency of jurisdiction.

For the unique purpose of these Standard Specifications, District shall also refer to the
District's representative(s) acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to
them.

The District shall resolve any and all issues which may arise with regard to the quality or
acceptability of approved materials furnished or work performed, to the manner of
performance and rate of progress of the work and shall answer all questions relating to
the interpretation of the Standard Drawings, the Approved Plans, the job specifications, if
any, and these Standard Specifications as well as the acceptable fulfillment of the
Contract on the part of the Developer.

G. "District Engineer" or "Engineer" shall mean the District’s Chief Engineer, or the
District’s General Manager, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents,
such agents acting severally within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 1 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
 H. "Inspector" shall mean the District’s authorized agent whose duties shall include those
defined elsewhere within these Standard Specifications, but who shall not direct the work
being performed.

I. "Engineer of Work" or “Private Engineer” shall mean a Civil Engineer or Structural

Engineer registered or licensed in California who is qualified to act as an agent of the
Developer in preparing plans for facilities to be approved and accepted by the District and
incorporated thereafter into the District’s system

J. "Project" or the “Work" shall mean the public improvement to be constructed in whole
or part within the boundaries of the District.

K. "Standard Drawings" shall mean the standard details issued by the District for
construction of District facilities.

L. “Water Agencies’ Design Guide” or “Water Agencies’ Standards Design Guide” or

“Design Guide” shall mean the current version of the Water Agencies’ Standards
Design Guidelines for Potable Water, Recycled Water and Sewer Facilities as adopted
and published by the member agencies of the Water Agencies’ Standards Committee.

M. “Water Agencies’ Standards” or “Water Agencies’ Standard Specifications” or

“Standard Specifications” shall mean the current version of the Water Agencies’
Standard Specifications for Potable Water, Recycled Water and Sewer Facilities as
adopted and published by the member agencies of the Water Agencies’ Standards
Committee.

1.02 LICENSE

The Contractor installing any new facilities or performing work on existing facilities within the
District shall possess, prior to the start of the Project, a License, defined by the latest edition of
the California Contractor's License Law and Reference Book, as:

A. Class A or C-34 for water pipeline installations.

B. Class A or C-42 for sewer pipeline installations.

C. Class A for major water and sewer facilities such as pump stations, reservoirs and
treatment plants.

Any Contractor possessing a license other than a Class A must receive written approval from the
District prior to initiating the work.

1.03 OPERATIONS IN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY

Work in public right-of-way shall be done in accordance with the requirements of the permit
issued by the public agency in whose right-of-way the work is located, in addition to the
requirements of the Approved Plans and Standard Specifications. If a permit is not required, the
work shall conform to the standards of the public agency involved in addition to conforming to the
Approved Plans and Standard Specifications.

1.04 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall abide by the conditions of the Regional Water Quality Control Board,
General Construction Activity Storm Water Permit and the project Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP).

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 2 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The reference standards of the organizations listed below form a part of these Standard
Specifications to the extent referenced and are referred to in the text by the basic designation
only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless otherwise stated.

AGENCY ADDRESS

AASHTO American Association 444 N. Capital St.

of State Highway and Washington, D.C. 20004
Transportation Officials

ACI American Concrete P.O. Box 19150

Institute Detroit, MI 48219

ANSI American National 1430 Broadway

Standards Institute New York, NY 10018

ASA American Standards 70 East 45th Street

Association New York, NY 10017

ASME American Society of 345 E. 47th Street

Mechanical Engineers New York, NY 10017

ASTM American Society for 1916 Race Street

Testing and Materials Philadelphia, PA 19103

AWS American Welding 550 N.W. Le Jeune Rd.

Society Miami, FL 33135

AWWA American Water 6666 W. Quincy Ave.

Works Association, Inc. Denver, CO 80235

CAL/ State of California 1006 Fourth Street

OSHA Occupational Safety and Sacramento, CA 95814
Health Administration

CFR Code of Federal Regulations Office of Federal Register

National Archives Administration
Washington, D.C. 20408

CRSI Concrete Reinforcing 228 N. La Salle St.

Steel Institute Chicago, IL 60601

CSLB Contractors State 9821 Business Park Dr.

License Board Sacramento, CA 95827

Helix WD Helix Water District 7811 University Ave.

La Mesa, CA 91941-4927

Lakeside WD Lakeside Water District 10375 Vine Street

Lakeside, CA 92040

NACE National Association of 1440 South Creek Dr.

Corrosion Engineers Houston, TX 77084

NFPA National Fire Protection Battery March Park

Agency Quincy, MA 02269

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 3 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
 AGENCY ADDRESS

NSF National Sanitation P.O. Box 130140

Foundation Ann Arbor, MI 48113

Otay WD Otay Water District 2554 Sweetwater Springs Blvd.

Spring Valley, CA 91978

Padre Dam Padre Dam Municipal P.O. Box 719003

MWD Water District Santee, CA 92072-9003

Ramona MWD Ramona Municipal Water District 105 Earlham St.

Ramona, CA 92065-1599

San Dieguito San Dieguito Water District 505 S. Vulcan Ave.

WD Encinitas, CA 92024

Santa Fe ID Santa Fe Irrigation District P.O. Box 409

Rancho Santa Fe, CA 92067-0409

SDG&E San Diego Gas and 101 Ash Street

Electric Company San Diego, CA 92102

SSPC Steel Structures 4400 Fifth Ave.

Painting Council Pittsburgh, PA 1521

SSPWC Standard Specifications for Joint Cooperative Committee

Public Works Construction c/o Associated General
(Greenbook) Contractors of California
1255 Corporate Center Dr., Suite 100
Monterey Park, CA 91754

Sweetwater Sweetwater Authority 505 Garrett Ave.

Authority Chula Vista, CA 91910

UBC Uniform Building Code International Conference of

Building Officials
5360 Workman Mill Rd.
Whittier, CA 90601

UNI-B Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association 2655 Villa Creek Dr., Ste. 155
Dallas, TX 75234

UPC Uniform Plumbing Code International Conference of

Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
20001 E. Walnut Dr. South
Walnut, CA 91789

WADG Water Agencies’ Design Guide www.sdwas.com

WAS Water Agencies’ Standards www.sdwas.com

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 4 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.06 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE

The Approved Plans, together with these Water Agencies’ Standard Specifications, shall govern
the work to be done. Anything indicated in the Standard Specifications but not shown on the
Approved Plans, or shown on the Approved Plans but not indicated in the Standard
Specifications, shall be of like effect as though shown or indicated in both. In resolving
inconsistencies between the Approved Plans and the various sections of the Standard
Specifications, the order of precedence shall be as follows:

1. Technical Specifications (Standard Specifications Sections 2 through 16)

2. Appendices to the Standard Specifications

3. Standard Drawings

4. Approved Plans

5. Approved Materials Lists

6. General Specifications (Standard Specifications Section 1)

7. Reference Standards

Figure dimensions on drawings shall take precedence over scale dimensions. Detailed drawings
shall take precedence over general drawings. The Contractor shall immediately notify District if
any conflict, inconsistency, omission, error, or ambiguity is discovered between the Approved
Plans and the various sections of the Standard Specifications.

1.07 EXAMINATION OF APPROVED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE

The Contractor shall carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the Approved Drawings, the
Specifications, and all other pertinent documents. Contractor shall be satisfied as to the
character, quality and quantities of work to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the
Approved Plans and these Standard Specifications. The District will not be liable for any loss
sustained by the Contractor as a result of any variance between conditions as shown on the
Approved Plans and the actual conditions revealed during the progress of the work or otherwise.

1.08 QUALITY OF WORK AND MATERIALS

The work shall be performed in a thorough, worker-like manner in accordance with the Approved
Plans and these Standard Specifications. All work shall conform to the lines and grades shown
on said plans.

At least one member of the Contractor’s workforce who is thoroughly familiar with the specified
requirements of work and who is completely trained and experienced in the construction skills
necessary for satisfactory completion of the work shall be present at the site, directing the work,
at all times.

Adequate number of skilled workers and sufficient and appropriate equipment shall be present at
the site prior to commencing daily construction operations.

The Engineer shall inform the Contractor if any person in the employ of the Contractor fails to or
refuses to comply with the requirements of these Specifications, or appears to the Engineer to be
incompetent or unfit, or acts in a disorderly, improper or unsafe manner. It shall be the
Contractor’s responsibility to dismiss any such person from the work site or take any other action
deemed appropriate by the Contractor.

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 5 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
 All equipment, materials, and supplies to be incorporated in the work shall be new. All
equipment, material and supplies shall be produced in a good and worker-like manner. Materials
to be used within the scope of work on the project shall be those listed in the current Approved
Materials List. When the quality of a material, process, or article is not specifically set forth in the
Approved Materials List, the Approved Plans, or the Specifications, the best available quality of
the material, process, or article shall be provided.

The Contractor may offer as substitution any material, process, or article substantially equal or
better in every respect to that so indicated or specified; provided, however, that if the material,
process, or article offered by the Contractor is not, in the opinion of the District, substantially
equal or better in every respect to that specified, then the Contractor must furnish the material,
process, or article specified or one that in the opinion of the District is substantially equal or better
in every respect.

1.09 SHOP DRAWING PROCEDURES

A. Unless amended by job specifications, Developer shall submit, at no expense to District,

six (6) copies of all shop drawings, submittals, and manufacturer’s cut sheets detailing
the methods and materials intended for use on the project. Submittals shall be
consecutively numbered, shall be accompanied by a transmittal letter marked with the
number and title of the submittal, name of the project, name and address of the
Contractor and supplier, along with contact persons for same, and shall be checked by
and marked with the approval of the Contractor. In addition, any submittals that deviate
from the requirements of the Contract shall be clearly noted and explained in the
transmittal letter.

B. District will review the submittals so provided, and will return the submittals marked to
indicate that submittals are approved or must be returned for revision. Unless amended
by job specifications, District shall be allowed a minimum of ten (10) working days for the
review of submittals. Submittals returned for revision must be corrected as noted and
developer must re-submit shop drawings as noted above until approved by District.
Review and approval of shop drawings by District shall not relieve developer of the
responsibility for executing the work in accordance with these Standard Specifications,
using proper methods of construction, nor from furnishing materials or work required but
not indicated on the submittals.

C. Construction shall not begin on relevant portions of the work until shop drawing
submittals have been approved by District. Shop drawings shall be submitted in a timely
manner so as not to delay construction of the work.

1.10 MATERIALS

All materials shall be new and unused, of the quality defined in these Standard Specifications,
selected from the Approved Materials List, and approved by the District Engineer. All materials to
be used within a specific project and intended for equivalent uses shall be identical as to
manufacturer and model number. Materials not identical as to manufacturer and model number
to those approved by the District Engineer, materials that are damaged, or materials that are
otherwise unacceptable to the District Engineer shall be rejected and immediately removed from
the job site.

A. All materials shall be of the makes and models tested and approved for use. Selections
shall be made from the current Approved Materials List. It is the Contractor’s
responsibility to verify that materials received for the job conform to the current Approved
Materials List.

Products on the Approved Materials List may be disqualified at any time if the quality of
the product is no longer judged as acceptable by the Engineer or if a higher-quality
product becomes available.
General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 6 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
 B. Job-specific approval of materials not shown on the Approved Materials List is solely at
the discretion of the District Engineer, and materials so approved shall not be construed
as approved for general use. For job-specific consideration of materials not shown on
the Approved Materials List, the shop drawing procedures outlined within this Section
Requirements shall be followed.

1.11 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A. The Developer shall schedule a Pre-Construction Conference with the District's

Inspection Department at least five (5) days prior to beginning any water or sewer work in
the field. As a minimum, the attendees at this conference shall include:

1. The Owner or a designee, who is to be the on-site representative of the Owner of

the project.

2. The Contractor's Superintendent.

3. Contractor’s Competent Person.

4. The Soils Technician who is to verify backfill compaction.

5. The District Inspector.

B. In addition, the following persons shall be invited to the Pre-Construction conference

upon request of the District:

1. A representative of the Agency of Jurisdiction.

2. Representative(s) of other utility companies.

C. The purpose of this meeting is to review the plans for the project relative to the
requirements of the District's Standard Specifications, the Approved Plans, and the
Approved Materials List. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss, in detail, the
project schedule, and shall provide the District with any schedules, submittals, lists,
permits, or other information required by the Engineer, by these Standard Specifications
or by the job specifications.

1.12 INSPECTION

All work and materials furnished shall be subject to inspection for compliance with these Standard
Specifications and all other appropriate specifications.

The Contractor shall make application to the District for inspection at least five (5) days in
advance of starting any work. Inspectors shall be recognized as authorized agents of the District,
and their duties shall be to evaluate materials used and work performed. Instructions given by
the Inspector shall be respected and executed by the Contractor.

The District shall at all times have access to the work wherever it is in preparation or progress
and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and for inspection. The
Contractor shall provide adequate safe means by which to inspect the work.

Failure or oversight of any Inspector to condemn defective materials at the time of use, or to
condemn improper work at the time it is performed, shall not diminish the Contractor’s obligations
to meet the requirements of the Approved Plans and these Standard Specifications. The
Contractor shall remove and replace any faulty materials and work at no additional cost to the
District upon discovery of the defects or upon receipt of notice from the District to do so.

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 7 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
 Defective work or material may be rejected prior to the date of acceptance of the work
notwithstanding that such defective work or material may have been previously inspected.
Acceptance shall not constitute approval of latent defects or waiver of maintenance requirements.

Any work covered up or otherwise rendered inaccessible without approval or consent of the
District must, if required by the District, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor's
expense. Any work done in the absence of the Inspector without written permission shall be
subject to rejection.

1.13 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES

A. The Developer shall engage testing firms to provide the various testing required for the
project. Soils testing is typically required for projects, but concrete testing or other types
of testing may additionally be required. The testing firm shall provide a competent, on-
site Soils Technician to perform the various compaction testing required for the project.
All tests shall be performed at the direction of the Soils Technician and in a manner
acceptable to the District. Soils testing shall be performed in accordance with Section
02223 of these Standard Specifications.

B. Prior to the District’s acceptance of the project, a report of all soils tests taken shall be
submitted to the District in accordance with Section 02223 of these Standard
Specifications.

1.14 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND PRESERVATION OF MONUMENTS

Staking of the various public improvements required shall be performed by the Developer's
surveyor. Generally, stakes for alignment and grade shall be set at 7.6m (25’) intervals. The
survey shall conform to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the Approved Plans. The
District shall give an account of the adequacy, readability, and frequency of the stakes provided
and shall comment on any remedies required.

The Contractor shall preserve all monuments, benchmarks, survey marks, and stakes. In case of
their removal or destruction by Contractor or its employees, agents or subcontractors, the
Contractor shall be liable for the cost of their replacement.

1.15 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL

The Contractor shall abide by all applicable local, state and federal regulations, and by the
conditions of the Regional Water Quality Control Board.

The Contractor shall provide effective measures where necessary to prevent operations from
producing dust in an amount damaging to property or causing a nuisance as determined by the
District. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage due to dust originating from its
operations.

The Contractor shall anticipate and correct any erosion problem arising from its operations.

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 8 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.16 PUBLIC SAFETY AND TRAFFIC CONTROL

A. The Contractor shall at all times conduct operations in a manner causing the minimum
obstruction and inconvenience to public traffic. The Contractor shall not interfere with the
normal operation of public transit vehicles unless otherwise authorized. Open trenches
and excavations shall be provided with adequate barricades in accordance with the
approved traffic control plan or the requirements of the agency of jurisdiction. At night,
lights shall mark all open work and obstructions. The Contractor shall install and
maintain all signs, lights, flares, barricades, traffic plates, railings, runways, stairs, bridges
and other equipment necessary to safeguard the public. Safety instructions received
from governmental authorities shall be followed, but compliance with such instructions
shall not diminish the Contractor’s responsibility or liability for accidents to workers or
damage or injury to persons or property.

In accordance with generally accepted construction practices, the Contractor shall be

solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all
persons and property during performance of the work, and the Contractor shall fully
comply with all state, federal, and other laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to the
safety of workers and others.
The right of the District to conduct construction review or observation of the Contractor's
performance does not include review or observation of the adequacy of the Contractor's
safety measures in, on, or near the construction site.

The Contractor shall take immediate action to correct any condition adversely affecting
public safety.

B. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan to the agency having jurisdiction and
shall obtain approval prior to starting the work.

1.17 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES

A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the possible existence of pipe and other
underground improvements that may or may not be shown on the Approved Plans. Once
discovered, the Contractor shall preserve and protect all such improvements whether
shown on the Approved Plans or not. The Contractor shall provide and install suitable
safeguards, and shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing sewer and
water pipe, electrical and telephone conduits, gas mains, culverts, or other above-ground
or below-ground facilities or structures which may be encountered in or near the area of
work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify each agency of jurisdiction
and utility company and to make arrangements for location of facilities prior to beginning
construction. In the event of damage to existing facilities during the progress of the work,
such facilities shall be replaced or restored to original condition, as determined by
District, at the Contractor’s expense.

B. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining in advance the location, elevation,
alignment and pipe type and size of all existing pipelines to which connections are to be
made. Potholing to determine location will be allowed only after providing the District with
three (3) day's advance notice. The Contractor is required to contact Underground
Service Alert (USA) at 1-800-227-2600 or 1-800-422-4133 for mark-out of all utilities in
the area of the work.

C. If the Contractor, either before commencing work or during the course of the work, finds
any discrepancy between specifications or drawings and the physical conditions at the
site of the work, Contractor shall promptly notify the District in writing of such
discrepancy.

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 9 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.18 PROTECTION OF LANDSCAPING

A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all trees, shrubs, fences, and
other landscape items adjacent to or within the work area, unless specific removals are
indicated on the Approved Plans.

B. In the event of damage to landscape items, including the thickness of topsoil, the
Contractor shall replace the damaged items in kind, in a manner satisfactory to the
District and the Developer.

C. When pipelines are proposed within planted or otherwise improved areas in public or
private easements, the Contractor shall restore such areas to original condition after
completion of the work.

D. When pipelines are proposed within unimproved areas, the ground surface shall be
dressed smooth to the contour of the original ground and left in a neat, presentable
condition, free of cleared vegetation, rubbish and other construction wastes. Rocks and
clumps that cannot be readily covered by spreading shall be hauled away and disposed
of by the Contractor.

E. Unimproved areas disturbed during construction of the pipeline shall be hydro seeded in
accordance with these Standard Specifications.

1.19 PUBLIC UTILITIES

A. In case it should be necessary to relocate or temporarily maintain the property of any

public utility or any other property, and it is understood that the cost of such relocation or
temporary maintenance is not required to be borne by the owner of the utility or property,
the Contractor shall bear all expenses incidental to the removal or temporary
maintenance of such property in a manner satisfactory to said owner. It is understood
that in such cases, the utility or property owner has the option of doing such work with his
or her own forces, or permitting the work to be performed by the Contractor.

B. The right is reserved to the State, County, City, District or utility owners to enter at any
time upon any street, alley, right of way or easement for the purpose of making changes
for maintenance or repairs to their property necessitated by the Contractor's work.

1.20 UTILITIES CROSSING WATER, RECYCLED WATER OR SEWER FACILITIES

Wherever new utilities cross under or over water, recycled water or sewer facilities, the minimum
vertical separation shall be 300mm (12”) unless otherwise approved by the District Engineer. All
new utilities crossing under or over water, recycled water or sewer facilities shall remain exposed
until inspected and approved by the District Engineer. Wherever new utilities cross under or over
water, recycled water or sewer facilities, backfill and compaction within the limits of the water,
recycled water, or sewer facility trench width shall be in strict conformance with the backfill and
compaction requirements specified herein.

1.21 HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF UTILITIES PARALLELING WATER, RECYCLED WATER OR

SEWER FACILITIES

Wherever new utilities parallel water, recycled water or sewer facilities, the minimum horizontal
separation shall be such that 900mm (36”) of undisturbed soil separates adjacent trench edges,
unless otherwise approved by the District Engineer.

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 10 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.22 PROTECTION OF WORKERS IN TRENCH EXCAVATION

Whenever work involves trench excavation, the Contractor shall provide all necessary shoring,
bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from hazard of caving
ground during the excavation. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established
by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, a Civil Engineer or
Structural Engineer registered in the State of California shall prepare the plans.

Contractor shall comply with the Safety Orders of California, Code of Regulations: Title 8, Section
1539 (Excavation, Trenches, Earthwork).

1.23 WORK WITHIN CONFINED SPACES

The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry.
Work inside confined spaces as defined by the applicable regulations shall not be undertaken
until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the
Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations Title 8 Article 108 sections 5156 et seq. for
confined space entry have been performed and the area is verified as safe to enter.

1.24 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

The Contractor shall furnish appropriate construction equipment to perform the work in
accordance with the Approved Plans and Specifications. Such equipment shall be in a good
state of repair and shall be maintained in such state during the progress of the work. In no case
shall the manufacturer's rating or capacity limitations for any equipment be exceeded.

1.25 STORAGE OF MATERIALS

All materials for use in the work shall be stored by the Contractor in such manner as to prevent
damage from exposure to the elements, admixture of foreign materials, or from any other cause.
The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for damage or loss by weather or other causes. The
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all products to be used in the work shall be kept on-site
by the Contractor, and the material manufacturer's recommendations for proper storage of its
products shall be strictly followed.

Materials shall not be stored on District property without the written permission of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall be responsible to provide its own storage area or property. Materials for use
on the work shall be stored on private property only as allowed by law and with the written
permission of the property owner, and a copy of such permission shall be provided to the District.
In addition, a release letter signed by said property owner and stating that materials are no longer
stored on the property and that Contractor has restored the area to original condition is required
prior to the filing of the Notice of Completion.

1.26 HOURS OF WORK

The normal hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 3:30 p.m., Monday
through Friday, excepting District-recognized holidays. Alternate work hours may be arranged
with the District to accommodate time-restricting schedules imposed on the Contractor by other
agencies. The District shall receive written notice 5 days prior to any proposed change in work
hours. In no case shall any work be performed outside of the normal working hours indicated
above without prior approval by the District.

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 11 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.27 WATER AND POWER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES

Water for construction purposes:

A. All water used on the project shall be obtained from District’s sources using a
construction meter.

B. The construction meter and service connection shall be obtained from the District. The
Contractor shall make arrangements with the District for payment of the deposit and
installation of the meter.

C. The Contractor shall pay for all construction water used in accordance with District’s
Rules and Regulations.

D. Damage caused to the meter will be charged to the Contractor.

E. Water for construction purposes outside the District’s service area shall be obtained from
the District within which the project lies.

Contractor shall make all arrangements for electrical power required during construction.

1.28 HOUSEKEEPING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL CLEAN-UP

A. The Contractor shall provide suitable drainage and shall erect such temporary structures
as are necessary to protect the work or materials from damage. The Contractor shall
rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries, losses, or damages to any portion of
the work or the materials occasioned by any cause before the acceptance of the work by
District and shall bear the expense thereof.

B. The Contractor shall, at all times during the course of the work, maintain work areas and
all adjacent properties and public access roads free from accumulations of waste, debris,
rubbish or construction materials.

C The Contractor shall conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local
ordinances and anti-pollution laws.

D. Dry materials and rubbish shall be moistened to prevent blowing dust. Loads of
excavated materials leaving the site or being imported to the site shall be covered or
moistened to prevent blowing dust.

E. Upon completion of the work, and before making application for acceptance of the work,
the Contractor shall clean all rights-of-way, streets, borrow pits, and all other grounds
occupied by him in connection with the work. All rubbish, excess materials, temporary
structures and equipment shall be removed. All parts of the work shall be left in a neat
and presentable condition, as determined by the Engineer, prior to acceptance of the
work by District.

1.29 HAZARDOUS WASTE AND UNKNOWN PHYSICAL CONDITIONS

If conditions listed below are found during construction, or if any other conditions are found during
construction that may be detrimental to the District's facilities being constructed, or to the health
and safety of the public, the Contractor shall promptly notify the District.

A. Material that the Contractor or Engineer believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in
Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, and is thus required to be removed to a
Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with the provisions of existing
law. If such material is discovered, Contractor shall immediately cease work and shall
not disturb the job site except as required to protect public safety.
General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 12 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
 B. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated.

C. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from
those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the
character provided in the Contract.

The Contractor shall promptly inform the District of any such conditions found during construction.
The District shall investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially differ
from those shown or expected, or do involve material that may be hazardous waste, Contractor
shall cease work in the impacted area. If material that may be hazardous waste is discovered,
the Developer shall insure that the appropriate government agencies are contacted prior to any
further work being performed and that a solution is implemented.

1.30 WORK TO BE DONE

The work to be done consists of furnishing all materials, equipment, labor and all other items
necessary for the construction and installation of a complete facility as shown on the Approved
Plans and in accordance with these Standard Specifications. In some instances, the District may
furnish certain materials and services, which will be expressly called out on the Approved Plans.

The District’s approval of the plans prepared by a Private Engineer denotes agreement with the
plans as prepared and is not an acceptance of responsibility as to accuracy. The Private
Engineer shall be responsible for any errors, coordination with other agencies/utilities and
interpretation of plans. The intent is that the completed Work shall be in general conformance
with the Approved Plans and in accordance with the requirements of these Standard
Specifications.

1.31 CHANGES TO THE WORK

If the District, due to conditions that change during the progress of the work, determines it
impracticable for the Contractor to strictly comply with the Approved Plans or the Standard
Specifications, the District may prescribe a modification of requirements. The District may at any
time during the life of the project, by written order, make such changes as it may find necessary in
the design, line, grade, form, location, dimensions, plan or material of any part of the work
originally specified or shown on the Approved Plans.

If such changes increase the cost of material, or work to be performed, the difference in cost shall
be borne by the Developer. All changes so performed shall be at no cost to the District.

The District shall provide written authorization for all changes to the work.

The following procedure shall be followed for revisions or changes to the Approved Plans:

A. Prints showing proposed changes shall be submitted to the District for review and
approval.

B. If the changes will require an increase in bond amount, plans will be held until a new
estimate has been prepared and a new bond has been placed with the District.

C. If the changes do not affect the bonding amount, as determined by the District Engineer,
the plans shall be reviewed and upon approval, the Private Engineer shall be notified to
make the corrections on the original drawings. A print of the revised plan shall then be
submitted to the District for final checking and approval. A signature block shall be added
to the plans to indicate approval of changes made.

D. After these steps have been taken, the Contractor may proceed with the revised
construction.
General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 13 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.32 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall keep accurate and updated records of
the changes made to the work. The changes may be dictated by field conditions,
unknown obstructions, design oversight, or other circumstances determined to be in the
best interest of the District.

B. At the end of the project, the Contractor shall provide the District with two sets of prints,
with all changes redlined. In addition to the field changes, the correct location of all water
and sewer services and driveway centerlines with stations shall be indicated. The
District's field representative shall verify that all changes have been included. All
revisions will be incorporated.

C. The District's Engineering Department will send one of the redlined sets to the Private
Engineer, who will incorporate the changes onto the original mylars, prior to accepting
them as final record drawings of the work.

D. The Private Engineer will provide the District with the following:

1. Original mylars if on District title block

2. Reproducible reverse mylars if not on District title block

3. Electronic data per District requirements

E. Only photo mylars or digital mylars of 4 or 5 mil thickness will be accepted. Mylars must
be made from the original mylars and not from interim mylars or sepias. Each sheet shall
incorporate a "Record Drawing" box signed by the Engineer of Work.

1.33 PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND FINAL ACCEPTANCE

The District’s Board of Directors or designee shall be responsible for final acceptance of all
projects. The following items of work shall be completed prior to final acceptance by District:

A. The project has been completed in accordance with the Approved Plans, the job
specifications and these Standard Specifications.

B. Final inspection has been performed by District. Any “punch list” items generated by
preliminary inspection shall have been completed.

C. Record drawings reflecting any changes to the project have been submitted to the
District’s Inspection Department in accordance with these Standard Specifications.

D. A Soils Test Report has been submitted to the District in accordance with Section 02223
of these Standard Specifications.

E. All costs and fees relevant to the work have been paid to District by the Developer.

F. All aspects of the Construction Agreement have been completed to the satisfaction of the
District.

Following final acceptance by the District, the District will prepare a Notice of Completion and will
have such Notice recorded by the County Recorder.

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 14 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.34 WARRANTY

A. The work shall be guaranteed against failure due to defective materials or workmanship
for a period of one (1) year from the recording date of the Notice of Completion. The
one-year warranty period shall not, in any way, affect the liability of any party for latent or
patent defects allowed for under State law.

B. All repairs shall be made pursuant to the Development Agreement with the District and in
accordance with the District’s Rules and Regulations and current Standard
Specifications.

1.35 WARRANTY INSPECTION

The District will perform a warranty inspection prior to the expiration of the one-year warranty
period. The Developer will be notified in writing of any deficiencies revealed by this inspection.
The warranty bond will not be released until the required repairs are completed. If the warranty
inspection is satisfactory, the District will release the warranty bond at the end of the one-year
warranty period.

PART 2 MATERIALS

"Not Used"

PART 3 EXECUTION

"Not Used"

END OF SECTION

General Requirements
Standard Specifications 01000 - 15 of 15 Revised: 02/01/2008
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 01070 ABBREVIATIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section describes abbreviations and how they are used in these specifications and on the
Approved Drawings.

1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

CSI TD-2-4 - Construction Specifications Institute Abbreviations

SSPWC - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction "Greenbook"

1.03 DESCRIPTION

A. When references are made in these specifications to the standards, specifications, or

other published data of various international, national, regional, or local organizations,
such organizations may be referred to by their acronym or abbreviation only.

B. If an abbreviation is not listed below it shall be as described in Document TD-2-4 of the

Construction Specifications Institute (CSI).

C. Where the use of the San Diego Area Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction "Greenbook" or Regional Standard Drawings are required, reference should
be made to the SSPWC for the use and description of abbreviations.

D. Abbreviations can have more than one meaning. The abbreviation shall be considered
with respect to different disciplines where the context in which each is used makes the
meaning clear.

1. Example:

a. FF means "finish floor" when referring to a floor slab.

b. FF means "flat face" when referring to a pipe flange.

E. Discrepancies shall be noted and brought to the District's attention for interpretation.

1.04 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

The following list of abbreviations is for use in these Standard Specifications and the Approved
Plans:

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 1 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

A Ampere/Area
AA Aluminum Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
AB Anchor Bolt/Aggregate Base
ABAN Abandoned
ABC Asphalt Base Course
AC Acre/Asphalt Concrete/Alternating Current
ACI American Concrete Institute
ACP Asbestos-Cement Pipe
ACU Access Door
AE Architect-Engineer
AFF Above Finished Floor
AGG Aggregate
AI The Asphalt Institute
AIA American Institute of Architects
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
AL Aluminum
AMB Ambient
AMP Ampere
ANG Angle
ANSI American National Standards Institute
APA American Plywood Association
API American Petroleum Institute
APWA American Public Works Association
ARCH Architecture/Architectural
ARV Air-Release Valve
ARVV Air-Release and Vacuum Valve
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning
Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASPH Asphalt
ASSY Assembly
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
ATS Automatic Transfer Switch
AVE Avenue
AVG Average
AWG American Wire Gage
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association

BB Back-to-Back
BC Beginning of Curve/Back of Curb/Bare Copper
BEG Begin
BETW Between
BF Blind Flange
BHP Brake Horsepower
BK Back/Brake
BKR Breaker
BL Building
BLK Block
BLVD Boulevard
BM Bench Mark/Beam
BO Blowoff
BOP Bottom of Pipe
BOT Bottom

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 2 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

BP Baseplate
BRG Bearing
BRNZ Bronze
BTN Button
BTU British Thermal Unit
BUR CBL Buried Cable
BFV Butterfly Valve
BVC Begin Vertical Curve
BW Block Wall

C Conduit/Celsius/Civil Drawings/Copper
CAB Crushed Aggregate Base
CAP Capacity
CB Catch Basin/Circuit Breaker
CC Cooling Coil
C-C Center-to-Center
CCB Concrete Block
CD Cross Drain/Condensate Drain/Ceiling Diffuser
CEM Cement
CF Cubic Feet/Curb Face
CFH Cubic Feet Per Hour
CFM Cubic Feet Per Minute
CFS Cubic Feet Per Second
CG Construction Grade
C&G Curb and Gutter
CHG Change
CHKD PL Checkered Plate
CI Cast Iron
CIP Cast In Place/Cast-Iron Pipe
CISP Cast Iron Soil Pipe
CISPI Cast-Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CJ Construction Joint
CL Centerline/Class/Clearance/Chlorine
CLR Clear
CMLCSP Cement-Mortar Lined & Coated Steel Pipe
CMLSP Cement-Mortar Lined Steel Pipe
CMP Corrugated Metal Pipe
CMPA Corrugated Metal Pipe Arch
CMU Concrete Masonry Unit
CO Cleanout/Conduit Only
COL Column
COMM Communication
COMP Composite
COMPL Complete
CONC Concrete
CONN Connection
CONST Construct or Construction
CONT Continuous
CONTR Contractor
COORD Coordinate/Coordinated
COP Copper
COR Corner
CORP Corporation
CP Cathodic Protection
CPLG Coupling
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CS Commercial Standard, US Department of Commerce

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 3 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

CT Center Top/Current Transformer

CTG Coating
CTR Center
CULV Culvert
CU YD, CY Cubic Yard
CYL Cylinder

D Degree of Curvature
DB Direct Buried/Decibel
DBL Double
DC Direct Current
DEPT Department
DET Detail/Detour
DG Decomposed Granite
DI Drop Inlet
DIA Diameter
DIAG Diagonal
DIM Dimension
DIMJ Ductile-Iron Mechanical Joint
DIP Ductile-Iron Pipe
DIPRA Ductile-Iron Pipe Research Association
DISCH Discharge
DIST Distance
DMH Drop Manhole
DN Down
DR Drain/Door
DSL Diesel
DWG Drawing
DWY Driveway

E East/Electrical Drawings
EA Each
EC End of Curve
ECC Eccentric
ED External Distance
EE Each End
EF Each Face/Exhaust Fan
EFF Efficiency
EFL Effluent
EGL Energy Grade Line
EL Elevation/Each Layer
E/L Easement Line
ELEC Electric
ELP Elliptical
ENC Encasement or Encased
ENCL Enclosure
ENG Engine
ENGR Engineer
EOS Equivalent Opening Size
EP Edge of Pavement/Explosion Proof
EPA Environmental Protection Agency (Federal)
EQ Equation
EQL Equal
ESMT Easement
EST Estimate or Estimated
ETC And so Forth
EVC End Vertical Curve

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 4 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

EW Each Way
EXC Excavate or Excavation
EXP Expansion
EXST Existing
EXT Exterior/Extension

F Fahrenheit/Floor
FAB Fabricate
FBRBD Fiberboard
FC Foot-Candle
FCO Floor Cleanout
FCV Flow Control Valve
FD Floor Drain
FDN Foundation
FE Flanged End/Fence
Fed Spec Federal Specification
FF Finished Floor/Flat Face
FG Finished Grade
FH Fire Hydrant
F&I Furnish and Install
FIG Figure
FIP Female Iron Pipe Thread
FIT Fitting
FL Floor/Flow Line
FLG Flange
FM Force Main/Factory Mutual
FMH Flexible Metal Hose
FNSH Finish
FOC Face of Concrete
FPC Flexible Pipe Coupling
FPM Feet Per Minute
FPS Feet Per Second
FS Finished Surface/Floor Sink/Federal Specifications
FSTNR Fastener
FT Feet
FTG Footing
FUT Future

G Gas/General Drawings/Gram
GA Gage
GAL Gallon
GALV Galvanized
GB Grade Break
GDR Guard Rail
GR Grooved End
GENL General
GFI Ground Fault Interrupter
GM Gas Main
GND Ground
GPD Gallons Per Day
GPM Gallons Per Minute
GR Grade
GSKT Gasket
GUT Gutter
GV Gate Valve

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 5 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

H Humidistat/Horizontal
HARN Harness
HB Hose Bib
HD Heavy Duty
HDPE High-Density Polyethylene Pipe
HGL Hydraulic Grade Line
HGT Height
HMWPE High-Molecular Weight Polyethylene
HORIZ Horizontal
HP Horsepower/High Pressure
HPT High Point
HR Hour/Handrail
HS High Strength
HV Hose Valve
HVAC Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning
HW Headwall/Hot Water
HWD Helix Water District
HWL High Water Level
HWY Highway
HYDR Hydraulic
HZ Hertz (cycles per second)

I Intersection Angle/Instrumentation Drawings

ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
ID Inside Diameter
IE Invert Elevation
IN Inches
INCL Include
INL Inlet
INSUL Insulating
INSTL Install or Installation
INT Interior
INTR Intersection
INV Invert
I/O Inlet/Outlet
IP Iron Pipe
IPS Iron Pipe Size
IPT Iron Pipe Thread
IRR Irrigation

JB Junction Box
JCT Junction
JN Join
JT Joint

KG Kilogram
KM Kilometer
KIPS Thousands of Pounds
KPA Kilopascal
KV Kilovolt
KW Kilowatt
KWH Kilowatt-Hour
KWHM Kilowatt-Hour Meter

L Length of Curve/Long/Landscaping Drawings

LATL Lateral
LB Pound

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 6 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

LCL Local
LF Linear Foot
LNDSCP Landscaping
LOCN Location
LP Light Pole
LPT Low Point
LR Long Radius
LS Lift Station
LT Left/Light
LWC Lightweight Concrete
LWIC Lightweight Insulating Concrete
LWD Lakeside Water District
LWL Low Water Level

M Mechanical Drawings/Meter
MATL Material
MAX Maximum
MB Machine Bolt/Megabyte/Millibars
MC Metal Channel
MCM Thousand Circular Mils
ME Machined End
MECH Mechanical
MFR Manufacturer
MG Million Gallons/Milligram
MGD Million Gallons Per Day
MH Manhole
MHZ Megahertz
MI Malleable Iron/Mile
MIL Military Specifications
MIL- Military Specification (leading symbol)
MIN Minimum
MIP Male Iron Pipe Thread
MISC Miscellaneous
MJ Mechanical Joint
MM Millimeter
MO Motor Operator/Motor Operated/Masonry Opening
MOD Modification
MON Monument
MOT Motor
MOV Motor Operated Valve
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
MSL Mean Sea Level
MTD Mounted

N North/Neutral/Nitrogen
NA Not Applicable
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NBS National Bureau of Standards
N&C Nail and Cap
NC Normally Closed
NCV Normally Closed Valve
NE Northeast
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFC National Fire Code
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NIC Not in Contract

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 7 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

NIP Nipple
NO Number/Normally Open
NOM Nominal
NPT National Pipe Taper
NRS Non-Rising Stem
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
NTS Not to Scale
NW Northwest
NWL Normal Water Level

OA Overall/Outside Air
OC On Center/Overcurrent
OD Outside Diameter
OE Or Equal
OF Outside Face
OFCI Owner-Furnished Contractor-Installed
OFCR Owner-Furnished Contractor-Relocated
OPER Operator
OPNG Opening
OPP Opposite
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of
Labor, as defined in the General Conditions
O TO O Out to Out
OUTL Outlet
OVFL Overflow
OVHD Overhead
OWD Otay Water District

P Pole
PARA Paragraph
PB Push Button/Pull Box
PC Point of Curvature/Programmable Controller
PCA Portland Cement Association
PCC Point of Compound Curvature/Portland Cement Concrete
PDMWD Padre Dam Municipal Water District
PE Plain End/Polyethylene/Professional Engineer
PEN Penetration
PG Pressure Gage
PI Point of Intersection
PJTN Projection
PKWY Parkway
PL Plate/Property Line
PLATF Platform
PLF Pounds Per Lineal Foot
PM Parcel Map
PNL Panel
PO Push-On
POB Point of Beginning
POC Point of Connection
PE Polyethylene
POR Portion
PP Power Pole/Polypropylene
PPB Parts Per Billion
PPM Parts Per Million
PR Pair
PRC Point of Reverse Curve
PRESS Pressure

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 8 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

PRL Parallel
PRPSD Proposed
PRVC Point of Reverse Vertical Curve
PSI Pounds Per Square Inch
PSIG Pounds Per Square Inch Gage
PSF Pounds Per Square Foot
PT Point of Tangency
PV Plug Valve
PVC Polyvinyl Chloride/Point of Vertical Curvature
PVI Point of Vertical Intersect
PVMT Pavement
PWR Power

Q Flow Rate
QTY Quantity

R Right/Radius
RAF Return Air Fan
RC Reinforced Concrete
RCP Reinforced Concrete Pipe
RCPA Reinforced Concrete Pipe Arch
RD Road
RDC Reduce
RDCR Reducer
RDWY Roadway
REF Reference
REINF Reinforce or Reinforced
RELOC Relocate
REQD Required
RES Reservoir
REV Revise/Revision
RF Raised Face
RH Relative Humidity
RJ Restrained Joint
RND Round
RM Record Map
RMWD Ramona Municipal Water District
ROS Record of Survey
RPM Revolutions Per Minute
RS Road Survey
RSD Regional Standard Drawings
RST Reinforcing Steel
RT Right
R/W Right-of-Way
RWGV Resilient-Wedge Gate Valve

S South
SA Sweetwater Authority
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SAN Sanitary
SC Seal Coat
SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
SCFM Standard Cubic Feet Per Minute
SCHED Schedule
SCRN Screen
SD Storm Drain
SD CO San Diego County

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 9 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

SDG Siding
SDWD San Dieguito Water District
SE Southeast
SECT Section
SF Square Feet
SFID Santa Fe Irrigation District
SGL Single
SH Sheet/Sheeting/Shielded
SHT Sheet
SIM Similar
SKWK Sidewalk
SLP Slope
SLV Sleeve
SM Sheet Metal
SOL Solenoid
SOV Solenoid-Operated Valve
SP Space/Steel Pipe/Static Pressure/Spare/Stand Pipe
SPCG Spacing
SPEC Specification
SPLC Splice
SPRT Support
SQ Square
SS Sanitary Sewer
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
SS Stainless Steel
ST Street
STA Station
STBY Standby
STD Standard
STK Stake
STL Steel
STR Straight
STRL Structural
STRUCT Structure
STS Storm Sewer
SURF Surface
SW Southwest
SWG Swing
SYMM Symmetrical
SYS System

T Ton/Tangent Length of Curve

TAN Tangent
T/B Top of Beam
TB Top of Bank/Terminal Board
T&B Top and Bottom
TBG Tubing
TBM Temporary Bench Mark
TC Top of Curb
TDH Total Dynamic Head
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
TEL Telephone
TEMP Temperature/Temporary
THB Thrust Block
THD Thread or Threaded
THH Thrust Harness

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 10 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

THK Thick
TO Turnout
T/O Top of
TOC Top of Concrete/Top of Curb
TOP Top of Pipe
TOS Top of Slab
TOT Total
TP Telephone Pole
TRD Thread
TRA Tie Rod Assembly
TS Tube Sheet
TYP Typical

UBC Uniform Building Code

UD Underdrain
UG Underground
UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
ULT Ultimate
UON Unless Otherwise Noted
UPC Uniform Plumbing Code
UTC Underground Telephone Cable
UTIL Utilities

V Vent/Valve/Volt/Vertical
VAC Vacuum/Volts, Alternating Current
VC Vertical Curve
VEL Velocity
VERT Vertical
VFD Variable Frequency Drive
VOL Volume
VPC Vertical Point of Curve
VPI Vertical Point of Intersection
VPT Vertical Point of Tangency

W West/Watt/Wide/Water/Wire
W/ With
WADG Water Agencies’ Design Guide
WAS Water Agencies’ Standards
WASC Water Agencies’ Standards Committee
WE Weld End
WG Water Gage
WL Waterline
WLD Welded
WM Water Meter
W/O Without
WP Waterproof/Working Point
WSE Water Surface Elevation
WSP Water Stop
WT Weight
WTR Water
WWF Welded Wire Fabric
WWM Woven Wire Mesh
WWR Welded Wire Reinforcement

YCO Yard Cleanout

YD Yard
YP Yield Point

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 11 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
 ABBREVIATION TERMS

YR Year
YS Yield Strength

PART 2 MATERIALS

"NOT USED"

PART 3 EXECUTION

"NOT USED"

END OF SECTION

Abbreviations
Standard Specifications 01070 - 12 of 12 Revised: 02/01/2008
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 02202 SLOPE PROTECTION AND EROSION CONTROL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials and installation for slope protection and erosion control.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings

ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
ASTM A 185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for
Concrete
ASTM C 90 - Standard Specification for Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units
ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement
ASTM C 476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry
ASTM C 615 - Standard Specification for Granite Dimension Stone
ASTM E 162 - Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a
Radiant Heat Energy Source

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02223, and 15000

1.04 LOCAL AND STATE AGENCY REQUIREMENTS

Slope protection and erosion control shall be accordance with the requirements of the Agency of
Jurisdiction, the Regional Standards, and the Regional Water Quality Control Board.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 CUT-OFF WALLS

Cut-off walls shall be one of three types according to the Standard Drawings. The following
materials are acceptable for the various configurations in the construction of the walls, as shown
on the drawings:

Slope Protection and Erosion Control

Standard Specifications 02202 - 1 of 4 Revised: 02/01/2008
 A. Portland Cement: Cement shall be Type II per ASTM C 150.

B. Concrete: Per ACI 301. Compression strength shall be 17.2 MPa (2500 PSI) minimum
(560-D-3250) with 100mm (4") slump maximum. All admixtures (i.e. air-entraining,
accelerators, water-reducing or pozzolan, etc.) shall be per manufacturer's
recommendations. Calcium chloride shall not be used in concrete.

C. Masonry: All masonry units shall conform to ASTM C 90, with a minimum compression
strength of 10.3 MPa (1500 PSI) minimum @ 28 days.

D. Reinforcing Steel and Welded Wire Reinforcement: Bars shall be per ASTM A 615,
Grade 60. Welded wire reinforcement shall be per ASTM A 185. Reinforcing steel and
welded wire reinforcement shall be installed in accordance with the Standards Drawings.

E. Mortar: Mortar shall consist of 1 part Portland cement, 1/4 to 1/2 part lime putty or
hydrated lime, and sand equal to 2 1/4 to 3 times the sum volumes of cement and lime
used and shall conform to ASTM C 476. Mortar compressive strength shall be 12.4 MPa
(1800 PSI) minimum @ 28 days.

2.02 SEED MIX (HAND SEEDED)

Where a prescribed seeding or planting palette has not already been designated by the general
land-use agency for the project, a site-specific seed mixture list is to be prepared by the
Contractor and presented to the District for comment and approval prior to the purchase of any
seed and/or planting materials. An example of a seed mixture list for coastal sage scrub re-
vegetation is as follows:
Seed Mix In
BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME Kg/Hectare (lbs/acre)

Eriogonum Fasiculatum Flat-Top Buckwheat 2.24 (2.0)

Artemisia Californica California Sagebrush 8.97 (8.0)
Lotus Scoparius Deerweed 5.60 (5.0)
Salvia Apiana White Sage 1.12 (1.0)
Eriophyllum Confertiflorum Golden Yarrow 2.24 (2.0)
Yucca Whipplei Our Lord's Candle 0.56 (0.5)
Vulpia Muralis 'Zorro' Zorro Fescue 8.97 (8.0)
Plantago (Insolaris) Ovata Plantain 3.36 (3.0)
Eschscholzia Californica California Poppy 3.36 (3.0)
Lupinus Hirsutissimus Stinging Lupine 3.36 (3.0)
Phacelia Parryi Bluebells 1.12 (1.0)

2.03 HYDRO SEED MIX

The hydro seed mix shall be a bonded matrix consisting of wood fiber, fertilizer and high quality
live seed (per Item 2.02 above) in the following proportions:

Seed See SEED MIX above

Fiber mulch 2,240 Kg/Hectare (2,000 lbs/acre)
Slow release fertilizer 20-10-5 168 Kg/Hectare (150 lbs/acre)
Soil binder 112 Kg/Hectare (100 lbs/acre)

Mix soil binder at the rate of 1 Kg. of concentrate per 208.6 liters of water (1 lb per 25 gallons).

Slope Protection and Erosion Control

Standard Specifications 02202 - 2 of 4 Revised: 02/01/2008
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SURFACE RESTORATION

A. Hand seeding and hydro seeding: Unimproved areas disturbed during the course of
construction shall be reseeded by one of the following methods. Hand seeding may be
used when the area to be seeded is 0.4 Hectare (1.0 acre) or less. Hydro seeding shall
be used on all areas in excess of 0.4 Hectare (1.0 acre). The landscape contractor shall
provide all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to complete all work as
required.

1. Hand seeding shall be performed using the mixture listed above. Seeding shall
be performed on prepared topsoil. Depending on the time of year, application of
water may be required to speed germination.

2. Hydro seeding shall be performed using the mixture listed above. A landscape
contractor licensed to perform this type of work shall install hydro seeding.
Preparation of the topsoil and maintenance of the area after seeding shall be
performed per the requirements and recommendations of the hydro-seeding
contractor. The District, as shown on the Approved Drawings, may require a
temporary irrigation system. Apply the hydro seed mixture in the form of slurry
consisting of fiber mulch, seed, soil binder, fertilizer, and water. When
hydraulically sprayed on the soil surface, the mix shall form a uniform blotter-like
ground cover of seed, fertilizer, binder and fiber mulch.

B. Slope Protection:

1. Slopes from 0% to 20%:

Apply hand seeding or hydro seeding per directions described above.

2. Slopes from 20% to 50%:

In addition to the seeding, the following additional slope protection shall be

employed:

a. Cut-off Walls:

Cut-off walls shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings

and as described below:

Cut-off walls shall be constructed of Portland cement concrete, welded

wire reinforcement, and reinforcing steel as described above. The
concrete and reinforcement shall be installed per ACI 318.

Alternate #1 - Cut-off walls may be constructed of 200mm x 200mm x

400mm (8" x 8" x 16") concrete block reinforced, each course, with #9
welded wire reinforcement and #4, grade 60, reinforcing bars every other
core. Fill all cores with 560-D-3250 concrete. Placement of reinforcing
steel shall be per ACI 318.

Slope Protection and Erosion Control

Standard Specifications 02202 - 3 of 4 Revised: 02/01/2008
 b. Chevrons:

V-type interception ditches or chevrons shall be installed at 7.6m (25')

intervals. The ditches shall be 300mm (12”) deep and shall be skewed
o
in a down slope direction at 45 on each side of the centerline of the
easement (i.e. the higher end of the skewed ditch shall be at the
centerline and the lower ends of the ditch shall be at the two edges of
the easements).

3. Slopes over 50%:

In addition to the seeding, the following additional slope protection shall be

employed:

a. Additional Seed:

Annual rye seed, at the rate of 22.4 Kg/Hectare (20 #/acre), shall be
included in the seed mix.

b. Cut-off wall and blanket:

Cut-off walls and blanket shall be constructed of Portland cement

concrete, welded wire reinforcement, and reinforcing steel as described
above. The concrete and reinforcement shall be installed per ACI 318.

Reinforced concrete cut-off walls and the 150mm (6") thick concrete
blanket shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings.
Block walls are not allowed on slopes over 50%.

c. Chevrons:

V-type interception ditches or chevrons shall be installed as described

above.

END OF SECTION

Slope Protection and Erosion Control

Standard Specifications 02202 - 4 of 4 Revised: 02/01/2008
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 02223 TRENCHING, EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, testing and installation for trench excavation, backfill, and
compaction of piping, conduit, manholes and vaults.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

ASTM C 131 - Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse

Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine
ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement
ASTM D 75 - Practice for Sampling Aggregates
ASTM D 1556 - Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-
Cone Method
ASTM D 1557 - Test Method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a Modified
Effort
ASTM D 2419 - Test Method for Sand Equivalent Values of Soil and Fine Aggregate
ASTM D 2922 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow
Depth)
ASTM D 3017 - Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear
Methods
ASTM D 3776 - Test Method for Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Woven Fabric
ASTM D 4253 - Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using
a Vibratory Plate
ASTM D 4254 - Test Methods for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and
Calculation of Relative Density
ASTM D 4632 - Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles
ASTM D 4751 - Test Method for Determining the Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile
CAL-OSHA - Title 8 General Industry Safety Orders

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02202, 03461, 03462, 15000, 15044, 15056, 15061, 15064,
and 15065

Trenching, Excavation,
Backfill and Compaction
Standard Specifications 02223 -1 of 10 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.04 GEOTECHNICAL TESTING

The Developer or Contractor shall engage the services of a geotechnical engineering firm or
individual licensed in the State of California to monitor soil conditions during earthwork, trenching,
bedding, backfill and compaction operations. Sampling and testing procedures shall be
performed in accordance with the Reference Standards and as follows:

A. The soils technician shall be present at the site during all backfill and compaction
operations. Failure to have the soils technician present will subject such operations to
rejection.

B. Density and optimum moisture content of soil shall be determined by the use of the sand
cone method, ASTM D 1556, or nuclear density gauge method, ASTM D 2922 & D 3017.
Since the composition of the pipe and the walls of the trench have an effect on the
nuclear density gauge output, a minimum of 25% of the density and optimum moisture
tests shall be made using the sand cone method.

C. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of existing soil by ASTM D 1557, Method

C and/or D (formerly ASTM D 4253 and ASTM D 4254).

D. Determine the relative density of cohesionless soils by ASTM D 1557, Method C and/or D
(formerly ASTM D 4253 and ASTM D 4254).

E. Sample backfill material by ASTM D 75.

F. Express "relative compaction" as a percentage of the ratio of the in-place dry density to
the laboratory maximum dry density.

A report of all soils tests performed shall be stamped and signed by the soils firm or individual
and shall be submitted by the Contractor prior to the filing of the Notice of Completion by the
District. The report shall document the sampling and testing of materials, the location and results
of all tests performed, and shall certify that materials and work are in compliance with this
specification.

1.05 PIPE ZONE

The pipe zone includes the full width of the trench from 150mm (6") below the bottom of the pipe
to 300mm (12") above the top of the pipe and extends into manhole or vault excavations to the
point of connection to or penetration of such structure.

1.06 TRENCH ZONE

The trench zone includes the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the bottom of
the pavement zone in paved areas, or to the existing surface in unpaved areas, and extends into
manhole or vault excavations above the pipe zone.

1.07 PAVEMENT ZONE

The pavement zone includes the concrete or asphalt concrete pavement and aggregate base
section placed over the trench zone and extends into manhole or vault excavations above the
trench zone.

Trenching, Excavation,
Backfill and Compaction
Standard Specifications 02223 -2 of 10 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.08 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND FACILITIES

The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing utilities, facilities and
structures that may be encountered in or near the area of the work in accordance with Section
01000.

1.09 PROTECTION OF EXISTING LANDSCAPING

The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all trees, shrubs, fences, and other
landscape items adjacent to or within the work area in accordance with Section 01000.

1.10 ACCESS

The Contractor shall provide continuous, unobstructed access to all driveways, water valves,
hydrants, or other property or facilities within or adjacent to the work areas.

1.11 SAFETY

A. Protection of workers within trenches shall be as required by the California Labor Code
and in accordance with Section 01000.

B. All excavations shall be performed in a safe manner and shall be protected and
supported in accordance with CAL-OSHA regulations.

C. Barriers and traffic delineators shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of the
agency having jurisdiction.

1.12 BLASTING

Blasting for excavation shall not be performed without the written permission of the District.
Procedures and methods of blasting shall conform to all Federal, State and local laws and
ordinances.

1.13 PIPE JACKING

Pipe jacking may be permitted in accordance with Section 15125. District approval is required in
advance of such operations.

1.14 EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL

A. The Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all excess excavated material and
demolition debris.

B. It is the intent of these specifications that all surplus material shall be legally disposed of
by the Contractor. Before acceptance of the work by District, the Contractor shall provide
the District with written releases signed by all property owners with whom the Contractor
has entered into agreements for disposing of excess excavated material, absolving the
District from any liability connected therewith.

Trenching, Excavation,
Backfill and Compaction
Standard Specifications 02223 -3 of 10 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.15 FILTER FABRIC

Filter fabric shall be used when excessively wet, soft, spongy, or similarly unstable material is
encountered or in areas of suspected high groundwater in accordance with the soils technician’s
recommendation and the approval of the District Engineer.

1.16 CHANGES IN LINE AND GRADE

In the event obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the
work, and which will require alterations to the plans, the District Engineer shall have the authority
to change the plans and order the necessary deviation from the line and grade, in accordance
with Section 01000. The Contractor shall not deviate from the specified line and grade without
prior written approval by the District Engineer.

1.17 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Pre-testing of the piping system may be performed for the Contractor's convenience at any time.
However, the final hydrostatic pressure test shall be as described in Section 15044.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 GENERAL

The Contractor shall furnish backfill material as specified below. All materials used in and above
the pipe zone shall be capable of attaining the required relative density.

2.02 IMPORTED GRANULAR MATERIAL - PIPE ZONE

Imported Granular Material shall be used within the Pipe Zone for installations of all pressure pipe
and tubing.

The Imported Granular Material shall be quarry waste (decomposed granite) free from organic
matter. Material shall have a sand equivalent value of not less than 30 per ASTM D 2419, a
coefficient of uniformity of 3 or greater, and shall conform to the following gradation:

U.S. Standard Percent Passing

Sieve Size By Weight

25mm (1”) 100

19mm (3/4”) 90 – 100
4.75mm (No. 4) 50 – 95
600μm (No. 30) 25 – 45
75μm (No. 200) 3 – 15

Native materials may not be used in lieu of Imported Granular Material within the Pipe Zone
unless such native materials meet all of the requirements specified above and specific written
permission has been obtained from the District Engineer.

Trenching, Excavation,
Backfill and Compaction
Standard Specifications 02223 -4 of 10 Revised: 02/01/2008
2.03 CRUSHED ROCK - PIPE ZONE

Crushed Rock shall be used within the Pipe Zone for installations of all non-pressure pipe.
Crushed rock shall be clean crushed stone free of organic matter. Crushed rock shall be certified
to contain less than 1% asbestos by weight or volume and shall conform to the following
gradation:

U. S. Standard Percent Passing

Sieve Size By Weight

25mm (1”) 100

19mm (3/4”) 90-100
12.5mm (1/2”) 30-60
9.5mm (3/8”) 0-20
4.75mm (No. 4) 0-5
2.36mm (No. 8) ----

In addition, crushed rock for use within the pipe zone shall meet or exceed the following
requirements for resistance to abrasion or impact as measured using ASTM Test Method C 131,
Test Sample Grading B:

100 Revolutions: 15% Maximum Loss by Weight

500 Revolutions: 52% Maximum Loss by Weight

2.04 IMPORTED GRANULAR MATERIAL - TRENCH ZONE

Imported Granular Material shall be used within the Trench Zone for installations of all pressure
pipe and tubing and all non-pressure pipe.

Imported Granular Material for use within the Trench Zone shall conform in all ways to Imported
Granular Material specified for use within the Pipe Zone.

Native materials may not be used in lieu of Imported Granular Material within the Trench Zone
unless such native materials meet all of the requirements specified for Imported Granular Material
within the Pipe Zone and specific written permission has been obtained from the District
Engineer.

2.05 SAND-CEMENT SLURRY

Sand-cement slurry shall consist of two sacks, 85.3kg (188 pounds) of Portland cement per cubic
yard of sand and sufficient moisture for workability. District approval is required for use of sand-
cement slurry as a backfill material.

2.06 TRENCH PLUGS

Trench plugs consisting of compacted Imported Granular Material or sand-cement slurry shall be
installed on piping systems that are backfilled with crushed rock.

Trenching, Excavation,
Backfill and Compaction
Standard Specifications 02223 -5 of 10 Revised: 02/01/2008
2.07 FILTER FABRIC

Filter fabric shall be manufactured from polyester, nylon, or polypropylene. Material shall be of
non-woven construction and shall meet the following requirements:

Grab tensile strength (ASTM D 4632): 45.4kg (100 lbs) minimum for a 25mm (1")
raveled strip

Weight (ASTM D 3776): 152.6g/m2 (4.5 oz./yd2)

Apparent opening size (ASTM D 4751): 0.150mm (0.006")

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING

A. Areas where work is to be performed shall be cleared of all trees, shrubs, rubbish, and
other objectionable material of any kind, which, if left in place, would interfere with the
proper performance or completion of the contemplated work, would impair its subsequent
use, or would form obstructions therein.

B. Organic material from clearing and grubbing operations will not be incorporated in the
trench backfill and shall be removed from the project site or retained and incorporated
into the topsoil.

3.02 PAVEMENT, CURB, AND SIDEWALK REMOVAL

Bituminous or concrete pavements, curbs, and sidewalks shall be removed and replaced in
accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction.

3.03 DEWATERING

A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means
and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering
excavations or other parts of the work. Dewatering shall be performed by methods that
will ensure a dry excavation and preservation of the final lines and grades of the bottoms
of excavations. Dewatering methods may include well points, sump points, suitable rock
or gravel placed as pipe bedding for drainage and pumping, temporary pipelines, or other
means, all subject to the approval of the District Engineer. The cost of all dewatering
activities shall be borne by the Developer or Contractor.

B. Sewer systems shall not be used as drains for dewatering trenches or excavations, nor
for disposal of collected or accumulated groundwater, without the approval of the agency
of jurisdiction.

C. Concrete shall not be poured in water, nor shall water be allowed to rise around concrete
or mortar until it has set at least four hours.

D. The Contractor is responsible for meeting all Federal, State, and local laws, rules and
regulations regarding the treatment and disposal of water from dewatering operations at
the construction site.

Trenching, Excavation,
Backfill and Compaction
Standard Specifications 02223 -6 of 10 Revised: 02/01/2008
3.04 SHORING AND SHIELDING

A. The Contractor's design and installation of shoring shall be consistent with the rules,
orders, and regulations of CAL-OSHA.

B. Excavations shall be shored, sheeted, and supported such that the walls of the
excavation will not slide or settle and all existing improvements of any kind, either on
public or private property, will be fully protected from damage.

C. The sheeting and shoring shall be arranged so as not to place any stress on portions of
the completed work until the general construction has proceeded far enough to provide
ample strength.

D. Care shall be exercised in the moving or removal of trench shields, sheeting, and shoring
to prevent the caving or collapse of the excavation faces being supported.

3.05 CORRECTION OF OVEREXCAVATION

Overexcavations shall be corrected by backfilling with approved imported granular material or

crushed rock, compacted to 90% relative compaction, as directed by the District Engineer.

3.06 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION

A. When unsuitable soil materials are encountered, the unsuitable material shall be
removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician, and as
acceptable to the District Engineer. The sub-grade shall be restored with compacted
Imported Granular Material or crushed rock as recommended by the Soils Technician.
Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation.

B. When rock encroachment is encountered, the rock shall be removed to a point below the
intended trench or excavation sub-grade as determined necessary in the field by the
Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the District Engineer. The sub-grade shall be
restored with compacted Imported Granular Material as recommended by the Soils
Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation.

C. When excessively wet, soft, spongy, or similarly unstable material is encountered at the
surface upon which the bedding or base material is to be placed, the unsuitable material
shall be removed to the depth determined necessary in the field by the Soils Technician,
and as acceptable to the District Engineer. Restore the trench with crushed rock
enclosed in filter fabric as directed by the District Engineer. Larger size rocks, up to 75
mm (3"), with appropriate gradation, may be used if recommended by the Soils
Technician. Place the appropriate bedding or base material on this restored foundation.

3.07 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND PLACEMENT OF BEDDING

A. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings with allowance for
150mm (6") of pipe bedding material. The trench section shall be as shown on the
Standard Drawings.

B. The maximum length of open trench shall be 152m (500') except by permission of the
District, City or County. The distance is the collective length at any location, including
open excavation and pipe laying, which has not been backfilled to the elevation of the
surrounding grade.

C. Trench walls shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-OSHA.

Trenching, Excavation,
Backfill and Compaction
Standard Specifications 02223 -7 of 10 Revised: 02/01/2008
 D. The trench bottom shall be graded to provide a smooth, firm, and stable foundation that is
free from rocks and other obstructions.

E. Place the specified thickness of bedding material over the full width of the trench. Grade
the top of the pipe base ahead of the pipe laying to provide a firm, uniform support along
the full length of pipe.

F. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of the entire
joint.

G. Trenches for main pipelines and all appurtenances shall be backfilled with the materials
and methods as specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone and Pavement Zone.

H. Trench widths shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

I. Trench depth shall be as required to install pipelines in accordance with the Approved
Plans and the Water Agencies’ Design Guide. Unless shown otherwise on the Approved
Plans, the minimum depth of cover for pipelines shall be as follows:

Pipeline Type Minimum Cover Required

Potable Water 0.91m (36”)

Recycled Water 1.22m (48”)
Sewer 1.52m (60”)

J. Final street sub-grade shall be established prior to the excavation of pipeline trenches.
Minimum cover above pipe shall be 24” for hydrotesting.

3.08 MANHOLE AND VAULTS

A. The Contractor shall prepare an excavation large enough to accommodate the structure
and permit grouting of openings and backfilling operations. The walls of the excavation
shall be sloped or shored per the requirements of CAL-OSHA.

B. Manholes and vaults shall be placed at the location and elevation shown on the plans, on
undisturbed soils and 150mm (6") of compacted crushed rock base.

C. Manhole and vault excavations shall be backfilled with the materials and methods as
specified for the Pipe Zone, Trench Zone and Pavement Zone.

3.09 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS

A. Compaction shall be accomplished by mechanical means. Consolidation by water

settling methods such as jetting or flooding is prohibited.

B. If the backfill fails to meet the specified relative compaction requirements; the backfill
shall be reworked until the requirements are met. All necessary excavations for density
tests shall be made as directed by the Soils Technician, and as acceptable to the District
Engineer. The requirements of the Agency having jurisdiction shall prevail on all public
roads.

C. Compaction tests shall be performed at random depths, and at random intervals not to
exceed 45m (150'), as directed by the Soils Technician or District Engineer.

D. Relative compaction shall be determined by the impact or field compaction test made in
accordance with ASTM D 1557 Procedure C.

Trenching, Excavation,
Backfill and Compaction
Standard Specifications 02223 -8 of 10 Revised: 02/01/2008
 E. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings or otherwise described in the specifications for
the particular type of pipe installed, relative compaction in pipe trenches shall be as
follows:

1. Pipe zone - 90% relative compaction.

2. Trench zone - 90% relative compaction.

3. Structural section in paved areas - per agency requirements, 95% minimum.

4. Imported Granular Material for over excavation or foundation stabilization - 90%
relative density.

F. All excavations are subject to compaction tests.

3.10 TRENCH PLUGS

Trench plugs shall be installed at 60m (200') intervals along the entire length of piping systems.
Trench plugs shall be 3m (10') in length and shall encompass the entire pipe zone. Additional
trench plugs may be required as directed by the District Engineer.

3.11 PIPE ZONE BACKFILL

A. Care shall be taken in placing the imported granular backfill material simultaneously
around the main pipeline and appurtenance pipes so that the pipe barrel is completely
supported and that no voids or uncompacted areas are left beneath the pipe or on the
sides of the pipe. Care shall be taken to place material simultaneously on both sides of
the pipe to prevent lateral movement. This area shall be mechanically compacted to
attain 90% relative density. Care shall be taken when compacting appurtenance laterals
50mm (2”) and smaller to prevent the crushing or denting of the copper lateral. Additional
lifts of 300mm (12") or less thickness may be required on 400mm (16") or larger diameter
pipe to attain complete support of the haunch area. Soils tests may be taken on this layer
of backfill.

B. After the spring line backfill has been approved by the Soils Technician, backfill of the
remainder of the Pipe Zone may proceed. Do not drop sharp, heavy pieces of material
directly onto the pipe or the tamped material around the pipe.

C. Place and compact the imported granular material at a maximum of 300mm (12”) lifts.
Compact all material placed in the Pipe Zone by mechanical methods. Sand cone tests
shall be taken on this layer of backfill.

D. The use of a backhoe-mounted compaction wheel is prohibited within the pipe zone to
300mm (12”) above the top of the pipe.

E. Under no circumstances shall consolidation by water settling or water-setting methods

(i.e. jetting, diking, etc.) be permitted.

3.12 TRENCH ZONE BACKFILL

A. After the Pipe Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by the Soil
Technician and accepted by the District Engineer, backfill in the Trench Zone may
proceed.

Trenching, Excavation,
Backfill and Compaction
Standard Specifications 02223 -9 of 10 Revised: 02/01/2008
 B. Compaction using vibratory equipment, tamping rollers, pneumatic tire rollers, or other
mechanical tampers shall be performed with the type and size of equipment necessary to
accomplish the work. The backfill shall be placed in horizontal layers of such depths as
are considered proper for the type of compacting equipment being used in relation to the
backfill material being placed. Each layer shall be evenly spread, properly moistened,
and compacted to the specified relative density. The Contractor shall repair or replace
any pipe, fitting, manhole, or structure damaged by the installation operations as directed
by the District Engineer.

3.13 PAVEMENT ZONE BACKFILL AND RESTORATION

A. After the Trench Zone material has been placed, compacted, approved by the Soil
Technician, and accepted by the District Engineer; backfill in the Pavement Zone may
proceed as necessary in accordance with the requirements of the agency having
jurisdiction.

B. Replace bituminous and concrete pavement, curbs, and sidewalks removed or damaged
during construction in accordance with the requirements of the agency having jurisdiction.

END OF SECTION

Trenching, Excavation,
Backfill and Compaction
Standard Specifications 02223 -10 of 10 Revised: 02/01/2008
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 03000 CAST - IN - PLACE CONCRETE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section describes materials and methods for formwork, reinforcement, mixing, placement,
curing and repairs of concrete, and the use of cementitious materials and other related products.
This section includes concrete, mortar, grout, reinforcement, thrust and anchor blocks, valve
support blocks and manhole bases.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

ASTM A 185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for
Concrete
ASTM A 615/A 615M - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM C 150 - Specification for Portland Cement
ASTM C 494 - Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM C 881 - Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for
Concrete
CRSI - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars
SSPWC - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
"Greenbook"

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02223, 03461, 03462, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15061,
15064, 15074, 15102, 15108, 15112, and 15300.

1.04 APPLICATIONS

The following materials, referenced in other sections, shall be provided and installed in
accordance with this specification for the applications noted below:

A. Concrete for thrust and anchor blocks for horizontal and vertical bends, ductile-iron or
steel fittings, fire hydrant bury ells, support blocks for valves 100mm (4") and larger,
collars, cradles, curbs, encasements, gutters, manhole bases, protection posts,
sidewalks, splash pads, and other miscellaneous cast-in-place items, all in accordance
with the Standard Drawings.

B. Hand-mixed concrete is permitted when the volume of concrete required is less than 0.76
cubic meters (1.00 cubic yards).

Cast-In-Place Concrete
Standard Specifications 03000 - 1 of 8 Revised: 02/01/2008
 C. Mortar for filling and finishing the joints between manhole and vault sections and setting
manhole grade rings and cover frames. Mortar may also be used for repairs of minor
surface defects of no more than 6.35mm (¼") in depth or 12.7mm (½”) in width on non-
structural, cast-in-place items such as splash pads or concrete rings around manholes.
(Note that large voids, structural concrete and pipe penetrations into vaults shall be
repaired with non-shrink grout; repairs to precast manholes and vaults and cast-in-place
manhole bases shall be repaired with an epoxy bonding agent and repair mortar, as
outlined below.)

D. Epoxy bonding agent for bonding repair mortar to concrete on repairs to damaged
surfaces of precast or cast-in-place concrete manholes and vaults.

E. Repair mortar for repair to damaged surfaces of precast or cast-in-place concrete

manholes and vaults. An epoxy-bonding agent shall be used in conjunction with repair
mortar.

F. Non-shrink grout for general-purpose repair of large construction voids, pipe penetrations
into vaults and grouting of base plates for equipment or structural members.

G. Epoxy adhesives for grouting of anchor bolts.

H. Protective epoxy coating for application to reinforcing steel within existing concrete
structures exposed during construction.

I. Damp-proofing for application to the exterior surfaces of concrete manholes and vaults
located at or below the water table or where showing evidence of moisture or seepage,
and as directed by the District Engineer.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver reinforcing steel to the site bundled and tagged with identification. Store on skids to keep
bars clean and free of mud and debris. If contaminated, all bars shall be cleaned by wire
brushing, sand blasting, or other means prior to being set in forms.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 CONCRETE

A. All Portland cement concrete shall conform to the provisions of Sections 201, 202 and
303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Work Construction (Greenbook).

B. Class 560-C-3250 concrete, as described in the Greenbook, Section 201, shall be used
for all applications unless otherwise directed by the District Engineer. The maximum
water/cement ratio shall be 0.53 by weight; and the maximum slump shall be 100mm to
150mm (4" to 6”).

C. In certain circumstances, rapid-setting concrete may be required. Accelerating

admixtures shall conform to ASTM C-494 and may be used in the concrete mix as
permitted by the District Engineer. Calcium chloride shall not be used in concrete.

D. Hand mixed concrete materials type and proportions shall be submitted and approved by
the District Engineer prior to application on site. The maximum slump shall be 100mm to
150mm (4” to 6”).

Cast-In-Place Concrete
Standard Specifications 03000 - 2 of 8 Revised: 02/01/2008
2.02 REINFORCING STEEL

A. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 60.

B. Reinforcing steel shall be fabricated in accordance with the current edition of the Manual
of Standard Practice, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.

2.03 WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT

Welded wire reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A 185.

2.04 TIE WIRE

Tie wire shall be 16-gage minimum, black, soft annealed.

2.05 BAR SUPPORTS

Bar supports in beams and slabs exposed to view after removal of forms shall be galvanized or
plastic coated. Use concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade.

2.06 FORMS

A. Forms shall be accurately constructed of clean lumber. The surface of forms against
which concrete is placed shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sags or
holes.

B. Metal form systems may be used upon approval of the District Engineer. Include
manufacturer's data for materials and installation with the request to use a metal form
system.

2.07 MORTAR

Cement mortar shall consist of a mixture of Portland cement, sand and water. One part cement
and two parts sand shall first be combined, and then thoroughly mixed with the required amount
of water.

2.08 EPOXY BONDING AGENT

The epoxy bonding agent shall be an epoxy-resin-based product intended for bonding new mortar
to hardened concrete and shall conform to ASTM C 881. The bonding agent shall be selected
from the Approved Materials List.

2.09 REPAIR MORTAR

Repair mortar shall be a two-component, cement-based product specifically designed for

structurally repairing damaged concrete surfaces. The repair mortar shall exhibit the properties of
high compressive and bond strengths and low shrinkage. A medium-slump repair mortar shall be
used on horizontal surfaces, and a non-sag, low-slump repair mortar shall be used on vertical or
overhead surfaces. Repair mortar shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

Cast-In-Place Concrete
Standard Specifications 03000 - 3 of 8 Revised: 02/01/2008
2.10 NON-SHRINK GROUT

Non-shrink grout shall be a non-metallic cement-based product intended for filling general
construction voids or grouting of base plates for equipment or structural members. The non-
shrink grout shall exhibit the properties of high compressive and bond strengths and zero
shrinkage, and shall be capable of mixing to a variable viscosity ranging from a dry pack to a fluid
consistency as required for the application. The non-shrink grout shall be selected from the
Approved Materials List.

2.11 EPOXY ADHESIVE

Epoxy adhesive shall be a high-modulus epoxy-resin-based product intended for structural

grouting of anchor bolts and dowels to concrete. The epoxy adhesives shall conform to ASTM C
881. A pourable, medium-viscosity epoxy shall be used on horizontal surfaces, and a heavy-
bodied, non-sag epoxy gel shall be used on vertical surfaces. The epoxy adhesives shall be
selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.12 PROTECTIVE EPOXY COATING

The protective epoxy coating shall be an epoxy-resin-based product exhibiting high bond strength
to steel and concrete surfaces, and shall conform to ASTM C 881. The protective epoxy coating
shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.13 DAMP-PROOFING FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES

Damp-proofing material shall consist of two coats of a single-component self-priming, heavy-duty

cold-applied coal tar selected from the Approved Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 FORMWORK

A. The Contractor shall notify the District Engineer a minimum of one working day in
advance of intended placement of concrete to allow for checking the form lines, grades,
and other required items before placement of concrete.

B. The form surfaces shall be cleaned and coated with form oil prior to installation. The
form surfaces shall leave uniform form marks conforming to the general lines of the
structure.

C. The forms shall be braced to provide sufficient strength and rigidity to hold the concrete
and to withstand the necessary fluid pressure and consolidation pressures without
deflection from the prescribed lines.

D. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, all exposed sharp concrete edges shall be
19mm (¾") chamfered.

3.02 REINFORCEMENT

The following procedures apply to all cast-in-place concrete with the exception of thrust blocks
and valve support blocks. No reinforcement is required for concrete thrust blocks or concrete
valve support blocks.

Cast-In-Place Concrete
Standard Specifications 03000 - 4 of 8 Revised: 02/01/2008
 A. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with the current edition of Recommended Practice
for Placing Reinforcing Bars, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.

B. All reinforcing steel shall be of the required sizes and shapes and placed where shown
on the drawings or as directed by the District Engineer.

C. Do not straighten or re-bend reinforcing steel in a manner that will damage the material.
Do not use bars with bends not shown on the drawings. All steel shall be cold bent - do
not use heat.

D. All bars shall be free from rust, scale, oil, or any other coating that would reduce or
destroy the bond between concrete and steel.

E. Position reinforcing steel in accordance with the Approved Plans and secure by using
annealed wire ties or clips at intersections and support by concrete or metal supports,
spacers, or metal hangers. Do not place metal clips or supports in contact with the
forms. Bend tie wires away from the forms in order to provide the concrete coverage
equal to that required of the bars. If required by the District Engineer, the Contractor
shall install bars additional to those shown on the drawings for the purpose of securing
reinforcement in position.

F. Place reinforcement a minimum of 50mm (2") clear of any metal pipe, fittings, or exposed
surfaces.

G. The reinforcement shall be so secured in position that it will not be displaced during the
placement of concrete.

H. All reinforcing steel, welded wire reinforcement, and tie wire shall be completely encased
in concrete.

I. Reinforcing steel shall not be welded unless specifically required by the Approved Plans
or otherwise directed by the District Engineer.

J. Secure reinforcing dowels in place prior to placing concrete. Do not press dowels into
the concrete after the concrete has been placed.

K. Minimum lap for all reinforcement shall be 40 bar diameters unless otherwise specified
on the Approved Plans.

L. Place additional reinforcement around pipe penetrations or openings 150mm (6")

diameter or larger. Replace cut bars with a minimum of 1/2 of the number of cut bars at
each side of the opening, each face, each way, same size. Lap with the uncut bars a
minimum of 40 bar diameters past the opening dimension. Place one same size diagonal
bar at the four diagonals of the opening at 45° to the cut bars, each face. Extend each
diagonal bar a minimum of 40 bar diameters past the opening dimension.

M. Welded wire reinforcement is to be rolled flat before being placed in the form. Support
and tie welded wire reinforcement to prevent movement during concrete placement.

N. Extend welded wire reinforcement to within 50mm (2") of the edges of slabs. Lap splices
at least 1-1/2 courses of the reinforcement and a minimum of 150mm (6"). Tie laps and
splices securely at ends and at least every 600mm (24") with 16-gage black annealed
steel wire. Pull the welded wire reinforcement into position as the concrete is placed by
means of hooks, and work concrete under the reinforcement to ensure that it is at the
proper distance above the bottom of the slab.

Cast-In-Place Concrete
Standard Specifications 03000 - 5 of 8 Revised: 02/01/2008
 O. Reinforcing steel as specified herein may be used in place of welded wire reinforcement
shown in the Standard Drawings or on the Approved Plans with the approval of the
District Engineer.

3.03 EMBEDDED ITEMS

All embedded items, including bolts, dowels and anchors, shall be held correctly in place in the
forms before concrete is placed.

3.04 MORTAR MIXING

The quantity of water to be used in the preparation of mortar shall be only that required to
produce a mixture sufficiently workable for the purpose intended. Mortar shall be used as soon
as possible after mixing and shall show no visible sign of setting prior to use. Re-mixing of mortar
by the addition of water after signs of setting are evident shall not be permitted.

3.05 MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE

A. Hand mixed concrete mixing method shall be in accordance with SSPWC 201-1.4.4.

B. All concrete shall be placed in forms before taking its initial set.

C. No concrete shall be placed in water except with permission of the District Engineer.

D. As the concrete is placed in forms, or in rough excavations (i.e. thrust or anchor blocks),
it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted throughout the entire layer by internal
vibration and tamping bars.

E. All existing concrete surfaces upon which or against which new concrete is to be placed
shall be roughened, thoroughly cleaned, wetted, and grouted before the new concrete is
deposited.

3.06 CONCRETE FINISHING

A. Immediately upon the removal of forms, voids shall be neatly filled with cement mortar,
non-shrink grout, or epoxy bonding agent and repair mortar as required for the
application and as directed by the District Engineer.

B. The surfaces of concrete exposed to view shall be smooth and free from projections or
depressions.

C. Exposed surfaces of concrete not poured against forms, such as horizontal or sloping
surfaces, shall be screeded to a uniform surface, steel-toweled to densify the surface,
and finished to a light broom finish.

3.07 PROTECTION AND CURING OF CONCRETE

The Contractor shall protect all concrete against damage. Exposed surfaces of new concrete
shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun by covering them with plastic film wrap and by
keeping them damp for at least 7 days after the concrete has been placed, or by using an
approved curing process. Exposed surfaces shall be protected from frost by covering with tarps
for at least 5 days after pouring.

Cast-In-Place Concrete
Standard Specifications 03000 - 6 of 8 Revised: 02/01/2008
3.08 REPAIRS TO DAMAGED CONCRETE SURFACES

Minor surface damage to hardened cast-in-place or precast concrete may be repaired, at the
discretion of the District Engineer, using the specified materials in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and the following procedures:

A. Cast-in-place or precast concrete for manholes and vaults: Remove loose or

deteriorated concrete to expose a fractured aggregate surface with an edge cut to a
ninety degree angle to the existing surface. Clean all debris from the area, apply a 0.5
mm (20 mil) coat of epoxy bonding agent to the prepared surface, and place repair
mortar while the epoxy is still wet and tacky. On horizontal surfaces, for repair depths
greater than 50mm (2"), add aggregate to the repair mortar as recommended by the
manufacturer. On vertical or overhead surfaces, for repair depths greater than 50mm
(2"), apply the repair mortar in successive lifts, scarifying the lifts, allowing them to
harden, and applying a scrub coat of the material prior to proceeding with the next lift.
Cure the material as for concrete in accordance with this specification.

B. General Purpose: Remove loose and deteriorated concrete by mechanical means,

sandblasting or high-pressure water blasting. Clean all debris from the area and apply
non-shrink grout in a 6.35mm (¼") minimum thickness, at the desired consistency,
ranging from a dry pack, to a fluid-poured into a formed area, according to the
application. Cure the material as for concrete in accordance with this specification.

3.09 EPOXY ADHESIVES FOR ANCHOR BOLT INSTALLATION

Anchor bolts grouted in place with an epoxy adhesive shall be installed using the specified
materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following general
procedures: Drill the hole with a rotary percussion drill to produce a rough, unpolished hole
surface. The hole shall be sized to the manufacturer's recommendations and should be
approximately 6.35mm (¼") wider than the diameter of the bolt, with a depth equal to 10 to 15
times the bolt diameter. Remove debris and dust with a stiff bristle brush and clean using
compressed air. Utilizing a medium-viscosity epoxy for horizontal surfaces, and a gel-type non-
sag epoxy for vertical surfaces, apply the material to fill the hole to approximately half its depth.
Insert the bolt, forcing it down until the required embedment depth and projection length are
attained and then twist the bolt to establish a bond. Secure the bolt firmly in place in the
permanent position until the epoxy sets.

3.10 PROTECTIVE EPOXY COATING

Following core drilling at existing concrete structures, clean the exposed concrete surface and
ends of reinforcing steel and apply two coats of protective epoxy coating for a total dry film
thickness of 0.254 - 0.381mm (10 –15 mils). Allow the material to cure between coats and prior
to continuing the installation through the penetration.

3.11 DAMP-PROOFING FOR THE EXTERIOR OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES

Following completion of the exterior surfaces of manholes and vaults, including necessary repairs
and piping penetrations into the structure, apply the specified material to prepared concrete
surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The surfaces to be coated
shall be fully cured and free of laitance and contamination. The material shall be applied to all
exterior surfaces below a point 300mm (12”) above the water table or indications of seepage or
moisture as directed by the District Engineer. Apply two 0.381mm (15 mil) coats, curing between
coats, prior to backfill and/or immersion in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

Cast-In-Place Concrete
Standard Specifications 03000 - 7 of 8 Revised: 02/01/2008
3.12 THRUST AND ANCHOR BLOCKS

The Design Engineer shall be responsible for sizing all thrust blocks and anchor blocks required
for the project in accordance with the requirements of the Water Agencies’ Design Guide

A. Thrust Block Placement: Thrust blocks shall be located at all unrestrained pipe fittings
and shall bear against firm, undisturbed soil. The thrust blocks shall be centered on the
fitting so that the bearing area is exactly opposite the resultant direction of the thrust
(refer to the Standard Drawings). Thrust block concrete shall not hinder maintenance
access to the valve operators. The shape and location of all thrust block excavations
shall be approved by the District Engineer prior to pouring concrete. Prior to filling the
pipeline with water, concrete thrust blocks shall cure for a minimum of three (3) days
unless an approved accelerating admixture, as described earlier in this section, is used.

B. Anchor Block Placement: For all vertical bends in pipelines (downward bends) that do
not have restrained joints, the fittings shall be retained in place by means of an anchor
block. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, concrete anchor blocks shall cure for a
minimum of seven (7) days. Accelerating admixtures shall not be used in concrete
anchor blocks.

3.13 VALVE SUPPORT BLOCKS

Valve support blocks shall be installed as described below and in accordance with the Standard
Drawings:

A. Support blocks below valves shall be cut into the side of the trench a minimum of 300mm
(12").

B. Support blocks shall extend up to the height of adjoining pipe and shall have a minimum
depth below the valve of 300mm (12").

C. Support blocks shall be installed so that the valves will be accessible for repairs.

END OF SECTION

Cast-In-Place Concrete
Standard Specifications 03000 - 8 of 8 Revised: 02/01/2008
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 03461 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, testing, and installation of precast concrete manholes for sewers
or for access to below grade water mains and appurtenances.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

ASTM A 48 - Gray Iron Castings

ASTM C 478 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections
ASTM C 478M - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections [Metric]
ASTM C 923 - Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures,
Pipes and Laterals

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02223, 03000, 09910, 15000, 15061, and 15065

1.04 ACCESS MANHOLES FOR WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES

A. 1500mm (60") diameter manholes shall be used, unless otherwise noted on the approved
plans, to access water main appurtenances.

B. A variety of manhole diameters and configurations may be utilized on various water main
appurtenances and devices in accordance with the Standard Drawings and as directed
by the District Engineer.

1.05 SEWER MANHOLES

1500mm (60") diameter manholes shall be used for sewer applications.

1.06 DROP MANHOLES

1500mm (60") diameter drop manholes shall be used for sewer applications and constructed only
at locations shown on the approved plans.

Precast Concrete Manholes

Standard Specifications 03461 - 1 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.07 CORROSION PROTECTION

A corrosion protection lining and/or coating as described in this specification shall be applied to
the interior of manholes for sewer mains 450mm (18") or larger, and to all drop manholes
regardless of sewer pipe size.

1.08 DAMP-PROOFING

A damp-proofing material shall be applied to the exterior portions of manholes in accordance with
Section 03000 and as directed by the District Engineer when located at or below the water table
or when moisture or seepage is indicated.

1.09 JOINT SEALING

Joint sealant shall be used to form a continuous watertight seal on the concrete base and
between successive precast concrete manhole or vault sections.

1.10 VACUUM TESTING OF MANHOLES

Vacuum testing of manholes is intended for testing precast concrete manhole sections to
demonstrate the integrity of the installed materials and construction procedures.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 MANHOLES

A. Precast components and other appurtenant materials shall be selected from the
Approved Materials List.

B. Precast concrete manhole components shall be in accordance with ASTM C 478 and the
Standard Drawings.

C. Manhole components shall be designed for H-20 highway wheel loading and specific site
conditions.

D. Manhole bases may be either precast or cast-in-place, as appropriate for the application,
with a formed recess shaped to match the first precast shaft section. The manhole base
shall extend 250mm (10") below the bottom of the lowest pipe and 150mm (6") above the
top of the largest pipe.

E. Manhole shafts shall be fabricated only from precast shaft sections, eccentric cone
sections and grade rings.

F. Pipe penetrations for sewer applications shall incorporate a watertight flexible pipe
connector or ring-type seal according to the method of manhole construction as shown in
the Standard Drawings. Precast manholes shall utilize either an integrally cast
embedded pipe connector, or a boot-type connector installed in a circular block out
opening in accordance with ASTM C 923. Connections to existing manholes shall utilize
a boot-type connector per ASTM C 923 installed in a cored opening. Cast-in-place bases
shall incorporate a ring-type seal on the pipe to be embedded in the concrete.

Precast Concrete Manholes

Standard Specifications 03461 - 2 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
 G. Manholes on sewer mains 450mm (18") or larger, and all drop manholes regardless of
the size of the sewer main, shall be PVC lined and polyurethane coated. Precast shaft
sections, cone sections and grade rings on PVC-lined manholes shall have an integrally-
cast PVC T-shaped liner of 1.65mm (0.065") minimum thickness. A 100% solids
elastomeric polyurethane coating shall be applied to exposed concrete at the interior of
precast and cast-in-place bases.

2.02 CRUSHED ROCK BASE AND BACKFILL MATERIALS

Crushed rock base and backfill materials shall be in accordance with Section 02223.

2.03 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS

A. Manhole frames shall be 900mm (36") in diameter with two concentric covers, made of
cast-iron in accordance with ASTM A 48 Class 30, the Standard Drawings and the
Approved Materials List. Covers shall incorporate a “pic-hole” for lifting purposes.

1. Locking frames and covers, in accordance with the Standard Drawings, are
required in areas located outside of the public right of way, in remote areas or
when determined by the District Engineer.

B. Frames and covers shall be designed for H-20 highway wheel loading.

C. Covers shall be cast with the District’s name and the words “WATER”, “RECYCLED
WATER” or “SEWER" as appropriate to the application. No other lettering will be
permitted on the top portion of the cover.

D. Castings shall be smooth, clean, and free from blisters, blowholes, and shrinkage.
Mating surfaces of the frame and cover shall be machined to prevent movement of the
lid. Frames and covers shall be match marked in sets before shipping to the site.

E. All castings shall be dipped twice in a preparation of asphalt or coal tar and oil applied at
a temperature of not less than 143.3 degrees C (290 degrees F) nor more than 154.4
degrees C (310 degrees F) and in such a manner as to form a firm and tenacious
coating.

2.04 CONCRETE

Concrete used for manholes and appurtenances shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

2.05 JOINT SEALING COMPOUND

Joint sealing compound shall be a mastic-type material in a flexible rope or rolled form with
removable wrapper sized to fit into the key of manhole or vault sections. Joint sealing compound
shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.06 REPAIR MORTAR AND EPOXY BONDING AGENT

Repair mortar and an epoxy bonding agent shall be used to repair minor surface damage to
precast sections or cast-in-place manhole bases at the discretion of the District Engineer. Repair
products shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

Precast Concrete Manholes

Standard Specifications 03461 - 3 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
2.07 MORTAR

Mortar for use on joints between precast sections and for setting manhole cover frames shall be
in accordance with Section 03000.

2.08 DAMP-PROOFING

Damp-proofing material shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 WORK WITHIN EXISTING MANHOLES

Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work
inside confined spaces, as defined by the applicable regulations, shall not be undertaken until all
the tests and safety provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the General
Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 5159, for confined
space entry have been performed and the area is verified as safe to enter. District policy
prohibits entry into any confined space with Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH)
conditions except by trained emergency rescue personnel.

3.02 EARTHWORK

Manhole excavation, foundation stabilization (if necessary), placement of base material, backfill
and compaction shall be performed in accordance with Section 02223.

3.03 MANHOLE BASE

A. The invert of precast and cast-in-place bases shall be hand-worked to provide channels
conforming in size to the inside diameter of the piping as indicated on the Approved
Plans. The channels shall vary uniformly in size and shape from inlet to outlet. The
concrete base shall be shaped with a wood float and shall receive a hard steel trowel
finish before the concrete sets. A template shall be used to accurately form the level
surface that will receive the first precast section.

B. During construction of cast-in-place bases, all sewer mains and stub piping shall be in
place, including ring-type seals, before concrete placement. Pipe grade and alignment
shall be verified immediately upon placement of concrete to assure that the pipelines are
in proper position prior to the concrete taking an initial set. The invert elevation and flow
line of piping shall be as shown on the Approved Plans and Standard Drawings. The
manhole base shall extend 250mm (10") below the bottom of the lowest pipe and 150mm
(6") above the top of the largest pipe.

C. Cast-in-place bases shall set a minimum of 24 hours before the manhole construction is
continued. In certain critical situations, the setting time may be reduced upon approval of
the District Engineer.

Precast Concrete Manholes

Standard Specifications 03461 - 4 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
3.04 INSTALLING MANHOLE SECTIONS

A. The concrete manhole base and successive precast sections will receive a mastic joint
sealing compound prior to setting the precast sections in place as shown on the Standard
Drawings. Following the vacuum testing as described in this section, the joints will be
mortared and tooled to a smooth finish, free of voids. Note that sewer manholes are to
be vacuum tested following assembly of the concrete sections, but prior to mortaring the
joints, or backfilling.

B. Manhole components incorporating a PVC liner and polyurethane coating shall be

installed and tested in accordance with these specifications, the manufacturer's
recommendations, and the Standard Drawings. Upon assembly of the precast sections
and vacuum testing as described in this section, the mortaring and finishing of joints shall
be performed. The PVC liner seams at the joints shall then be welded. The PVC liner
shall be secured by insertion between the uppermost grade ring and the manhole cover
frame. Note that PVC lined sewer manholes are to be vacuum tested following assembly
of the concrete sections, but prior to mortaring the joints, welding the seams of the PVC
liner, or backfilling. The polyurethane coating of all exposed concrete on the manhole
base shall follow completion of the entire installation and all construction activity within
the manhole.

C. Assemble the precast sections to the elevation required by the location of the manhole in
accordance with the Standard Drawings and as follows:

1. Paved Areas: Top of cover shall be flush with the finished paving surface.

2. Traveled Way: Top of cover shall be flush with the existing surface where it is in
a traveled way.

3. Shoulder Areas: Top of cover shall be 25mm (1") above the existing surface
where outside the limits of a traveled way. Vaults shall not be placed in roadside
ditches without the prior approval of the District Engineer.

4. Unpaved easements: Top of cover shall be 150mm (6") above the ground
surface. Guard Posts around the vault may be required in this area as directed
by the District Engineer.

D. Secure the manhole frame to the grade ring with mortar in accordance with the Standard
Drawings.

1. Locking manholes shall have covers locked to the frame. The frame shall be
attached to the top precast section by drilling four (4) 316 stainless steel, all-
thread anchor bolts set in epoxy in addition to the mortar collar around the frame
in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

E. After the frame is securely set the cover shall be installed. All necessary cleaning of
foreign materials from the frames and covers shall be accomplished to ensure a
satisfactory fit.

F. Where manholes are to be given a protective coating, they shall be free of seepage and
surface moisture.

G. Piping installation adjacent to the manhole and connection to the base or shaft sections
shall be performed as shown on the Standard Drawings and Approved Plans. Piping
installation into flexible pipe connectors shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations for assembly, lubricants and limits of deflection.

Precast Concrete Manholes

Standard Specifications 03461 - 5 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
 H. In order to prevent accidental use of the new sewer before completion and acceptance,
the new inlet to existing tie-in manhole(s) and the outlet of the first new upstream
manhole(s) shall be sealed with expandable plugs. The District Engineer shall approve
the specific location of these plugs. Plugs shall be removed at the time of final inspection
or as directed by the District Engineer. Removal of all construction debris and water shall
be completed prior to removal of plugs.

I. Brick or mortar bulkheads shall be installed by the Contractor at the manhole end of all
unused stub channels over 900mm (36") beyond manhole base. The bulkheads are
intended to prevent ponding of sewage and debris in the unused channels until such time
as the manhole stub is connected and normal sewage flow can occur.

J. New connections to existing manholes, where stubs have not been provided, shall be
made by core drilling through the walls or base as directed by the District Engineer.
Flexible seals selected from the Approved Materials List and installed in accordance with
the Standard Drawings shall be used for the pipe penetration. Apply a protective epoxy
coating to the cored concrete and the ends of any reinforcing steel exposed in
accordance with Section 03000.

K. A concrete ring shall be cast around manhole frames within paved and traveled areas in
accordance with the Standard Drawings.

L. Replacement of asphalt or concrete pavement shall be in accordance with the

requirements of the agency having jurisdiction.

3.05 DAMP-PROOFING

At the discretion of the District Engineer, damp-proofing material shall be applied to the exterior
surfaces of manholes in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and Section
03000. The material shall be applied to all exterior surfaces below a point 300mm (12”) above
the water table or indications of seepage or moisture as directed by the District Engineer.

3.06 VACUUM TESTING OF MANHOLES

A. Vacuum testing of manholes is required and shall be performed as directed in the

presence of the District Engineer.

B. Vacuum testing equipment shall be as manufactured by P.A. Glazier, Inc. or equal.

C. Manholes shall be tested after assembly and prior to mortaring the joints or backfilling. In
the case of manholes incorporating a PVC liner and polyurethane coating, the testing is
to take place prior to mortaring the joints, welding the liner seams between sections,
applying the coating, or backfilling.

D. All lift holes shall be plugged with an approved grout prior to testing.

E. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, and bracing installed, to prevent the plug
from being drawn into the manhole.

F. The test head shall be placed inside the top of the cone section and the seal inflated in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

G. A vacuum of 254 mm (10") of mercury shall be drawn. The time shall be measured for
the vacuum to drop to 229 mm (9"). The manhole shall pass the test if the time taken for
the drop is greater than 60 seconds.

Precast Concrete Manholes

Standard Specifications 03461 - 6 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
 H. If the manhole fails the test, necessary repairs shall be made and the test repeated until
acceptable results are obtained. The leak(s) shall be located and repaired according to
their nature with material-in-kind.

3.07 PULL TESTING OF PVC-LINED MANHOLES

PVC-lined manholes shall have field-welded joints pull tested. Field welds shall withstand a pull
test of at least 45.4 kg per liner cm (100 lbs per liner inch), applied perpendicularly to the concrete
surface for a period of one minute, without evidence of cracks or separations. This test shall be
conducted at a temperature of 21.1 degrees C to 26.7 degrees C (70 degrees F to 80 degrees F)
inclusive.

3.08 HOLIDAY TESTING OF PVC-LINED MANHOLES

PVC-Lined and Polyurethane-coated surfaces shall be holiday tested with an electrical holiday
detector as manufactured by Tinker and Rasor (Model AP-W with power pack) with the
instrument set at 20,000 volts and used as directed by the District Engineer. All imperfections
identified on the PVC lining and polyurethane coating shall be repaired with materials-in-kind and
the test shall be repeated until no holidays are evident.

END OF SECTION

Precast Concrete Manholes

Standard Specifications 03461 - 7 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 03462 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes the materials and installation of precast concrete vaults.

1.02 SERVICE APPLICATIONS

Precast concrete vaults shall be used for pressure-reducing stations, turnout structures, valves,
pipeline access, or other appurtenances as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the
District Engineer.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete

ASTM A 48 - Gray Iron Castings
ASTM A 615A615M Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, Grade
60
ASTM C 478 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections
ASTM C 478M - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections [Metric]

1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02223, 03000, 03461, 09910, 11020, 15000, 15056, and
15061

1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

Precast concrete vaults and access doors shall be designed for H-20 highway wheel loading.

1.06 SUBMITTALS

Submit manufacturer's catalog data on precast items. Provide details and dimensions of the vault
including reinforcing steel, the thickness of concrete sections, and locations of the hatch, ladder,
sump, and other required items.

Vault accessories such as sump pumps, lighting, ventilation, and SCADA equipment shall be
submitted as directed in Section 11020.

Precast Concrete Vaults

Standard Specifications 03462 - 1 of 5 Revised: 02/01/2008
1.07 PANEL VAULTS

Panel vaults, consisting of individually cast floor, wall and lid panels assembled on the project
site, shall be used only where shown on the Approved Plans or as approved by the District
Engineer.

1.08 DAMP-PROOFING

A damp-proofing material shall be applied to the exterior surfaces of precast concrete vaults in
accordance with Section 03000 and as directed by the District Engineer when located at or below
the water table or when moisture or seepage is indicated.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULT

A. Precast components and appurtenant materials shall be obtained from the manufacturers
included on the Approved Materials List, shall be designed for H-20 highway loading, and
shall comply with applicable portions of ASTM C 478 and the Standard Drawings.

B. Reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A 615, Grade 60. Installation of reinforcing steel
shall conform to ACI 318. Welding of reinforcing steel is prohibited.

C. Precast vault components shall conform to the shapes and dimensions indicated on the
Approved Plans. The minimum wall thickness shall be 150mm (6”).

D. Openings or "knockouts" in precast concrete vaults shall be located as shown on the

Approved Plans and shall be sized sufficiently to permit passage of the largest outside
dimension of pipe or fittings.

E. The precast vault base or floor slab shall incorporate a sump as shown on the Approved
Plans. The sump shall be located on the vault floor so as to avoid conflict with the piping
and appurtenances to be installed, and shall not be located directly beneath the access
ladder. The vault floor shall be constructed with a 2% slope to the sump.

2.02 CRUSHED ROCK BASE AND BACKFILL MATERIALS

Crushed rock base and backfill materials shall be in accordance with Section 02223.

2.03 CONCRETE

Concrete used for cast-in-place items shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

2.04 JOINT SEALING COMPOUND

Joint sealing material shall be in accordance with Section 03461 and shall be selected from the
Approved Materials List for Sewer Facilities.

Precast Concrete Vaults

Standard Specifications 03462 - 2 of 5 Revised: 02/01/2008
2.05 MORTAR

Mortar used for finishing the joints between precast sections shall be in accordance with Section
03000.

2.06 PIPE PENETRATIONS

A. Adjustable-linked rubber seal devices shall be used to provide seals around pipe
penetrations through precast concrete vaults. Adjustable-linked rubber seal devices shall
be selected from the Approved Materials List

B. Non-shrink grout shall be used to provide seals around pipe penetrations through precast
concrete vaults instead of, or in addition to, adjustable-linked rubber seal devices when
indicated on the Approved Plans or directed by the District Engineer. Non-shrink grout
shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

2.07 REPAIR MORTAR AND EPOXY BONDING AGENT

Repair mortar and epoxy bonding agent shall be used to repair minor surface damage to precast
concrete vault sections at the discretion of the District Engineer. Repair products shall be in
accordance with Section 03000.

2.08 DAMP-PROOFING

Damp-proofing materials shall be in accordance with Section 03000 and shall be selected from
the Approved Materials List.

2.09 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS

Manhole frames and covers shall be in accordance with Section 03461 and shall be selected
from the Approved Materials List for Sewer Facilities.

2.10 VAULT ACCESS DOORS

A. Vault access doors shall be fabricated aluminum unless otherwise shown on the
Approved Plans or directed by the District Engineer.

B. Access doors shall be equipped with stainless steel hardware, compression spring
operators, an automatic hold-open arm with release handle, and a locking device. The
frame shall incorporate a drain gutter with an outlet routed to the exterior of the precast
lid.

C. All vaults shall have H-20 rated traffic doors.

D. Vault access doors shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.11 LADDERS

A. Ladders shall be aluminum, Type 304 stainless steel or fiberglass as shown on the plans
or as directed by the District Engineer. Rung diameter shall be 25mm (1") minimum, with
300mm (12") between rungs, and 450mm (18") between ladder rails. Ladders shall have
a minimum of three pairs of brackets for wall attachment. Ladders shall meet the
requirements of CAL/OSHA and ANSI Standards.

Precast Concrete Vaults

Standard Specifications 03462 - 3 of 5 Revised: 02/01/2008
 B. Extendable handrails (ladder-ups) shall be 1200mm (48") long when fully extended. The
handrail shall have a telescoping tubular section that locks automatically when fully
extended and a release lever to allow it to be returned to its lowered position. Handrails
shall be 38mm (1½") square aluminum tubing.

C. Material for ladders and extendable handrails shall be high strength 6061-T6 aluminum
alloy.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EARTHWORK

Vault excavation, foundation stabilization, placement of base material, backfill, and compaction
shall be performed in accordance with Section 02223. The excavation shall be large enough to
accommodate the vault structure and permit grouting of openings and backfilling operations.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. The vault base section shall be placed on a 150mm (6") thick minimum base of
compacted crushed rock over undisturbed soils, and shall be graded level to the
elevation shown on the Approved Plans.

B. The concrete vault base section and successive precast sections will receive a joint
sealing compound prior to setting the precast sections in place. The joint sealing
compound shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations to provide
a watertight joint, which will remain impermeable throughout the design life of the
structure. Following placement of the precast sections, the joints shall be mortared and
tooled to a smooth finish, free of voids.

C. Assemble the precast sections to the elevation required by the location of the vault as
follows:

1. Paved Areas: Top of cover shall be flush with the finished paving surface.

2. Traveled Way: Top of cover shall be flush with the existing surface where it is in
a traveled way.

3. Shoulder Areas: Top of cover shall be 25mm (1") above the existing surface
where outside the limits of a traveled way. Vaults shall not be placed in roadside
ditches without the prior approval of the District Engineer.

4. Unpaved Easements: Top of cover shall be 150mm (6") above the ground
surface. Guard Posts around the vault may be required in this area as directed
by the District Engineer.

D. Secure the vault access door in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Access doors shall be built up so that the hatch is installed as required. The Contractor is
responsible for placing the cover at the proper elevation where paving is to be installed
and shall make all necessary adjustments.

E. Adjustable-linked rubber seal devices providing seals around pipe penetrations through
precast concrete vaults shall be assembled and installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations.

Precast Concrete Vaults

Standard Specifications 03462 - 4 of 5 Revised: 02/01/2008
 F. Non-shrink grout providing seals around pipe penetrations through precast concrete
vaults instead of, or in addition to, adjustable-linked rubber seal devices shall be installed
in accordance with Section 03000.

G. Where vaults are to be given a protective coating, they shall be free of seepage and
surface moisture.

H. After the vault and all appurtenances are in place and are approved by the District
Engineer, backfill shall be placed to the original grade or to the limits shown on the
approved plans. 0.03 cubic meters (1.00 cu ft) of crushed rock shall be placed adjacent
to the hatch gutter drain outlet.

I. Install ladders using Type 316 stainless steel anchors secured in place using an epoxy
adhesive in accordance with Section 03000. Extendable handrails shall be mounted to
the outside portion of the ladder railing.

J. Replacement of asphalt or concrete pavement shall be in accordance with the

requirements of the agency having jurisdiction.

3.03 DAMP-PROOFING

Damp-proofing material shall be applied to the exterior surface of vaults in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and Section 03000.

END OF SECTION

Precast Concrete Vaults

Standard Specifications 03462 - 5 of 5 Revised: 02/01/2008
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 06620 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) VAULTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes the materials and installation of Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) vaults for
metered services.

1.02 SERVICE APPLICATIONS

FRP vaults shall be used for potable water meters and recycled water meters 100mm (4”) and
larger, or other applications as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District
Engineer.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AASHTO - Association of State Highway and Traffic Officials

ASTM C 109 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars
ASTM C 293 - Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete
ASTM D 256 - Test Method for Impact Resistance of Plastic and Electrical Insulating
Materials
ASTM D 543 - Test Method for Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents
ASTM D 570 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics
ASTM D 635 - Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of
Self-Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position
ASTM D 746 - Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by
Impact
ASTM D 1525 - Test Method for Vicat Softening Temperature of Plastics
ASTM D 2444 - Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe
ASTM G 53 - Practice for Operating Light and Water Exposure Apparatus for Exposure
of Non-Metallic Materials
WUC - Western Underground Committee, Recommended Guide No. 3.6

1.04 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02223, 03000, 03461, 09910, 11020, 15000, 15056, and
15061

Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Vaults

Standard Specifications 06620 - 1 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2001
1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

FRP vaults shall be designed for H-10 parkway wheel loading.

1.06 SUBMITTALS

Submit manufacturer's catalog data. Provide details and dimensions of the vault including location
of reinforcing ribs, mouse hole pipe penetration locations, and details of the torsion-assisted cover.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 FRP VAULT

A. FRP vault components and appurtenant materials shall be selected from the Approved
Materials List and shall comply with the dimensional requirements of the Standard
Drawings.

B. FRP vault components shall be designed for H-10 parkway loading and shall be in
accordance with the Standard Drawings. H-20 vaults may be required in certain
circumstances as directed by the Engineer or as indicated on the Approved Plans.

C. FRP vaults shall use the highest grade of glass fibers as reinforcement, combined with
thermosetting polyester resin binders and fire retardant fillers to attain the following
minimum properties:

PROPERTY ULTIMATE WORKING

Compressive 53.82 MPa (7,800 psi) 34.5 MPa (5,000 psi)
Flexural 135.9 MPa (19,700 psi) 89.7 MPa (13,000 psi)
Shear 75.4 MPa (10,920 psi) 48.3 MPa (7,000 psi)
Modulus of Elasticity 19,320 MPa (2.8 x 106)

D. Mouse hole openings or "knockouts" in FRP vaults shall be located in accordance with the
Standard Drawings and shall be sized sufficiently to permit passage of the largest
dimension of pipe and/or flange.

E. The FRP vaults shall incorporate two-piece hinged covers constructed of either Reinforced
Polymer Concrete (RPC) or aluminum. Covers shall be load-rated equal to or greater than
the vault to which they are attached.

1. RPC covers shall have a two-leaf, non-skid surface with a torsion-assisted heavy-
duty galvanized steel frame. The heavy-duty galvanized steel frame shall be
attached to the cover and to the FRP vault with 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts.
The cover shall have locking cover arms which hold the cover leaves open and
release when pushed outward. The cover shall be lockable, either by pentahead
bolting or by providing for padlock installation.

2. Aluminum covers shall have a two-leaf, non-skid surface with a torsion-assisted

aluminum frame selected from the Approved Materials List. The aluminum cover
shall be compatible with the FRP vault and attached to the FRP vault with 316
stainless steel bolts and nuts. The cover shall be lockable, either by pentahead
bolting or by providing for padlock installation.

Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Vaults

Standard Specifications 06620 - 2 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2001
2.02 CRUSHED ROCK BASE AND BACKFILL MATERIALS

Crushed rock base and backfill materials shall be in accordance with Section 02223.

2.03 JOINT SEALING COMPOUND

Joint sealing material shall be a silicone-based caulking material as recommended by the

manufacturer.

2.04 PIPE PENETRATIONS

FRP vaults shall be manufactured with the proper mouse hole pipe penetrations in accordance with
the Standard Drawings. Field-cutting of the pipe penetrations shall not be permitted.

2.05 REPAIRING FIBERGLASS AND RPM COMPONENTS

A. Minor repairs to the fiberglass portions of the FRP vaults may be made using a marine
grade fiberglass repair kit. Apply the fiberglass and bonding agents of the repair in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Minor repairs to the RMP portions of the FRP vault cover with a brick mortar mix repair kit
in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EARTHWORK

Vault excavation, foundation stabilization if necessary, placement of rock base material, backfill
and compaction shall be performed in accordance with Section 02223. The excavation shall be
large enough to accommodate the vault structure and permit access to the openings and backfilling
operations.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. FRP vaults shall be placed on 150mm (6”) thick concrete pads underlain by a 150mm (6”)
DG base in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

B. FRP vault sections shall receive a silicone joint sealing compound prior to setting the RPC
or aluminum cover in place as shown on the Approved Plans. The silicone joint sealing
compound shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations to provide a
watertight joint which remains impermeable throughout the design life of the structure.

C. Assemble FRP vaults to the elevation required by the location of the vault as shown on the
Standard Drawings or as follows:

1. Shoulder Areas: Top of cover shall be 25mm (1") above the existing surface where
outside the limits of a traveled way. Vaults shall not be placed in or around
roadside or drainage ditches without the prior approval of the District Engineer.

Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Vaults

Standard Specifications 06620 - 3 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2001
 2. Unpaved easements: Top of cover shall be 150mm (6") above the ground surface.
Guard Posts around the vault may be required in this area as directed by the
District Engineer.

D. Secure vault access doors in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

Access doors shall be built up so that the hatch is installed as required. The Contractor is
responsible for placing the cover at the proper elevation where paving is to be installed and
shall make all necessary adjustments.

E. Where vaults are to be given a protective coating, they shall be free of seepage and
surface moisture.

F. After the structure and all appurtenances are in place and approved, backfill shall be
placed in lifts in accordance with the requirements of Section 02223 to the original grade
or to the limits shown on the approved plans. 0.03 cubic meters (1 cu ft) of crushed rock
shall be placed adjacent to the hatch gutter drain outlet.

G. Replacement of asphalt or concrete pavement shall be in accordance with the

requirements of the agency having jurisdiction.

3.03 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

Covers and appurtenances shall be field-painted as directed by the District Engineer in

accordance with Section 09910.

END OF SECTION

Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Vaults

Standard Specifications 06620 - 4 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2001
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 09910 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials and field application of painting and coating systems for exposed
surfaces.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA C 210 - Liquid-Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of
Steel Water Pipelines
AWWA C 218 - Liquid Coating Systems for the Exterior of Aboveground Steel Water
Pipelines and Fittings
SSPC - Steel Structure Painting Council

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02223, 09915, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15061, 15064,
15065, 15074, 15102, 15108, 15112, and 15300.

1.04 RESTRICTION ON CONTACT WITH POTABLE WATER

A. Under no circumstances shall paint materials specified in this Section be used where
they may come in contact with the public water supply or for buried installations. These
products are intended for exposed exterior use only.

B. Painting and coating materials in contact with potable and recycled water or for buried
installations shall be in accordance with Section 15000.

1.05 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Notify the District 48 hours in advance of field operations involving surface preparation
and coating application.

B. The District will inspect shop-and field-prepared surfaces. The Contractor shall not
proceed with paint application until the surface preparation has been approved by the
District Engineer.

Field Painting and Coating

Standard Specifications 09910 - 1 of 7 Revised: 09/28/2009
 C. The District will inspect application of all prime, intermediate, finish, and touch-up
coatings to verify the integrity of the coating and compliance with the specifications.
Each coating application will be checked and deficiencies marked. Items exhibiting an
improper finish or color, or insufficient surface preparation or dry film thickness shall be
prepared as necessary and corrected, utilizing the specified paint materials to obtain
compliance.

1.06 SURFACES NOT TO BE FIELD PAINTED

A. Generally, the following items or materials are not to be field painted unless specifically
required elsewhere in the specifications:

1. Buried mortar-coated pipe and fittings.

2. Stainless steel.

3. Interior surfaces of valves, fittings and pipe.

4. Nameplates.

5. Grease fittings.

6. Brass, copper, bronze, or galvanized items except as required for recycled water
system identification.

7. Buried pipe and appurtenances except as required in the piping specifications.

1.07 COLOR AND PAINT SYSTEM SCHEDULE

The following tables designate the color and paint system that shall be used on the District’s
various potable water and recycled water facilities.

Potable Water:

ITEM COLOR PAINT SYSTEM

Fire Hydrant Safety Yellow Acrylic or Epoxy/Urethane
Blow Off Box Lids Safety Yellow Acrylic Traffic Paint
Gate Well Lids Safety Yellow Acrylic Traffic Paint
Gate Well Lids - Fire Hydrant White Acrylic Traffic Paint
Valves
Gate Well Lids - Normally Safety Red Acrylic Traffic Paint
Closed Valves
Air/Vac Assemblies Safety Yellow Acrylic or Epoxy/Urethane
Air/Vac Enclosures Chocolate Fusion Bonded Polyester (Section 09915)
Brown
Water Test Station Chocolate Fusion Bonded Polyester (Section 09915)
Enclosures Brown
Protector Posts Safety Yellow Acrylic or Epoxy/Urethane
Vault Piping Per Agency Acrylic or Epoxy
Above Ground Piping Per Agency Acrylic or Epoxy/Urethane

Field Painting and Coating

Standard Specifications 09910 - 2 of 7 Revised: 09/28/2009
 Recycled Water:

ITEM COLOR PAINT SYSTEM

Gate Well Lids Safety Purple Acrylic Traffic Paint
Gate Well Lids – Normally Safety Red Acrylic Traffic Paint
Closed Valves
Air/Vac Assemblies Safety Purple Acrylic or Epoxy/Urethane
Air/Vac Enclosures Safety Purple Fusion Bonded Polyester (Section 09915)
Water Test Station Safety Purple Fusion Bonded Polyester (Section 09915)
Enclosures
Protector Posts Safety Yellow Acrylic or Epoxy/Urethane
Vault Piping Safety Purple Acrylic or Epoxy
Above Ground Piping Safety Purple Acrylic or Epoxy/Urethane

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 GENERAL

A. Coating products and colors shall be selected from the tables above and the Approved
Materials List.

B. All materials of a specified paint system(s), including prime, intermediate, finish, and
touch-up coats shall be provided by the same manufacturer.

C. Thinners, cleaners, driers and other additives shall be as recommended by the coating
manufacturer for the specified paint system(s) and shall be approved by the District
Engineer.

D. All coating products shall be delivered to the job site in original and unopened containers.

2.02 EPOXY PAINT SYSTEM

Prime, Intermediate, Finish and Touch-Up Coats: VOC-compliant, two-component, chemically

cured epoxy.

2.03 EPOXY/URETHANE PAINT SYSTEM

Prime and Intermediate Coats: Field-applied, VOC-compliant, surface tolerant, two-component,

chemically cured epoxy.

Finish and Touch-Up Coats: Field-applied, VOC-compliant, two-component, chemically cured

aliphatic urethane semi-gloss enamel.

2.04 ACRYLIC PAINT SYSTEM

Acrylic Paint System may be either solventborne or waterborne as described below:

A. Solventborne Acrylic Paint System:

Field Painting and Coating

Standard Specifications 09910 - 3 of 7 Revised: 09/28/2009
 1. Prime, Intermediate, Finish and Touch-Up Coats: Field-applied, VOC-compliant,
solventborne acrylic paint.

B. Waterborne Acrylic Paint System:

1. Prime, Intermediate, Finish and Touch-Up Coats: Field-applied, VOC compliant,

waterborne acrylic paint.

2.05 ACRYLIC TRAFFIC PAINT SYSTEM

Prime and Finish Coats: Field-applied, VOC-compliant, rapid-drying, weather and abrasion
resistant waterborne acrylic paint containing 100% solids by volume.

2.06 PAINT COLORS

A. Safety Yellow, Safety Purple and Safety Red paint colors shall be as specified in Federal
OSHA regulations.

B. White paint color shall be as specified by the California Department of Transportation for
striping.

C. Chocolate Brown paint color shall be as specified in Section 09915.

D. Successive coats of each paint color shall be of a slightly different shade, as directed by
the District Engineer, to facilitate the inspection of surface coverage of each coat. The
true colors specified above shall be used for all Finish and Touch-up coats.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 LIMITATIONS TO THE APPLICATION OF COATINGS

A. Apply coatings in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Do not apply

coatings under adverse weather conditions. If any of the following minimum conditions
are present, the application of coatings shall be delayed or postponed until conditions are
favorable.

1. During rain, fog, or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 80 percent.

2. When the surface to be coated is wet, moist, or contaminated with any foreign
matter.

3. When the surrounding air temperature or the temperature of the surface to be

coated is below 13° C (55° F).

4. When the temperature of the surface to be coated is more than 2.8° C (5° F)
below the air temperature or when the surface temperature is 49 C (120° F) or
above.

5. When the surface temperature is less than 2.8° C (5° F) above the dew point or
is expected to be so within twelve hours after application of coating.

Field Painting and Coating

Standard Specifications 09910 - 4 of 7 Revised: 09/28/2009
 B. If a change in weather conditions results in damage to a newly applied coating, restore
the affected coatings to their specified condition as directed by the District Engineer.

3.02 PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED

Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, switch plates, aluminum surfaces, machined
surfaces, couplings, shafts, nameplates and other surfaces not intended to be painted. Protect
working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation
and the painting process. Provide drop cloths or masking to prevent paint materials from dripping
or accumulating on adjacent surfaces.

3.03 FIELD TOUCH-UP OF SHOP-APPLIED PRIME COATS

A. Prior to field touch-up, prepare the surface in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and as directed by the District Engineer.

B. Reapply primer as required to cover all scratched, abraded, or deficient areas.

3.04 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Do not prepare more surface area than can be coated in the same workday.

B. Surface preparation shall conform to the SSPC specifications as follows:

Solvent Cleaning SP-1

Hand Tool Cleaning SP-2
Power Tool Cleaning SP-3
White Metal Blast Cleaning SP-5
Commercial Blast Cleaning SP-6
Brush-Off Blast Cleaning SP-7
Pickling SP-8
Near-White Blast Cleaning SP-10
Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal SP-11

C. Wherever the words "solvent cleaning", "hand tool cleaning", "wire brushing", "blast
cleaning" or similar words are used in these specifications or in paint manufacturer's
specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC Surface
Preparation Specifications listed above.

D. Surface preparation shall be as specified herein, or as directed by the District Engineer.

E. Unless otherwise directed by the District, do not blast-clean items that have previously
been factory primed or painted.

Field Painting and Coating

Standard Specifications 09910 - 5 of 7 Revised: 09/28/2009
3.05 PROCEDURES FOR APPLICATION

A. Conform to the requirements of SSPC-PA 1, Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting.

Follow the recommendations of the coating manufacturer, if more restrictive, including
the selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, mixing, drying time, temperature and
humidity limitations during application, and safety precautions. The Engineer will review
procedures for the application of coatings. The Engineer’s decision will be final as to
interpretation and/or conflict between these Specifications and the recommendations of
the coating manufacturer.

B. Stir, strain, and keep coating materials at a uniform consistency during application.
Where the Engineer permits thinning, do not reduce the coating material more than is
necessary to obtain the proper application characteristics and to obtain the specified dry
film thickness. Do not exceed the maximum thinning rate allowed by the manufacturer.
Stir coating materials at all times when adding thinner.

C. Apply each layer of coating evenly, free from brush marks, sags, runs, bridges, shiners,
laps or other imperfections or other evidence of poor workmanship. Visible areas of
chipped, peeled, or abraded paint shall be hand or power-sanded, feathering the edges.
The areas shall then be primed and finish coated in accordance with the specifications.
Finished surfaces shall be free from defects and blemishes prior to final acceptance.

3.06 EPOXY PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION

A. Surface preparation for the Epoxy Paint System shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP-6,
Commercial Blast Cleaning. If Commercial Blast Cleaning is not feasible, prepare
surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.

B. The Epoxy Paint System shall consist of an epoxy prime coat, an epoxy intermediate
coat, and epoxy finish coat(s) to provide a total dry film thickness of 9 mils to 15 mils.
Apply the coatings in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended film thickness,
adding finish coats as necessary to meet the minimum total dry film thickness specified
above.

C. Observe minimum and maximum re-coat times and specified by the manufacturer. If
these times are exceeded, the surface shall be re-prepared as recommended by the
manufacturer and as directed by the District Engineer prior to receiving additional coats.

3.07 EPOXY/URETHANE PAINT SYSTEM APPLICATION

A. Surface preparation for the Epoxy/Urethane Paint System shall be in accordance with
SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. If Commercial Blast Cleaning is not feasible,
prepare surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.

B. The Epoxy/Urethane Paint System shall consist of an epoxy prime coat, an epoxy
intermediate coat, and compatible urethane finish coat(s) to provide a total dry film
thickness of 9 mils to 15 mils. Apply the coatings in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommended film thickness, adding finish coats as necessary to meet the minimum total
dry film thickness specified above.

C. Observe minimum and maximum re-coat times and specified by the manufacturer. If
these times are exceeded, the surface shall be re-prepared as recommended by the
manufacturer and as directed by the District Engineer prior to receiving additional coats.

Field Painting and Coating

Standard Specifications 09910 - 6 of 7 Revised: 09/28/2009
3.08 ACRYLIC PAINT SYSTEM

A. Surface preparation for the Acrylic Paint System shall be in accordance with SSPC-SP-6,
Commercial Blast Cleaning. If Commercial Blast Cleaning is not feasible, prepare
surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.

B. The Acrylic Paint System shall consist of an acrylic prime coat, an acrylic intermediate
coat, and acrylic finish coat(s) to provide a total dry film thickness of 9 mils to 15 mils.
Apply the coatings in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended film thickness,
adding finish coats as necessary to meet the minimum total dry film thickness specified
above.

C. Observe minimum and maximum re-coat times and specified by the manufacturer. If
these times are exceeded, the surface shall be re-prepared as recommended by the
manufacturer and as directed by the District Engineer prior to receiving additional coats.

3.09 ACRYLIC TRAFFIC PAINT SYSTEM

A. Surface preparation for the Acrylic Traffic Paint System shall be in accordance with
SSPC-SP-6. , Commercial Blast Cleaning. If Commercial Blast Cleaning is not feasible,
prepare surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP-11, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.

B. The Acrylic Traffic Paint System shall consist of a rapid-drying acrylic prime coat and a
rapid-drying acrylic finish coat to provide a total dry film thickness of 6 mils to 10 mils.

C. Observe minimum and maximum re-coat times and specified by the manufacturer. If
these times are exceeded, the surface shall be re-prepared as recommended by the
manufacturer and as directed by the District Engineer prior to receiving additional coats.

END OF SECTION

Field Painting and Coating

Standard Specifications 09910 - 7 of 7 Revised: 09/28/2009
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 09915 SHOP-APPLIED FUSION-BONDED POLYESTER COATING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, shop application, and testing of 100% solids polyester powder
coatings for air-vacuum and water test station enclosures.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the by basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said
standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA C213 - Standard for Fusion-Bonded Epoxy for the Interior and Exterior Of Steel
Water Pipelines
AWS - AWS Thermal Spraying Practice, Theory and Application
Metco - Metco Metalizing Handbook, Volumes 1 and 2
SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council Manual, Volume 2, Systems and
Specifications
SSPC-PA1 - Steel Structures Painting Council, SSPC-PA1- Shop, Field, and
Maintenance Painting
SSPC-VIS-2 - Steel Structures Painting Council, SSPC-VIS-2, ASTM 610- Standard
Method of Evaluating Degree of Rusting on painted Steel Surfaces
SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council, SSPC-VIS-1, Pictorial Surface
Preparation for Painting Steel Surfaces

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 09910, 15000, 15099, and 15108

1.04 COLOR SCHEDULE

The following colors shall be used to designate the potable and recycled water service applications:

A. Potable Water: Chocolate Brown

B. Reclaimed Water: OSHA Safety Purple

Shop-Applied Fusion-
Bonded Polyester Coating
Standard Specifications 09915 - 1 of 3 Revised: 09/03/2001
PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 PRIMERS

Approved manufacturers for the coating listed below can be found in the Approved Materials List.

A. Powder Epoxy Primer: Primer shall be a one-part, fusion-bonded, heat-cured,

thermosetting 100% solids, zinc-rich, dry powder epoxy resin.

2.02 FINISH COAT

Approved manufacturers for the coating listed below can be found in the Approved Materials List.

A. Polyester Powder: Powder finish coat shall be a high gloss thermosetting fusion-bonded,
100% solid, dry powder TGIC-Polyester resin.

B. Thinners, cleaners, dryers, and other additives shall be as recommended by the coatings
manufacturer for the specified system. Any deviation from the manufacturer’s
recommendations shall be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to starting work.

C. All coatings, thinners, pigments, and other materials to be used on potable water service
shall have FDA approval for use with potable water.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Surface preparation shall conform to the SSPC-Specification as follows:

Solvent Cleaning SP 1
Hand Tool Cleaning SP 2
Power Tool Cleaning SP 3
White Metal Blast Cleaning SP 5
Commercial Blast Cleaning SP 6
Brush off Blast Cleaning SP 7
Pickling SP 8
Near White Blast Cleaning SP 10

B Wherever the words "solvent cleaning", "hand tool cleaning", "blast cleaning" or similar
words are used in these specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable
SSPC specifications listed above.

C. All oil, grease, and other contaminants shall be removed by steam or solvent (SP-1)
cleaning prior to blasting. Remove all sharp edges, burrs, weld splatter, and gouges.

D. Surfaces to be coated shall be blast cleaned to white metal (SSPC-5). The sand or grit
used for blasting shall be of proper gradation to import a profile of 2 to 4 mils. The metal
shall be cleaned after blasting with clean, dry compressed air. Use of rags to remove
residual dust after sandblasting shall not be permitted.

Shop-Applied Fusion-
Bonded Polyester Coating
Standard Specifications 09915 - 2 of 3 Revised: 09/03/2001
3.02 APPLICATION

A. Coatings shall be applied the same day as the blast cleaning work is performed.

B. Coatings shall be applied in an environment, which provides for adequate control of

temperature and humidity.

C. Powder coatings shall be applied by a qualified applicator in accordance with the latest
requirements of the manufacturer.

D. Dry film thickness shall be as follows:

Zinc Epoxy Powder: 3 to 5 mils

TGIC Polyester: 3 to 4 mils
Total System: 6 to 9 mils

E. Canisters shall be primed and finish coated over the entire surface, both inside and
outside.

F. All coatings shall provide a satisfactory film with a smooth and even surface. Each coating
application shall be applied evenly and free of sags, runs, holidays, bridging and with no
evidence of poor workmanship. Finished surfaces shall be free from defects and
blemishes.

G. All shop-coated items may be subject to field inspection and testing to verify the dry film
thickness and absence of holidays. Those items not meeting the criteria of this
specification will be subject to rejection.

3.03 FIELD REPAIRS

Field repairs to the polyester coating shall not be permitted. Enclosures requiring repairs to the
coating shall be returned to the supplier or coating vendor for repairs or recoating.

END OF SECTION

Shop-Applied Fusion-
Bonded Polyester Coating
Standard Specifications 09915 - 3 of 3 Revised: 09/03/2001
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 11020 CONCRETE VAULT ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials for and installation of vault accessories.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise required.

NEC - NPFA 70, National Electric Code

UL - Underwriters Laboratory
SDG&E - San Diego Gas & Electric Service Guide

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 03462, 09910, 15000 and 15057.

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

The electrical vault accessories detailed in this Section shall be installed when specified on the
Approved Plans, or as directed by the District Engineer.

Vault design, materials of construction, and installation requirements shall be as detailed in

Section 03462.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit manufacturer’s catalog data on electrical items and equipment as specified

herein.

B. Submit electrical wiring plan, single line diagram, control panel schematic, and load table.

1.06 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Design the electrical components and accessories using sound electrical practice and in
compliance with the requirements of NPFA 70. The vault electrical system and
accessory components shall incorporate a ground fault system.

Concrete Vault Accessories

Standard Specifications 11020 - 1 of 3 Revised: 02/01/2008
 B. Design and specify moisture-proof electrical components and accessories suitable for
wet conditions.

C. Design and specify the electrical supply to the vault. The electrical power supply shall be
by means of a dedicated meter and supply conduit. The meter and supply conduit shall
be designed and installed to the requirements of SDG & E.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 VAULT ACCESSORIES

The following accessories may be installed in vaults as required. The detailed specifications for
each item can be found in the Approved Materials List.

A. Sump Pump

B. Exhaust Fan capable of exchanging the air in the vault six (6) times per hour

C. Exhaust Fan Manual On/Off Switch

D. Vault Access Door Switch (intrusion alarm)

E. Humidistat

F. Load Center

G. Fused Safety Switch

H. Light Switch

I. Overhead or wall-mounted incandescent lights, minimum of two (2) per vault

J. Ground Fault Duplex Receptacle

K. SCADA/Telemetry equipment

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

In general, conduits, switches, breakers, receptacles, and equipment shall be installed in

accordance with NPFA 70, National Electrical Code and as shown on the Approved Plans and as
directed by the District Engineer.

Concrete Vault Accessories

Standard Specifications 11020 - 2 of 3 Revised: 02/01/2008
3.02 EXHAUST FAN

The exhaust fan shall be installed so that it can be energized when:

A. The vault access door is opened.

B. The humidistat registers a rise in the vault humidity above a preset limit.

C. Manually operated.

END OF SECTION

Concrete Vault Accessories

Standard Specifications 11020 - 3 of 3 Revised: 02/01/2008
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 13110 CATHODIC PROTECTION AND JOINT BONDING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, testing and installation of corrosion protection and monitoring
systems for metallic pipes including insulating flange kits, test stations, copper/copper sulfate
reference electrodes, sacrificial anodes, wiring, and exothermic welds.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred
to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said
standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA C217 - Petrolatum and Petroleum Wax Tape Coatings for the Exterior of
Connections and Fittings for Steel Water Pipelines
ASTM D 1248 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion
Materials for Wire and Cable
NACE RPO286 - The Electrical Isolation of Cathodically Protected Pipelines
NACE RPO375 - Application and Handling of Wax-Type Protective Coatings and Wrapper
Systems for Underground Pipelines

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02222, 02223, 03000, 15000, 15056, 15057, and 15061.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

Submit manufacturer's catalog data on wire and cable, copper sulfate reference electrodes, test
stations, conduit, exothermic weld molds and charges, pipe flange insulation kits, pipe flange
internal coating, wax tape system, plastic warning tape, sacrificial anodes, and any other required
materials.

1.05 MANUFACTURERS

All materials furnished under this specification shall be standard products from manufacturers
regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products and shall be the manufacturer’s latest
design that complies with the specification requirements.

Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding

Standard Specifications 13110 - 1 of 9 Revised: 09/28/2009
1.06 PIPE JOINT BONDING CABLES

Electrical continuity bonding cables shall be installed across all buried or submerged metallic inline
valves, flexible couplings, grooved couplings, pipe joints that are not circumferentially welded, and
all other pipe joints except flange joints equipped with insulation gaskets. Where shown on the
drawings, bonding cables shall be installed in vaults.

1.07 GALVANIC ISOLATION

All threaded outlets shall incorporate the use of an insulated ball valve for galvanic isolation of
stray current.

Threaded outlets may incorporate the use of a nylon isolation bushing for galvanic isolation only
with the approval of the District Engineer. Where the use of nylon bushings is required, the
threaded outlet shall be increased in size to accept the bushing.

1.08 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

All cathodic protection test wires, cables and conduit shall include Warning/Identification Tape in
accordance with Section 15000.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 GENERAL

Items in this section shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in accordance with the
Standard Drawings.

2.02 TEST STATION BOXES

Cathodic test station boxes shall be circular precast concrete boxes with ductile-iron covers
selected from the Approved Materials List

2.03 PREPACKAGED COPPER SULFATE REFERENCE ELECTRODE

A. Copper sulfate reference electrodes shall be constructed with an ion trap to prevent
contamination. The reference electrode shall have a design life of 15 years and a stability
of +/- 5 millivolts under a 3.0 microampere load.

B. Provide reference electrodes with minimum No. 10 AWG HMW/PE (yellow) insulated wire.
Each lead wire shall be long enough to extend to the corrosion monitoring test box plus
450mm (18") of slack without splices.

C. Reference electrodes shall be prepackaged in a permeable cotton cloth bag with low
resistivity backfill mixture to protect against the "drying out" type of failure. The backfill
mixture shall be composed of 50% Gypsum and 50% Powdered Bentonite.

Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding

Standard Specifications 13110 - 2 of 9 Revised: 09/28/2009
2.04 PREPACKAGED MAGNESIUM ANODES

Prepackaged magnesium anodes shall be used in low current demand applications. The amount
and size of magnesium anodes shall be as shown on the Approved Plans, and shall be installed in
accordance with the Standard Drawings.

A. Prepackaged magnesium anodes shall have galvanized steel rod cores encased in
magnesium ingots. The ingot portion of anodes shall be of the weight as required on the
Approved Plans.

B. Provide magnesium anodes with minimum No. 8 AWG HMW/PE (black) insulated wire.
Each lead wire shall be long enough to extend to the corrosion monitoring test box plus
450mm (18") of slack without splices.

C. Magnesium anodes shall be prepackaged in a permeable cloth bag with low resistivity
backfill mixture and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.05 SACRIFICIAL ANODES FOR COPPER TUBING

Prepackaged zinc sacrificial anodes shall be installed and connected to copper tubing where
indicated on the Approved Plans. Anodes shall be selected from the Approved Materials List and
shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

A. Prepackaged zinc sacrificial anodes shall include a zinc-alloy ingot with galvanized steel
core weighing not less than 6.8 kg (15 lbs.) and shall be packed in cloth bags filled with a
mixture of gypsum and bentonite.

B. Prepackaged zinc sacrificial anodes shall include an integral anode lead connected to the
galvanized steel core of the ingot consisting of No. 12 AWG stranded copper wire with
(black) THW insulation. Anode lead wires shall be a minimum of 7.62 m (25’) long.

2.06 TEST CABLE AND BONDING CABLE

All test cable and bonding cable shall be stranded copper wire with insulation rated at 600 volts.
Cable with cut or damaged insulation is not acceptable. All cable shall be of sufficient length to
extend from the point of connection to the appropriate corrosion monitoring test box without splices.

The cable shall have a 2.8mm (7/64") thick, high molecular weight polyethylene (HMW/PE)
insulation specifically designed for cathodic protection service and suitable for direct burial in
corrosive soil or water, conforming to ASTM D 1248, Type I, Class C, Category 5 (HMW/PE Type
CP) Grade E-5 or J-1. Test cable shall have at least 450mm (18") of slack in the test box. Cable
size shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

2.07 PIPE FLANGE INSULATING KITS

All pipe flange-insulating materials shall be of the type designated by the manufacturer as suitable
for service at the operating temperatures and pressures of the pipeline.

A. Insulating gaskets shall be full-face dielectric neoprene-faced phenolic.

B. Insulating sleeves shall be full-length phenolic

C. Insulating washers shall be phenolic.

D. Steel bolts, nuts, and washers shall be in accordance with Section 15000.

Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding

Standard Specifications 13110 - 3 of 9 Revised: 09/28/2009
2.08 ADDITIONAL SMOOTH EPOXY LINING AT INSULATED PIPE FLANGES

In addition to the cement mortar lining, the interior of the pipe at all insulated flanges shall be coated
with a two-part smooth white liquid epoxy consisting of 100 percent solids.

2.09 TAPE WRAP FOR ABOVEGROUND INSULATED PIPE FLANGES

All aboveground insulated pipe flanges shall be wrapped with minimum 0.36mm (14 mil) thick
general utility pipeline tape in accordance with the Approved Materials List.

2.10 WAX TAPE COATING FOR BURIED INSULATED PIPE FLANGES

All buried insulated pipe flanges shall be coated with a three-part, cold-applied wax tape coating
system as described by NACE RPO375 and AWWA C217 in accordance with the Approved
Materials List. Wax tape is also required where indicated on the Approved Plans.

A. Primer: Primer shall be a blend of petrolatums, plasticizers and corrosion inhibitors having
a paste-like consistency. The primer shall have the following properties:

Color Brown
Pour Point 37.8º C - 43.3º C (100º -110º F)
Flash Point 176.7º C (350º F)
Coverage 0.41 L/M2 (1 gal/100 sq. ft.)

B. Wax Tape: Wax tape shall consist of a plastic-fiber felt, saturated with a blend of
petrolatums, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors, forming a tape coating that is easily form-
able over irregular surfaces. The tape shall have the following properties:

Color Brown
Saturant Pour Point 46.1º C - 48.9º C (115º - 120º F)
Thickness 1.27 - 1.78 mm (50 - 70 mils)
Tape Width 150mm (6")
Dielectric Strength 170 volts/mil

C. Tape Outerwrap: Wrapper shall be a polyvinylidene chloride plastic with three 50-gauge
plies wound together as a single sheet. The wrapper shall have the following properties:

Color Clear
Thickness 0.0381 mm (1.5 mils)
Dielectric Strength 2000 volts/mil
Tape Width 150mm (6")
Water Absorption Negligible

2.11 EXOTHERMIC WELD MOLDS AND WELD CHARGES

Wire-to-pipe connections shall be made using exothermic welds. Weld charges and mold sizes for
various surface configurations and materials shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.

2.12 REPAIR GROUT FOR EXOTHERMIC WELDS

Repair grout shall be in accordance with cement-mortar grout described in Section 15061.

Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding

Standard Specifications 13110 - 4 of 9 Revised: 09/28/2009
2.13 BRASS IDENTIFICATION TAGS

All wires terminating in CP Test Boxes shall be identified with brass tags securely attached to the
wires with nylon fasteners. The tags shall be 38mm (1½") in diameter, 1.6mm (1/16”) thick, and
shall be die-stamped with identifying letters and numbers 6.4mm (¼”) high.

2.14 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved
Materials List.

2.15 CONCRETE

Concrete shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CORROSION MONITORING TEST STATIONS

All test stations shall be installed behind existing or proposed curbs or otherwise out of traffic lanes
to allow safe access for personnel during testing in accordance with the Standard Drawings. A
utility marker post shall be installed, in accordance with the Standard Drawings, when indicated on
the Approved Plans.

3.02 EXOTHERMIC WELDS

All cable-to-pipe connections shall be made using exothermic welds in accordance with the
Standard Drawings.

A. Preparation of Cable: Cut cable with a wire cutter to prevent deforming the cable ends.
Remove only enough insulation from the cable to allow the weld connection to be made.

B. Preparation of Pipe: The surface of the steel or ductile-iron pipe shall be ground or filed to a
bright, shiny, clean and dry surface before welding the cable connection. For cement-
mortar coated pipe, a nominal 75mm x 75mm (3" x 3") area of cement mortar shall be
chipped off.

C. Attachment of Cable to Structure: The attachment of the cable to the structure shall be
made using an exothermic weld. The cable shall be held at a 30º to 45º angle to the
surface when welding. Only one cable shall be attached with each weld. All cable-to-pipe
welds shall be a minimum of 75mm (3”) apart. All weld slag shall be removed from the
weldment with a wire brush.

D. Weldment Test: After the exothermic weld has cooled, the weld shall be tested by the
Contractor for strength, in the presence of the District Engineer, by striking the weldment a
sharp blow with a 0.91 Kg (2 lb.) hammer while pulling firmly on the cable. All unsound
welds shall be re-welded and retested.

E. Repair Grout: The area to be repaired shall be thoroughly clean and dry. Cement-mortar
coating shall be repaired or replaced to original condition by hand-placing cement-mortar
repair grout as directed by the District Engineer.

Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding

Standard Specifications 13110 - 5 of 9 Revised: 09/28/2009
3.03 PIPE FLANGE INSULATING KITS

Pipe flange insulating kits shall be installed at the locations shown on the Approved Plans and in
accordance with the Standard Drawings and the manufacturer's recommendations. Insulation shall
also conform to the National Association of Corrosion Engineers’ Recommended Practice RPO286
"Electrical Isolation of Cathodically Protected Pipelines". Particular attention shall be paid to
properly align the pipe flanges prior to inserting the bolts with insulating sleeves to prevent cutting of
the sleeves and creating an electrical path when the bolts are tightened. Care shall be taken to
prevent any moisture, soil, or other foreign matter from contacting any portion of the two mating
pipe flanges or gaskets prior to or during installation. If any foreign matter contacts any portion of
the insulated pipe flange, the entire pipe joint shall be disassembled, cleaned with a suitable solvent
and dried prior to reassembly. Strictly follow the manufacturer's recommendations regarding the
torque pattern of the bolts and the amount of torque to be used when installing the pipe flange
insulating kit. Conductive grease shall not be used on the flange bolts or any other flange
components under any circumstances. Refer to Field Testing below for testing of the flange
insulation kits.

3.04 ADDITIONAL SMOOTH EPOXY LINING AT INSULATED PIPE FLANGES

At all insulated pipe flanges, an additional two-part smooth epoxy lining shall be applied. The
interior of the pipe and flanges shall be coated with the two-part smooth epoxy for a distance of two
pipe diameters in each direction away from the insulated pipe flange.

A. Surface Preparation: The surface preparation shall consist of wire brushing to remove all
rust and scale and to provide a suitable surface for adhesion of the coating in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Mixing the Coating: The two-part epoxy paint shall be mixed per the manufacturer's
recommendations. The two-part epoxy shall be mixed thoroughly for at least two minutes
by hand or with a mechanical mixer before being applied by brush.

C. Applying The Coating: The application of the undiluted coating shall be made by brushing
until a minimum dry film thickness (DFT) of 0.51mm (20 mil) is achieved. Each subsequent
coat shall be applied before the preceding coat cures, which is normally within 3-6 hours.
The application of the coating shall be per the guidelines and at the rate recommended by
the coating manufacturer.

3.05 WAX-TAPE COATING FOR BURIED INSULATED PIPE FLANGES

After continuity testing, all flange and pipe surfaces shall be clean and free of all dirt, grease, water
or other foreign material prior to the application of the primer, wax tape, and tape outerwrap.

A. Apply primer by hand or brush to all surfaces of the flanges. Work the primer into all
crevices, around bolts and nuts, and completely cover all exposed metal surfaces. Extend
the primer a minimum of 75mm (3") onto adjacent surfaces of the pipe or valve.

B. Apply the wax tape immediately after the primer application. Cut short lengths of tape and
place completely around each bolt head and nut. Work the tape into the crevices around
the bolts and nuts. Wrap the wax tape spirally around the pipe and across the flanges to
the other pipe or valve. Cover the entire primed area with wax tape using a minimum
overlap of 55% of the tape width. Work the tape into the crevices and contours of the
irregular shaped surfaces and smooth out so that there is a continuous protective layer with
no voids or spaces under the tape.

C. Apply the tape outerwrap to the completed wax tape installation. Wrap spirally around the
pipe and across the flanges. Extend the plastic wrap 75mm (3") past the wax tape using a
minimum overlap of 55% of the plastic material width to apply two layers of overwrap.

Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding

Standard Specifications 13110 - 6 of 9 Revised: 09/28/2009
3.06 PREPACKAGED MAGNESIUM ANODES

Prepackaged magnesium anodes shall be placed a minimum of 1.5m (5’) below the pipe in the
trench or an augured hole. Soaking of the anode is not required. Backfill material around the
prepackaged anodes shall be as specified for the pipeline trench. Installation shall be in
accordance with the Standard Drawings.

3.07 SACRIFICIAL ANODES FOR COPPER TUBING

Prepackaged zinc sacrificial anodes shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

A. Anode Location:

1. Anodes to be attached to new copper tubing installed by trenching shall be

installed horizontally, and shall be located within the paved roadway approximately
1.52m (5’) to 3.05m (10’) from the edge of the roadway. New copper tubing trench
shall be over-excavated at anode location to a depth necessary to provide 600mm
(24”) minimum vertical separation between new copper tubing and anode.

2. Anodes to be attached to existing copper tubing or to new copper tubing to be

installed by boring shall be installed vertically in a 1.22m (4’) deep, 200mm (8”)
minimum diameter augured hole located adjacent to the meter box.

3. Anodes to be attached to existing copper tubing in conjunction with the

replacement of existing pipelines shall be installed horizontally, and shall be
located within the new water main trench below the new water main. New water
main trench shall be over-excavated directly below locations where new water
main is to be connected to existing copper tubing to a depth necessary to provide
600mm (24”) minimum vertical separation between copper tubing and anode.

B. Anodes shall be hand-placed into over-excavated trenches or augured holes. Anodes shall
be handled with care and shall not be carried, suspended or dropped by holding the
attached lead wire.

C. Anode Attachment:

1. Anodes to be installed within new copper tubing trenches or within augured holes
as described above and intended for the protection of service laterals shall be
attached to copper tubing within meter boxes. Anode lead wire shall be securely
attached to the copper tubing between anode and meter box, 600mm (24”) of
excess wire shall be coiled above ground within the meter box and remaining wire
shall be cut. 50mm (2”) of insulation shall be removed from end of anode lead wire
and bare wire shall be clamped to the vertical portion of the copper tubing lying
immediately below the angle meter stop. Clamp shall be entirely brass or copper,
selected from the Approved Materials List. Connection point must be waterproof
and shall be securely wrapped with dielectric tape selected from the Approved
Materials List.

2. Anodes to be installed within new copper tubing trenches or within augured holes
as described above and intended for the protection of copper tubing for air valves
shall be attached to copper tubing within air valve enclosures. Anode lead wire
shall be installed through concrete air valve slab within 25mm (1”) PVC sleeve, and
600mm (24”) of excess wire shall be coiled and placed within the sleeve. 50mm
(2”) of insulation shall be removed from end of anode lead wire and bare wire shall
be clamped to copper tubing 75mm (3”) above concrete slab. Clamp shall be
entirely brass or copper, selected from the Approved Materials List. Connection
point must be waterproof and shall be securely wrapped with dielectric tape
selected from the Approved Materials List.

Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding

Standard Specifications 13110 - 7 of 9 Revised: 09/28/2009
 3. Anodes to be installed within new water main trenches as described above and
intended for the protection of existing copper tubing shall be clamped to copper
tubing at a point approximately 25mm (3”) from the corporation stop. Connection
point shall be backfilled along with the new water main, and no excess wire is
required. Clamp shall be entirely brass or copper, selected from the Approved
Materials List. Connection point must be waterproof and shall be securely
wrapped with dielectric tape selected from the Approved Materials List.

D. Over-excavated trenches or augured holes in which anodes are placed shall be backfilled
with select native material from which rock or other materials larger than 25mm (1”) in
diameter have been removed. Over-excavated trenches shall be backfilled with native
materials up to the bottom of the new water main or copper tubing trench, which shall then
be backfilled with select material in accordance with these Standard Specifications. Anode
and native backfill shall be thoroughly wetted after installation.

3.08 COPPER SULFATE REFERENCE ELECTRODES

Reference electrodes shall be placed 300mm (12”) away from the pipe at spring line. Electrodes
shall be placed opposite side of the pipe from anodes. Saturate packaged electrode in 18.9 liters (5
gallons) of water prior to installation. Backfill material around the electrode shall be as specified for
the pipeline trench. Installation shall be in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

3.09 TEST CABLE

All buried test cable requiring trenching to the test station box location shall be installed, without
splices, in a conduit in the trench at a minimum depth of 600mm (24"). Trenches shall be
compacted in accordance with Section 02223. Care shall be taken when installing wire and
backfilling trench to prevent damage to the installation. Damaged wire shall be replaced in entirety.

3.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings

3.11 BRASS IDENTIFICATION TAG

Brass identification tags shall be used to identify all cables in all test boxes. Care shall be taken to
accurately maintain the wire identities. The tags for all test cables shall be stamped with the District
or Agency name, the pipeline size, the contents of the pipeline, and the direction of the connection
point along the pipe, in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Copper sulfate reference
electrode tags at cathodic test boxes shall be stamped "CuSO4". The tags shall be securely
attached to each wire with nylon fasteners prior to pipe backfilling operations.

3.12 FIELD TESTING

The Contractor shall test the cathodic protection installations in the presence of the District
Engineer. Contractor shall notify District Engineer of proposed test dates and times a minimum of
48 hours in advance. As a practical approach, the Contractor may choose to verify pipe continuity
and flange isolation (described in Items A and B below) prior to backfilling as an unofficial test.
Official testing shall occur after the backfilling and installation of the test boxes..

Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding

Standard Specifications 13110 - 8 of 9 Revised: 09/28/2009
 A. Pipeline Electrical Continuity Testing: Test the electrical continuity of all sections of pipe to
be monitored between each pair of adjacent corrosion monitoring test stations or between
the ends of pipe sections less than 152.4m (500') apart. Each pipe section shall be
considered electrically continuous when the measured longitudinal resistance of each pipe
section is no greater than 20% higher than the theoretical resistance of that section of pipe.
If testing indicates inadequate electrical continuity, the Contractor shall excavate to
investigate and locate improperly bonded pipe joints and make repairs until electrical
continuity is accomplished to the satisfaction of the District Engineer.

B. Insulated Pipe Flange Testing: Each insulated pipe flange will be tested for effective
electrical isolation of the two mating pipe flanges. The insulated pipe flange shall be judged
for effectiveness in accordance with NACE RPO286, Section 7, Field Testing and
Maintenance." The Contractor shall replace or repair any insulated pipe flange assembly
until electrical discontinuity is accomplished.

D. Initial Reference CP Potential Measurements: The entire metallic piping system shall be
tested to establish the base CP Potential measurement readings. The base data will be
used for comparative purposes with future monitoring data. The baseline data shall include
voltage measurements (+/- 1mV) between any permanent copper sulfate reference
electrodes (+ voltmeter correction) and a reliable portable copper sulfate reference
electrode (- voltmeter correction) placed directly in the CP test box.

E. Sacrificial Anode Connectivity Testing: After installation of sacrificial anodes for copper
tubing, the copper tubing and sacrificial anode lead wire shall be tested for connectivity to
insure that the lead wire and the brass or copper clamp has been securely connected to the
copper tubing. Test method shall be as directed by the District Engineer.

3.13 CATHODIC TESTING REPORT

At the completion of the testing, a report of the results will be prepared and presented to the District
Engineer. The report shall be typed and shall include, at a minimum, test locations, date of tests,
name of technician, testing methods, voltage measurements, and theoretical and calculated
resistance.

END OF SECTION

Cathodic Protection and Joint Bonding

Standard Specifications 13110 - 9 of 9 Revised: 09/28/2009
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15000 GENERAL PIPING SYSTEM AND APPURTENANCES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section describes the requirements and procedures for piping systems (pressure pipe and
gravity sewer pipe) and appurtenances that apply to a number of other complimentary
Specification Sections. The items are listed in this section to avoid repetition in sections
elsewhere. This section includes, but is not limited to, temporary pipelines, wet taps, flexible pipe
couplings, grooved and shouldered end couplings, joint restraint systems, field touch up, bolts,
nuts, polyethylene wrap, warning/identification tape, tracer wire, gate well and extension stems,
meter boxes, abandonment and removal of existing facilities, salvage, and disposal.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA C105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems

AWWA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
AWWA C200 - Steel Water Pipe – 6 In. (150mm) and Larger
AWWA C203 - Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines –
Enamel and Tape – Hot-Applied
AWWA C213 - Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating for Interior and Exterior of Steel
Water Pipelines
AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints
AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 In.
Through 12 In. (100mm Through 300mm), for Water Transmission
and Distribution
AWWA M11 - Steel Pipe - A Guide for Design and Installation
AWWA - Guidelines for Distribution of Non-Potable Water
ASTM A 36/A 36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel
ASTM A 47/A 47M - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings
ASTM A 53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-
Coated Welded and Seamless
ASTM A 108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished,
Standard Quality
ASTM A 183 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts
ASTM A 283/A 283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength
Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars
ASTM A 307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs
ASTM A 325/A 325M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel
Joints
ASTM A 510/A 510M - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and
Course Round Wire, Carbon Steel

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 1 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 ASTM A 512 - Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn Buttweld Carbon Steel
Mechanical Tubing
ASTM A 536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings
ASTM A 568/A 568M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-
Rolled, Structural Quality and Cold Rolled
ASTM D 2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive
Applications
ASTM F 593 - Specifications for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs
ASTM F 594 - Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts
ANSI B1.1 - Unified Inch Screw Threads
ANSI B1.2 - Gages and Gauging for Unified Inch Screw Threads
NSF - National Sanitation Foundation
SSPWC - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
("Greenbook")
California Administrative Code, Title 22

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 02223, 03000, 13110, and all of Division 15.

1.04 LINING CONTAMINATION PREVENTION

Volatile organic compounds present in the linings of items in contact with potable water or
recycled water shall not exceed concentrations allowed by the latest requirements of the State
Office of Drinking Water and Department of Health Services. Some products and materials may
also require proof of NSF certification on the lining materials to be used.

1.05 TEMPORARY PIPELINES

Temporary pipelines, where shown on the Approved Plans or required by the District Engineer,
provide temporary service to customers during construction.

1.06 PIPE TAPPING (WET TAP)

All pipe tap (wet tap) connections to existing pipelines, whether for mainline extension or service
laterals, shall be performed by the District. The Contractor shall provide materials and labor to
excavate, pour thrust block, backfill, compact, and repair pavement as indicated in this Section.
With specific prior approval of the District Engineer or when directed by the District Engineer, the
Contractor may perform wet taps in accordance with Appendix D.

1.07 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS

Joint Restraint Systems may be used for PVC or ductile-iron pipe when shown on the Approved
Plans or with prior approval of the District Engineer. Contractor shall submit shop drawings and
catalog data for joint restraint systems in accordance with Section 01000.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 2 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
1.08 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

Polyethylene encasement shall be used for all ferrous metal materials not otherwise protectively
coated.

A. Polyethylene wrap or sleeves shall be used for the protection of buried ductile-iron pipe,
appurtenances, and valves.

B. Purple-colored polyethylene wrap or sleeves may also be installed around buried pipe for
recycled water identification.

1.09 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/identification tape shall be installed to identify location of underground utilities and to act
as a warning against accidental excavation of buried utilities. Warning/identification tape shall be
used on all underground water and recycled water mains, potable and recycled water irrigation
systems, sewer mains, and all related appurtenances. Warning/identification tape shall also be
used on cathodic protection wiring systems and tracer wire brought into and out of access ports.

1.10 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed on all buried water and recycled water mains for the purpose of
providing a continuous signal path used to determine pipe alignment after installation. Tracer
wire is not required in installation of sewer mains.

1.11 GATE WELLS

Gate Wells shall be used for buried valves 50mm (2”) and larger, unless otherwise indicated on
the Standard Drawings. Gate well lids shall be used on all gate wells.

1.12 VALVE STEM EXTENSIONS

Valves 100mm (4”) and larger require valve stem extensions to be installed when the valve-
operating nut is more than 1.5m (5') below grade or as required by the District Engineer. All
valves 50mm (2”) and smaller requiring the installation of a gate well shall include a valve stem
extension in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

1.13 METER BOXES

Meter boxes shall be used for 25mm (1”) and 50mm (2”) water meters and other appurtenances
as shown on the Standard Drawings.

1.14 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Facilities installed for the use of recycled water shall be identified with purple color coating,
identification labels, or signs in accordance with Section 15151.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 3 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
1.15 CURB IDENTIFICATION MARK FOR SERVICES

The Contractor shall mark the location of all potable water, recycled water and sewer laterals at
the curb crossing by stamping the face of the curb in 50mm (2”) high letters as described below:

A. Potable water laterals shall be stamped with a letter “W”.

B. Recycled water laterals shall be stamped with the letters “RW”.

C. Sewer laterals be stamped with a letter “S”.

1.16 FIELD REPAIR OF DAMAGED COATINGS

All surfaces of metallic appurtenances in contact with potable water and not protected from
corrosion by another system shall be shop-coated by the manufacturer. Appurtenances with
damaged coatings shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the District Engineer. Touch-up of
damaged surfaces, when allowed by the District Engineer, shall be performed in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommendations.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 TEMPORARY PIPELINES

Temporary piping layout, materials and appurtenances shall be as indicated on the approved
submittal.

2.02 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS

Flexible pipe couplings shall be in accordance with the Approved Materials List and as described
below:

A. Steel Couplings shall have middle rings made of steel conforming to ASTM A 36/A 36M,
A 53 (Type E or S), or A 512 having a minimum yield strength of 207 MPa (30,000 psi).
Follower rings shall be ductile-iron per ASTM A 536, or steel per ASTM A 108, Grade
1018 or ASTM A 510, Grade 1018. Minimum middle ring length shall be 175 mm (7") for
pipe sized 150 mm (6") through 600 mm (24").

B. Sleeve bolts shall be made of stainless steel per ASTM A193 and shall have a minimum
yield strength of 276 MPa (40,000 psi), an ultimate yield strength of 414 MPa (60,000
psi), and shall conform to AWWA C111.

2.03 GROOVED END OR SHOULDERED COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPE

Grooved end or shouldered couplings shall be in accordance with the Approved Materials List
and as described below:

A. Use square-cut shouldered or grooved ends per AWWA C606. Grooved-end couplings
shall be malleable iron per ASTM A 47, or ductile iron per ASTM A 536. Gaskets shall be
per ASTM D 2000.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 4 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 B. Bolts for exposed service shall conform to ASTM A 183, 69 MPa (10,000 psi) tensile
strength.

2.04 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS

Joint Restraint Systems shall be ductile-iron and shall consist of a split-ring restraint with
machined (not cast) serrations on the inside diameter and connecting bolts, and shall be selected
from the Approved Materials List.

2.05 BOLTS AND NUTS

Bolts and nuts shall be as indicated below and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

A. Zinc-plated or fluoropolymer coated bolts and nuts shall be used for the installation of
pipelines up to 500mm (20") diameter and shall be carbon steel conforming to ASTM
A307, Grade A, unless otherwise indicated on the approved drawings. Bolts and nuts
shall have standard ANSI B1.1, Class 2A coarse threads.

B. Stainless steel bolts and nuts shall be used for the installation of pipelines 600mm (24")
diameter and larger and for submerged flanges. Bolts and nuts shall be Type 316
stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193, Grade B8M for bolts, and Grade 8M for nuts.

C. All bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagonal, except where special shapes are required.
Bolts shall be of such length that not less than 6.4mm (¼") or more than 12.7mm (½")
shall project past the nut in tightened position.

2.06 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

Polyethylene encasement shall be as indicated below and shall be selected from the Approved
Materials List. Polyethylene materials shall be kept out of direct sunlight exposure.

A. Polyethylene wrap and sleeves shall be a minimum 0.203mm (0.008” or 8 mil) thick linear
low-density polyethylene film in accordance with AWWA C105.

B. Polyethylene wrap and sleeves shall be clear for use with potable water and purple for
use with recycled water.

C. Polyethylene encasement shall be secured with 50mm (2”) wide polyethylene or vinyl
adhesive tape or with plastic tie straps.

2.07 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/identification tape shall be as indicated below and in accordance with the Approved
Materials List.

A. Tape shall be an inert, non-metallic plastic film formulated for prolonged underground use
that will not degrade when exposed to alkalis, acids and other destructive substances
commonly found in soil.

B. Tape shall be puncture-resistant and shall have an elongation of two times its original
length before parting.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 5 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 C. Tape shall be colored to identify the type of utility intended for identification. Printed
message and tape color shall be as follows:

Printed Message Tape Color

Caution: Waterline Buried Below Blue
Caution: Recycled Waterline Buried Below Purple
Caution: Sewerline Buried Below Green
Caution: Cathodic Protection Cable Buried Below Red
Caution: Electric Line Buried Below Red

Ink used to print messages shall be permanently fixed to tape and shall be black in color
with message printed continuously throughout.

D. Tape shall be minimum 0.102mm (0.004” or 4 mil) thick x 150mm (6") wide with a printed
message on one side. Tape used with the installation of onsite potable and recycled
water irrigation systems shall be a minimum of 75mm (3”) wide.

2.09 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be as indicated below and shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

A. Tracer wire shall be #14 AWG solid copper UF type wire with cross-linked polyethylene
insulation. The insulation shall be white or yellow in color.

B. Wire splices (at pipe tees, crosses and laterals) shall be accomplished using a direct bury
silicone-filled capsule tube with standard wire nut or silicone-filled wire nut connectors of
the appropriate size selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.10 GATE WELLS

A. Gate wells for valves 50mm (2”) and smaller shall be 100mm (4”) diameter SDR-35 PVC
sewer pipe selected from the Approved Materials List.

B. Gate wells for valves larger than 50mm (2”) shall be 200mm (8”) diameter Class 305
C900 PVC pipe selected from the Approved Materials List.

C. Gate wells for use in potable water system applications shall be white or blue. Gate wells
for use in recycled water system applications shall be purple or shall otherwise be
identified in accordance with Section 15151.

D. Gate well lids shall be circular ductile-iron selected from the Approved Materials List and
shall include a skirt for a close fit inside the upper portion of the gate well. Lids shall be
cast with the District’s name and the word “WATER” for use on potable water systems or
the word “RECYCLED” for use on recycled water systems.

1. Gate well lids for valves 50mm (2”) and smaller shall be 100mm (4”) diameter
with 64mm (2-1/2”) long skirt.

2. Unless otherwise indicated on the Approved Plans or directed by the District

Engineer, gate well lids for valves larger than 50mm (2”) shall be Type I in
accordance with Standard Drawing WV-01 and selected from the Approved
Materials List.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 6 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 3. When indicated on the Approved Plans or when directed by the District Engineer,
gate well lids for valves larger than 50mm (2”) shall be Type II in accordance with
Standard Drawing WV-02 consisting of a two-piece machined ductile-iron frame
and lid selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.11 VALVE STEM EXTENSIONS

Stem extensions shall be complete with operating nut, location ring, and lower socket to fit valve-
operating nuts. The configuration of the extension stem socket shall match that of the valve it
operates.

A. Valve stem extensions for valves 50mm (2”) or smaller shall be in accordance with
Standard Drawing WV-05.

B. Valve stem extensions for valves 100mm (4”) or larger extensions may be round or
square hot-dipped galvanized steel tubing of solid design (no pinned couplings permitted)
with guides in accordance with Standard Drawing WV-04.

2.12 METER BOXES

Meter boxes shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

A. Meter box sizes shall be as follows:

Meter box size Meter box uses

250mm x 500mm (10” x 20”) 25mm (1”) water services

325mm x 600mm (13” x 24”) 25mm (1”) dual domestic/fire water services

425mm x 750mm (17” x 30”) 50mm (2”) water services and 50mm (2”)
through 150mm (6”) blowoff assemblies

B. Meter box lids for use in potable water system applications shall be gray.

C. Meter box lids for use in recycled water system applications shall be purple.

2.13 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Pipe and appurtenances used for recycled water shall be manufactured in purple color or shall
otherwise be identified in accordance with Section 15151.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 TEMPORARY PIPELINES

A. All temporary piping, fittings, and service connections shall be furnished, installed, and
maintained by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall make connections to a water
source designated by the District Engineer.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 7 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 B. All pipe, valves, fittings, hose and connections furnished by the Contractor shall be of
good quality, clean, and suitable for conveying potable water in the opinion of the District
Engineer.

C. The temporary pipe shall be installed in such a manner that it will not present a hazard to
traffic and will not interfere with access to homes and driveways along its route.

D. Valves shall be installed at 60m (200’) intervals or as directed by the District Engineer.
The use of pressure reducing valves (PRV) may be required as directed by the District
Engineer.

E. The Contractor shall be responsible for disinfecting all pipe, connections, flushing, and
assisting the District in taking water samples for bacteriological testing in accordance with
Section 15041.

F. Following disinfection and acceptance of the temporary pipe as a potable water system,
the Contractor shall maintain continuous service through the temporary piping to all
consumers normally served both directly and indirectly by the pipeline.

G. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall remove the temporary piping and
appurtenances and shall restore all surfaces to the satisfaction of the District Engineer..

H. If repairs to temporary piping are necessary, Contractor shall make such repairs in a
timely manner as directed by the District Engineer. If progress in making repairs is
inadequate, or in the event of emergency, the District Engineer may take immediate
corrective measures, which may include the performance of repair work by District forces
or another contractor. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor.

3.02 CONNECTION TO EXISTING FACILITIES (WET TAPS AND CUT-IN INSTALLATIONS)

Unless otherwise indicated on the Approved Plans or specifically directed by the District
Engineer, all connections to existing facilities, including wet taps on active pipelines and cut-in
installations, shall be performed by District personnel. When the Approved Plans indicate wet
taps or cut-in installations are to be performed by Contractor, or when Contractor has the specific
written permission of the District Engineer to perform wet taps or cut-in installations, such work
shall be performed in strict accordance with the following procedures. In addition, wet taps shall
be performed in accordance with Appendix D. The District Engineer must approve all work
performed by Contractor prior to allowing access to the work site by District personnel.

The Contractor shall furnish the tapping sleeve or tee, valves and all other materials as called for
in the Standard Specifications in accordance with the Approved Materials List. The Contractor
shall provide all equipment and labor required for the excavation and installation of the
connection including but not limited to thrust blocks, backfill and pavement replacement. In
certain circumstances the Contractor may be required to provide a water truck or temporary
piping as part of the equipment for making the connections. In addition, the Contractor shall
assist the District in alleviating any hardship incurred during a shutdown for connections.
Emergency standby equipment or materials may be required of the Contractor by the District
Engineer.

Wet taps or cut-in tee and valve installations shall be performed as follows:

A. Prior to construction, Contractor shall pothole the existing pipe at the location of the
proposed connection. The District Engineer shall inspect the pothole prior to Contractor’s
repair of trench. Refer to Section 01000 for protection of existing facilities. Contractor
shall record the following information on as-built drawings:

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 8 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 1. Pipe size, outside diameter.

2. Pipe type such as ACP, PVC, Ductile-Iron or Steel.

3. Pipe class and/or pressure rating.

4. Elevation, grade, and alignment.

5. Location of collars, pipe bells, fittings or couplings, if found.

6. Potential conflicts with existing utilities.

B. To facilitate the proposed connection and allow for slight adjustments in alignment, the
Contractor shall leave a minimum 3.0m (10’) gap between the new pipe installation and
the proposed connection point at the existing water main. The Contractor shall leave a
gap longer than 3.0m (10’) if conditions warrant, or if directed by the District Engineer.

C. The new pipeline shall have successfully passed pressure testing in accordance with
Section 15044 and disinfection and bacteriological testing in accordance with Section
15041 prior to proceeding with the connection to the existing pipeline.

D. After the District Engineer has given approval to proceed with the connection, the
Contractor shall schedule with the District Engineer for the wet tap or cut-in installation.

1. Shutdowns will be scheduled at the convenience of the District. Shutdowns may

be scheduled for nights or weekends if required.

2. The Contractor shall give the District Engineer a minimum of five (5) working
days notice prior to any proposed excavation or shutdown of existing mains or
services. Scheduling shall be subject to approval by the District Engineer.

3. The District Engineer may postpone or reschedule any shutdown operation if, for
any reason, the District Engineer believes that the Contractor is improperly
prepared with competent personnel, equipment, or materials to proceed with the
connection.

4. If progress in completing the connection within the time specified is inadequate,

the District Engineer may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective
measures may consist of directing District personnel or another contractor to
complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the
Contractor.

E. Contractor may proceed with excavation only when pothole has been completed,
materials have been approved and delivered, wet tap or cut-in installation has been
scheduled and a copy of the approved traffic control plan has been supplied to the
District Engineer.

1. The Contractor shall saw-cut pavement, excavate and provide and install shoring
and steel plating, when necessary, one day prior to the wet tap or cut-in
installation.

2. The Contractor shall provide lights, barricades and traffic control in accordance
with the agency of jurisdiction and as deemed necessary for the excavation by
the District Engineer.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 9 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 3. The Contractor shall de-water existing mains where cut-in installations are
required in the presence of the District Engineer and in accordance with Section
15041 and 02223. The Contractor shall be prepared to deal with leaking valves
and water from those valves to complete the shutdown. Only District personnel
are authorized to operate existing valves. The Contractor shall be responsible
for any and all damage resulting from unauthorized operation of existing District
facilities.

4. In areas where cut-ins are to be performed the Contractor shall line the bottom of
the trench with 300 to 450mm (12” to 18”) of 19mm (¾”) rock and install a 300 to
400mm (12” to 16”) deep sump for dewatering the trench bottom.

5. The District shall perform the following work for wet taps and cut-in installations:

a. Wet taps: Disinfect and install the tapping saddle and tapping valve and
perform tapping operations in accordance with Appendix D.

b. Cut-ins: Cut and remove portions of existing mains, and disinfect and
install tees, valves, couplings, and appurtenances required to complete
the closure. The Contractor shall discard pipe and appurtenances
removed from service in accordance with this Section.

6. After the District has performed tapping or cut-in operations, and the District
Engineer has given approval to proceed, the Contractor shall complete the
installation as shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the Standard
Specifications including, but not limited to:

a. Disinfecting and installing the pipe section(s) necessary to make the

closure to the new system.

b. Installing and setting the valve gate well(s) in accordance with the
Standard Drawings.

c. Installing thrust and anchor blocks in accordance with Section 03000.

d. Completing all backfill and compaction of the trench in accordance with

Section 02223.

e. Repairing or replacing pavement as necessary in accordance with

agency of jurisdiction requirements.

3.03 FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS

Flexible pipe couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations
and as described below:

A. Use plain-end pipe with flexible couplings per AWWA C200. Provide joint harnesses per
AWWA M11 for aboveground applications or where indicated on the Approved Plans.

B. Flexible couplings may be used only where indicated on the drawings

C. Clean oil, scale, rust, and dirt from the pipe ends and touch up the epoxy coating and
allow time for curing before installing the coupling. Clean the gaskets before installing.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 10 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 D. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for installation and bolt torque using a
properly calibrated torque wrench.

E. Lubricate the bolt threads with graphite prior to installation.

3.04 GROOVED-END OR SHOULDERED COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE-IRON OR STEEL PIPE

Grooved-end or shouldered couplings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations and as described below:

A. Grooved-end or shouldered joint couplings shall be installed per AWWA C606 and the
manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Clean loose scale, rust, oil, grease, and dirt from the pipe or fitting groove and touch up
the epoxy coating as necessary, allowing time for curing before installing the coupling.

C. Clean the gasket before installation. Apply a lubricant selected from the Approved
Materials List to the gasket exterior including lips, pipe ends, and housing interiors.

D. Fasten the coupling alternately and evenly until the coupling halves are seated. Follow
the manufacturer’s recommendations for bolt torque using a properly calibrated torque
wrench.

3.05 JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEMS

Joint Restraint Systems shall be installed as shown on the Approved Drawings, in accordance
with the manufacturers’ recommendations and as described below:

A. Split ring restraint shall be installed on the spigot end of pipe, connected to a back-up ring
which seats behind the bell of the adjoining pipe or fitting or directly to the fitting. All joint
restraint devices shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers’ instructions

B. Restraint devices may be installed prior to lowering pipe into the trench only with the
approval of the District Engineer.

3.06 BOLTS AND NUTS

A. All bolts and nuts shall be new and unused. Bolts shall not be reused once tightened.
Used bolts and nuts shall be discarded and removed from the job site.

B. Bolts and nuts shall be cleaned, if needed, by wire brushing and shall be lubricated prior
to assembly.

C. Tighten nuts uniformly and progressively in a “star” pattern.

D. Buried bolts and nuts shall receive a heavy coat of protective grease selected from the
Approved Materials List prior to being wrapped with polyethylene.

E. All stainless steel bolts shall be coated with an anti-seize compound selected from the
Approved Materials List.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 11 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
3.07 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

A. Polyethylene encasement shall completely encase and cover all metal surfaces.

Pipe and pipe-shaped appurtenances: All ductile-iron pipe and pipe-shaped

appurtenances such as bends, reducers and offsets shall be encased with polyethylene
sleeves in accordance with Method A described in AWWA C105, or with polyethylene
wrap in accordance with Method C described in AWWA C105.

Odd-Shaped Appurtenances: Odd-Shaped Appurtenances such as tees and crosses

shall be encased with polyethylene wrap in accordance with AWWA C105.

Valves: Valves shall be encased with polyethylene wrap in accordance with AWWA C105
such that only the stem and operating nut are exposed and the wrap shall be attached so
that valve operation will not disturb the wrapping or break the seal.

B. Polyethylene sleeves shall be secured with polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape or plastic
tie straps at the ends and quarter points along the sleeve in a manner that will hold the
sleeve securely in place during backfill. Polyethylene wrap shall be secured with
polyethylene or vinyl adhesive tape or plastic tie straps in a manner that will hold the
wrap securely in place during backfill.

3.08 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed as described below and in accordance with the
Standard Drawings.

A. Tape shall be placed at the top of the pipe zone 300mm (12") above and centered over
the utility intended for identification. Tape used with onsite potable and recycled water
irrigation systems shall be installed at 150mm (6”) above the pipe.

B. Tape shall be installed with the printed side up and run continuously along the entire
length of the utility intended for identification. Tape shall be installed on the main piping
and all appurtenant laterals, including blowoffs, air valve assemblies, fire hydrants, and
services. Tape splices shall overlap a minimum of 600mm (24”) for continuous coverage.

C. Tape shall be installed prior to placement of the Trench Zone Backfill.

3.09 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed as described below and in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

A. Tracer wire shall be installed with all water and recycled water mains.

B. Wire shall be placed on the top centerline of the pipeline and shall run continuously along
the entire length of pipe prior to placement of trench backfill. Wire shall be mechanically
and electrically continuous throughout the pipeline, including within pipe casings.

C. Tracer wire shall be secured to the pipe at 1.8m (6') intervals with plastic adhesive tape,
duct tape or plastic tie straps. The wire may alternately be secured to the pipe by looping
the tracer wire around itself such that tracer wire remains continuous atop the pipe during
backfill operations.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 12 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 D. Tracer wire access ports shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings
within the concrete splash pad of all fire hydrants installed as a part of the work. In
addition, tracer wire may terminate within meter boxes, blow off boxes, CP test boxes or
air valve enclosures as shown on the Approved Drawings or as directed by the District
Engineer at intervals of not more than 305m (1,000'). Locations of all tracer wire access
ports installed shall be noted on the field record drawings.

E. Wire shall extend into the access port and shall terminate with a coiled 600mm (24")
length of wire. All tracer wire not attached to piping shall be installed, without splices,
within a conduit at a minimum depth of 600mm (24”) in accordance with the Standard
Drawings.

F. Splices shall be installed only when necessary and shall be made using wire connectors
selected from the Approved Materials List.

G. The Contractor shall test tracer wire for electrical continuity in the presence of the District
Engineer prior to the installation of any paving over atop pipelines or appurtenances.
Testing shall be accomplished using a device capable of detecting improper connections
or ground fault interruptions.

3.10 GATE WELLS

Gate wells shall be installed as shown on the Standard Drawings and as described below.

A. Gate wells shall be installed with lids flush with the final surface. No more than two
25mm (1”) adjustment rings shall be used. Gate wells and adjustment rings shall be
accurately cut perpendicular to the length of the piping used.

B. Gate wells shall be color-coded to identify the type and use of the valve installed.

1. The inside portion of the gate well lid and interior portion of PVC gate well shall
be identified with a minimum 50mm (2”) diameter painted identification marking.
Paint color shall be as follows:

Color Gate Well Lid and PVC Gate Well for:

Red Normally Closed System Valves (NCV)
White Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV)
Green Butterfly Valves (BFV)

2. The top exterior portion of the gate well lid and ring shall be coated in
accordance with Section 09910.

3.11 VALVE STEM EXTENSIONS

A. All valves 50mm (2”) and smaller requiring the installation of a gate well shall include a
valve stem extension fabricated and installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings.
Stem extensions shall be of sufficient length to bring the operating nut to a point
approximately 150mm (6”) below the gate well lid.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 13 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 B. Valves 100mm (4”) and larger require valve stem extensions to be fabricated and
installed in accordance with the Standard Drawings when the valve-operating nut is
more than 1.5m (5’) below grade. Stem extensions shall be of sufficient length to bring
the operating nut to a point between 300mm (12”) and 450mm (18”) below the gate well
lid.

3.12 METER BOX INSTALLATIONS

Meter boxes shall be installed at the elevations and locations shown on the Approved Plans and
in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Near the completion of the project, a final meter box
adjustment to finish grade may be required. Water meters shall not be installed until final
adjustments are made to the meter box and are approved by the District Engineer.

3.13 INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY END CAPS TO MAINTAIN SERVICE

Before excavating for new mains that are to replace existing pipes or services, it may be
necessary to install temporary end caps on existing pipes that are later to be abandoned or
connected to in order to maintain service to customers or fire protection during construction.
When indicated on the Approved Plans or when directed by the District Engineer, Contractor shall
install and maintain such temporary end caps as indicated below and in accordance with the
Standard Drawings.

A. For existing water mains 350mm (14”) or less in diameter, the existing pipe shall be cut
cleanly and fitted with a rubber-gasketed ductile-iron solid end cap specifically designed
for the size and type of pipe being temporarily capped. The temporary end cap shall be
adequately braced with a concrete thrust block poured against undisturbed material or as
otherwise required to insure that no movement or leakage occurs.

B. Temporary end caps shall be fitted with 50mm (2”) tapped outlets in accordance with the
Standard Drawings to provide temporary 50mm (2”) blowoffs or connections to temporary
water sources if indicated on the Approved Drawings or if directed by the District
Engineer.

C. Existing pipes 400mm (16”) or larger shall not be fitted with temporary end caps.

3.14 PERMANENT ABANDONMENT OF PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES

When indicated on the Approved Plans or when directed by the District Engineer, existing
pipelines to be abandoned shall be disconnected from all source pipelines and shall remain in
place in accordance with the Standard Drawings and the modifications and instructions listed
below:

A. All above-ground appurtenances connected to pipelines to be abandoned shall be

removed and disposed of or salvaged in accordance with this Section.

B. All piping and appurtenances buried at a depth of 600mm (24”) or less and connected to
pipelines to be abandoned shall be removed and disposed of or salvaged in accordance
with this Section. Remaining pipe ends, gate wells and other appurtenances cut at a
depth of 600mm (24”) shall be removed entirely or filled with concrete. Excavated areas
shall be replaced with compacted backfill and surfaces shall be repaired in accordance
with these Standard Specifications.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 14 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
 C. Pipe 100mm (4”) and smaller to be abandoned shall be excavated at intervals of 60m
(200’), short sections of pipe shall be removed, and pipe ends shall be encased in
concrete.

D. Pipe 150mm (6”) through 350mm (14”) to be abandoned shall be excavated at intervals
of 60m (200’), and pipe shall cut and plugged with concrete in accordance with the
Standard Drawings or shall be entirely filled by pressure-grouting.

E. When existing pipe 350mm (14”) or less is excavated for abandonment, each excavation
is considered as a single “cut-and-plug.”

F. Abandoned pipe 400mm (16”) and larger shall be entirely filled by pressure-grouting or by
blown sand.

G. Ends of all pipe segments to be abandoned shall be filled with concrete in

accordance with the Standard Drawings.

H. All valves on pipelines to be abandoned shall be turned to the closed position.

I. Water services to be abandoned that are connected to pipelines that will remain in
service shall be abandoned in-place and deactivated at the corp stop in accordance with
the Standard Drawings. Water services connected to pipelines to be abandoned shall be
abandoned in-place and cut ends shall be crimped.

J. Sewer laterals shall be cut and plugged with concrete at the main as directed by the
District Engineer for the specific circumstance and material type identified.

K. Sewer manholes shall have the cover and frame, concrete ring, grade rings and cone
section removed. Inlet and outlet piping shall be plugged with concrete, manhole void
shall be filled with sand, and a 300mm (12") thick, reinforced concrete slab shall be
poured over the top of remaining manhole. The Contractor shall backfill hole to ground
surface with compacted select fill.

3.15 REMOVAL OF PIPELINES AND APPURTENANCES

A. Existing pipe and appurtenances shall be completely removed when indicated on the
Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer. All materials removed during
construction operations shall be salvaged or disposed of in accordance with this Section.

B. When fittings, appurtenances, or pipe segments are removed from pipelines that are to
remain in service, the removed portions shall be replaced with straight segments of pipe
and appropriate couplings selected from the Approved Materials List.

C. Contractor shall provide measures that allow for the removal of existing sewer mains and
appurtenances with no leakage of raw sewage. Transportation of sewer mains and
appurtenances removed from service shall be in waterproof trucks to prevent raw sewage
from leaking on public streets.

D. Removal of asbestos-cement pipe (ACP) and sewer mains and appurtenances shall be in
accordance with all applicable State and Federal requirements, and disposal shall be in
accordance with the requirements of this Section.

E. Backfill, compaction, and surface repair of all excavations for removal of pipe and
appurtenances shall be made in accordance with the Approved Plans, these Standard
Specifications, and in accordance with the requirements of the agency of jurisdiction or
as directed by the District Engineer.

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 15 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
3.16 RECONNECTIONS

Existing service laterals or appurtenances shall be connected to new pipelines as shown on the
Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer. Contractor may encounter unused
service laterals or piping appurtenant to an existing pipeline being replaced. Laterals and
appurtenant piping that will not be connected to new pipelines shall be abandoned in accordance
with the requirements of this Section.

3.17 SALVAGE

When the Contractor is required to remove existing pipe and appurtenances, such materials may,
when shown on the Approved Plans or directed by the District Engineer, be considered salvage.
All materials identified as salvage are considered property of the District. The Contractor shall
temporarily stockpile all material identified as salvage in a location that will not disrupt traffic or
otherwise create an unsafe condition and shall deliver such materials as directed by the District
Engineer.

3.18 DISPOSAL

All materials removed during construction operations and not identified by the District Engineer as
salvage shall be legally disposed of in accordance with all applicable Local, State, and Federal
requirements.

Disposal of asbestos-cement pipe requires special handling and attention, including but not
limited to, encapsulation within airtight packaging, submittal of certification letters and/or waste
profile statements, and the use of a Cal-OSHA registered asbestos abatement contractor to
transport and dispose of such wastes. The District Engineer shall be provided with copies of all
applicable documentation regarding the transportation and disposal of asbestos-cement pipe.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable regulations and all requirements of the disposal site.
Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with disposal of materials, specifically including
any materials that may contain asbestos.

END OF SECTION

General Piping System and Appurtenances

Standard Specifications 15000 - 16 of 16 Revised: 09/28/2009
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15041 DISINFECTION OF PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section describes requirements for disinfection by chlorination of potable and recycled water
mains, services, pipe appurtenances and connections.

1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred
to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said
standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA B300 - Standard for Hypochlorites

AWWA B301 - Standard for Liquid Chlorine
AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

AWWA Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water
WAS Standard Specifications 15000, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061, and 15064

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

A. All water mains and appurtenances taken out of service for inspection, repairs, or other
activity that might lead to contamination shall be disinfected before they are returned to
service.

B. All new water mains and temporary pipelines shall be disinfected prior to connection to the
District’s existing system.

C. All components incorporated into a connection to the District’s existing system shall be
disinfected prior to installation.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A written disinfection and dechlorination plan, including all methods and equipment to be used, shall
be signed by the person responsible for performing the work and shall be submitted to the District
Engineer for approval prior to starting disinfection operations.

Disinfection of Piping
Standard Specifications 15041 - 1 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Chlorination and dechlorination shall be performed by competent individuals knowledgeable and

experienced in the operation of the necessary application and safety equipment in accordance with
applicable Federal, State and Local laws and regulations. The transport, storage and handling of
these materials shall be performed in accordance with Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, CFR 49.172 Hazardous
Materials Regulations, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of
Regulations, Title 8, Section 5194.

1.07 CONCURRENT DISINFECTION AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING

The specified disinfection of the pipelines may not be performed concurrently with the hydrostatic
testing in accordance with Section 15044.

1.08 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS

Prior to connection to existing mains, disinfection and bacteriological testing shall be performed in
accordance with this specification, and hydrostatic testing shall be performed per Section 15044.
District authorization for connection to the existing system shall be given only on the basis of
acceptable hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results. Connection to existing mains
shall be performed in accordance with Section 15000.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 LIQUID CHLORINE (GAS)

A. Liquid chlorine contains 100-percent available chlorine and is packaged in steel containers
in net weights of 68.1kg (150 lb.) or 907.2kg (1 ton).

B. Liquid chlorine shall be used with appropriate gas flow chlorinators, heaters, and injectors to
provide a controlled, high-concentration solution feed to the water. The chlorinators and
injectors shall be the vacuum-operated type.

2.02 SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (LIQUID)

Sodium hypochlorite is available in liquid form in glass or plastic containers, ranging in size from
0.95 L (1 Qt.) to 18.93 L (5 Gal). The solution contains approximately 10% to 15% available
chlorine.

2.03 TABLET OR GRANULAR HYPOCHLORITE

Tablet or granular hypochlorite shall not be used at any time.

Disinfection of Piping
Standard Specifications 15041 - 2 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Disinfection of pipelines shall not proceed until all appurtenances and any necessary
sample ports have been installed and the Engineer provides authorization.

B. Every effort shall be made to keep the water main and its appurtenances clean and dry
during the installation process.

C. All piping, valves, fittings, and appurtenances which become contaminated during
installation shall be cleaned, rinsed with potable water, and then sprayed or swabbed with a
5 percent sodium hypochlorite disinfecting solution prior to installation.

D. Water mains under construction that become flooded by storm water, runoff, or ground
water shall be cleaned by draining and flushing with metered potable water until clear water
is evident. Upon completion, the entire main shall be disinfected using a method approved
by the Engineer.

3.02 METHODS

A. Liquid Chorine (Gas)

1. Only vacuum-operated equipment shall be used. Direct-feed chlorinators, which

operate solely from gas pressure in the chlorine cylinder, shall not be permitted.
The equipment shall incorporate a backflow prevention device at the point of
connection to the potable water source used to fill the line being tested.

2. The chlorinating agent shall be applied at the beginning of the system to be

chlorinated and shall be injected through a corporation stop, a hydrant, or other
approved connection to ensure treatment of the entire system being disinfected.

3. Only a certified, licensed chlorination and testing contractor shall perform gas
chlorination work. The chlorination contractor must also possess a Grade II
Treatment Plant Operator Certification from the State of California if required by
the Engineer.

B. Sodium Hypochlorite Solution (Liquid)

1. Sodium hypochlorite solution shall be used for cleaning and swabbing piping and
appurtenances immediately prior to installation and for disinfecting all components
of connections to the District’s existing system.

2. Sodium hypochlorite solution may be used for the initial disinfection of newly
installed water mains. The solution shall be applied at a terminus of the system
to be chlorinated using an injector which can adjust the amount of solution being
injected into the piping system. The solution shall be injected in the appropriate
concentration to achieve the specified concentration range of chlorine throughout
the entire piping system. Where pumping equipment is used in conjunction with
an injector, an integral backflow prevention device shall be installed and
connected to the potable water supply.

3. Water trucks, pumping equipment, piping, appurtenances and all other

Disinfection of Piping
Standard Specifications 15041 - 3 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
 equipment in contact with potable water shall be disinfected prior to use.
4. Sodium hypochlorite solution may also be used to increase the total chlorine
residual if the concentration from the initial chlorination of the system is found to
be low. The solution shall be added to the system in sufficient amounts at
appropriate locations to insure that the disinfecting solution is present at a
concentration within the specified range throughout the piping system.

3.03 PROCEDURE FOR DISINFECTING WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES

A. The pipeline shall be filled at a rate not to exceed 1,135 liters per minute (300 GPM) or a
velocity of 0.3m per second (1 foot per second), whichever is less.

B. Disinfection shall result in an initial total chlorine concentration of 50-mg/l. This

concentration shall be evenly distributed throughout the system to be disinfected.

C. All valves shall be operated with the disinfection solution present in the pipeline. All
appurtenances such as air-vacuum relief valves, blowoffs, hydrants, backflow prevention
devices, and water service laterals shall be flushed with the treated water a sufficient length
of time to insure a chlorine concentration within the specified range in all components of
each appurtenance. (Note the limitations for discharge of chlorinated water outlined below.)

D. The Engineer will verify the presence of the disinfection solution throughout the system by
sampling and testing for acceptable chlorine concentrations at the various appurtenances
and/or at the test ports provided by the Contractor. Areas of the system found to be below
the specified chlorine concentration level shall receive additional flushing as noted above
and/or additional disinfection solution as necessary. (Note the limitations for discharge of
chlorinated water outlined below.) Addition of disinfection solution after the initial charging
of the line shall be made by either the liquid chlorine (gas) method, or the sodium
hypochlorite method as directed by the Engineer.

E. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the system for a minimum of 24 hours. The
District Engineer will test the total chlorine residual. The system shall contain a total
chlorine residual of not less than 80% of the initial total chlorine residual before the 24-
hour soaking period began. If the total chlorine residual has decreased more than 20%,
the system shall be soaked for an additional 24-hour period. If the total chlorine residual
has not decreased after this additional 24-hour period, the system shall be flushed in
accordance with the procedure detailed herein. If the total chlorine residual has
decreased, the system shall be flushed in accordance with the procedure detailed herein,
and shall be re-disinfected.

F. Following a successful retention period as determined by the District Engineer, the

chlorinated water shall be flushed from the system at its extremities and at each
appurtenance, using potable water from a source designated by the District Engineer. The
minimum water velocity during flushing shall be 0.9 meters per second (3 feet per second)
or as directed by the Engineer. Flushing shall continue until the replacement water in the
new system is equal in chlorine residual to the potable source of supply and the turbidity
level is 0.5 NTU’s or less as verified by the District. (Note the limitations for discharge of
chlorinated water outlined below.)

G. The District will perform bacteriological sampling and testing as specified herein.

Disinfection of Piping
Standard Specifications 15041 - 4 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
3.04 DISCHARGE OF CHLORINATED WATER

A. Indiscriminate onsite disposal or discharge to sewer systems, storm drains, drainage

courses or surface waters is prohibited. It shall be the responsibility of the Developer to
file a Notice of Intent and obtain a General Waste Discharge Requirements Permit for
Discharges of Hydrostatic Test Water and Potable Water to Surface Waters, Storm
Drains or Other Conveyance Systems, San Diego Region (Hydrostatic Test Permit) for
any discharge of hydrostatic test water or other potable water. The Contractor shall be
solely responsible to evaluate, obtain and comply with the provisions of the Hydrostatic
Test Permit, including any monitoring and reporting as may be required. The Contractor
shall comply with all requirements of the State Water Resources Control Board and the
San Diego Regional Water Quality Control Board. The Contractor shall provide copies of
all reports and monitoring information to the District.

Failure to comply with the Hydrostatic Test Permit is a violation of federal and state law.
The Contractor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the District, its Board
members, officers, agents, employees and authorized volunteers from and against any
and all claims, demands, losses or liabilities of any kind or nature which District, its Board
members, officers, agents, employees and authorized volunteers may sustain or incur for
noncompliance with the Hydrostatic Test Permit arising out of or in connection with the
Project.

B. The environment to which the chlorinated water is to be discharged shall be examined by

the Developer and the Engineer. Where necessary, federal, state and local regulatory
agencies should be contacted to determine special provisions for the disposal of chlorinated
water. Any indication that the discharge of chlorinated water may cause damage to the
environment shall require the neutralizing of the chlorine residual by means of a reducing
agent in accordance with AWWA C651 and the requirements of this specification.

C. In locations where chlorine neutralization is required, the reducing agent shall be applied
to the water as it exits the piping system. The Developer shall monitor the chlorine
residual during the discharge operations. Total residual chlorine limits in these locations,
and for the discharge of chlorinated water from the testing of pipelines to surface waters
of the San Diego Region are as follows:

Total Residual Chlorine Effluent Limitations

30-Day Average - 0.002 mg/l

Average Daily Maximum - 0.008 mg/l

Instantaneous Maximum - 0.02 mg/l

The various methods of dechlorination available can remove residual chlorine to

concentrations below standard analytical methods of detection, 0.02 mg/l, which will assure
compliance with the effluent limit. The Developer will perform all necessary tests to ensure
that the total residual chlorine effluent limitations listed above are met.

D. In locations where no hazard to the environment is evident based on the joint examination
described above, the chlorinated water may be broadcast for dust control on the surface of
the immediate site. Care shall be exercised in broadcasting the water to prevent runoff.

Disinfection of Piping
Standard Specifications 15041 - 5 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
3.05 BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING

The District will perform bacteriological sampling and testing of all new system installations. The
testing methodology employed by the District shall be as set forth in "Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Waste Water" (current edition). Testing requirements are as set forth in
the California Domestic Water Quality and Monitoring Regulations and commensurate with current
requirements for surface water testing. The District will analyze the samples for the presence of
coliform bacteria and heterotrophic-type bacteria (heterotrophic plate count). The evaluation criteria
employed by the District for a passing test sample is as follows:

A. Coliform bacteria: no positive sample, and

B. Heterotrophic plate count (HPC): 500 colony forming units/ml or less.

(The requirement for HPC testing may be waived at the sole discretion of the Engineer)

3.06 REDISINFECTION

If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological test results, the pipeline system
shall be re-flushed and re-sampled. If the second set of samples does not produce satisfactory
results, the pipeline system shall be re-chlorinated, flushed, and re-sampled. The chlorination,
flushing, and sampling procedure shall continue until satisfactory results are obtained. Re-
disinfection and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense.

3.07 DISINFECTING TIE-INS AND CONNECTIONS

Pipes, fittings, valves and all other components incorporated into connections with the District’s
existing system shall be spray disinfected or swabbed with a liquid chlorine solution in accordance
with AWWA C651 and as specified herein. Upon connection to the main, the line shall be flushed
as directed by the District Engineer. Disinfection by this method is generally limited to assemblies of
6m (20') or less in length. Alternate methods such as "predisinfection" prior to installation in
accordance with AWWA C651 may be required at the discretion of the District Engineer.

END OF SECTION

Disinfection of Piping
Standard Specifications 15041 - 6 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15043 SEWER LEAKAGE AND INFILTRATION TESTING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section describes the requirements and procedures for leakage and infiltration testing of
gravity sewer systems.

1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

UNI-B-6 - Recommended Practice for Low-Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer

Pipe
SSPWC - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction ("Greenbook")

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02222, 02223, 15045, 15065.

1.04 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO TESTING

Trenching for all dry utilities such as electrical, telephone and cable television shall be completed
prior to performing any tests on the sewer pipe.

1.05 TESTING

A. Leakage Test: Each section of sewer pipe between two successive manholes, or
between a manhole and its corresponding cleanout or end plug, shall be tested for
leakage. The sewer laterals to the property line shall be included in the test.

B. Infiltration Test: In addition to the leakage test, an infiltration test shall be made where
groundwater is encountered, or evidence exists that ground water has encroached to the
elevation of the sewer, and as directed by the District Engineer.

C. Closed-Circuit Television: A closed-circuit television (CCTV) inspection shall be

performed by Contractor on the sewer installation in accordance with Section 15045.

D. All tests shall be made in the presence of the District Engineer.

E. Testing may be repeated, as directed by the Engineer, if the subsequent construction

Sewer Leakage and Infiltration Testing

Standard Specifications 15043 - 1 of 3 Revised: 11/01/2002
 operations of the Contractor or others may have damaged or affected the structural
integrity of the sewer pipe and/or laterals.

F. The official District test will not be made until after all other utilities have been installed
and trench compaction verified.

G. All tests must be completed before the street or trench is paved, unless otherwise allowed
by the District Engineer.

H. Vacuum testing of manholes shall be performed in accordance with Section 03461.

PART 2 MATERIALS

The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials required for testing.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 AIR TEST FOR PVC GRAVITY SEWERS

The testing described in UNI-B-6 shall be followed except as modified below:

A. Each section of sewer pipe, as measured between manholes or manhole and cleanout,
shall be tested by plugging all pipe outlets with suitable test plugs.

B. Air shall be slowly added until the internal pressure is raised to 34.5 KPa (5 psi). The
compressor used to add air to the pipe shall have a relief valve set to ensure that the
internal pressure in the pipe does not exceed 41.4 KPa (6 psi). At no time shall the
internal pressure in the pipe exceed 41.4 KPa (6 psi).

C. The internal pressure of 34.5 KPa (5-psi) shall be maintained for at least two minutes to
allow the air temperature to stabilize, after which the air supply shall be disconnected.

D. The time in minutes that is required for the internal air pressure to drop from 34.5 KPa (5
psi) to 27.6 KPa (4 psi) shall be measured. The results shall not be less than the
minimum permissible duration for air test pressure drop shown in the table below.

Minimum Duration for Air

Test Pressure Drop

Pipe Size Time

mm (inches) (Minutes)
8 5
10 6
12 7
15 9

E. If the pressure drop from 34.5 KPa (5 psi) to 27.6 KPa (4 psi) occurs in less time than
shown above, the pipe shall be examined and repaired, and if necessary, replaced or re-
laid including backfill and compaction. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results
are obtained.

Sewer Leakage and Infiltration Testing

Standard Specifications 15043 - 2 of 3 Revised: 11/01/2002
3.02 AIR PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT FOR GROUNDWATER

A. In areas where groundwater is evident at an elevation above the sewer pipe, or where it
can be determined through past physical evidence or known history that ground water will
again achieve an elevation above the sewer pipe, an adjustment shall be made to the
leakage test pressure. The highest anticipated groundwater pressure shall be added to
the sewer leakage test pressure as compensation.

B. The air pressure correction, which must be added to the 34.5 KPa (5 psi) normal test
starting pressure, shall be calculated by dividing the average vertical height, in mm (ft.) of
groundwater above the invert of the sewer pipe to be tested, by 704.1mm (2.31').

C. In no case shall the starting test pressure exceed 62.1 KPa (9.0 psi), or the
manufacturer's allowable maximum.

3.03 INFILTRATION TEST

A. Prior to testing for infiltration, the ends of the sewer pipe section to be tested shall be
capped or plugged to prevent the entrance of water, and pumping of groundwater shall be
discontinued for at least three days.

B. Any infiltration discovered before completion and acceptance of the sewer shall be
corrected. The sewer shall be examined and the source of infiltration eliminated.
Following repairs or replacement as necessary, including backfill and compaction, the
subject line shall be retested to assure no infiltration.

3.04 PRESSURE TESTS FOR SEWER FORCE MAINS

Pressure tests for sewer force mains shall be in accordance with Section 15044 except that the
allowable leakage shall be zero (0). All leak points shall be located and stopped. All defective
pipe, fittings, valves and other appurtenances discovered shall be removed and replaced with
sound material and tests repeated until the leakage is zero (0).

3.05 CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION

In addition to the leakage and infiltration tests, closed-circuit television (CCTV) inspections shall
be conducted in accordance with Section 15045.

3.06 VACUUM TESTING OF MANHOLES

Vacuum testing of manholes shall be performed in accordance with Section 03461.

3.07 FINAL ACCEPTANCE

The requirements of this section shall be considered acceptable when each sewer section's air
leakage rate is less than the maximum allowed, the television inspection is satisfactory, and the
water infiltration rate is zero.

END OF SECTION

Sewer Leakage and Infiltration Testing

Standard Specifications 15043 - 3 of 3 Revised: 11/01/2002
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15044 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPELINES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section describes the requirements and procedures for pressure and leakage testing of all
pressure mains.

1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 15000, 15041, 15056, 15057, 15061, and 15064

1.03 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO TESTING

A. All piping, valves, fire hydrants, services, and related appurtenances shall be installed.

B. The pipe trench shall have trench zone backfill placed and compacted with a minimum of
600mm (24”) of material over the pipe.

C. All concrete thrust block and anchor blocks shall be allowed to cure in accordance with
Section 03000.

D. Pressure tests on exposed and aboveground piping shall be conducted only after the
entire piping system has been installed and attached to pipe supports, hangers or
anchors as shown on the Approved Plans.

E. Steel pipelines shall not be tested before the mortar lining and coating on all pipe lengths
within the line have been in place for a minimum of fourteen (14) days. Cement-mortar
lined pipe shall not be filled with water until a minimum of eight hours has elapsed after
the last joint has been mortared.

1.04 HYDROSTATIC TESTING AND DISINFECTION OF PIPELINES

Hydrostatic testing of pipelines shall be performed prior to disinfection operations in accordance

with Section 15041. In the event repairs are necessary, as indicated by the hydrostatic test, the
District Engineer may require additional flushing in accordance with Section 15041.

1.05 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MAINS

Hydrostatic testing shall be performed prior to connections to existing mains. District

authorization for connection to the existing system shall be given only on the basis of acceptable
hydrostatic, disinfection and bacteriological test results. Connection to existing mains shall be
performed in accordance with Section 15000.
Hydrostatic Testing of
Pressure Pipelines
Standard Specifications 15044 - 1 of 3 Revised: 02/01/2008
PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 WATER

A. Potable water shall be used for hydrostatic testing of potable and recycled water mains.

B. Potable water shall be supplied by a District-approved source. Make-up water for testing
shall also be potable water.

C. Well water shall not be used for hydrostatic testing or any other purposes in new or
existing pipelines.

2.02 CONNECTIONS

A. Testing water shall be supplied through a metered connection equipped with a backflow
prevention device in accordance with Section 15112 at the point of connection to the
potable water source used.

B. The Contractor shall provide any temporary piping needed to deliver potable water to the
piping that is to be tested. Temporary piping shall be in accordance with Section 15000.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. The Contractor shall provide the District Engineer with a minimum of 48 hours’ notice
prior to the requested date and time for hydrostatic tests.

B. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, and equipment for testing.

C. Temporary blocking during the tests will be permitted only at temporary plugs, caps or
where otherwise directed by the District Engineer.

D. All valves and appurtenances shall be operated during the test period. The test shall be
conducted with valves in the open position.

E. At the onset of testing, all valves, air vacuum assemblies, blowoffs, and services shall be
monitored for possible leakage and repairs made, if necessary, before the test proceeds.
The appurtenances shall be monitored through the duration of the testing.

F. For pipe with porous lining, such as cement mortar, the pipe shall be filled with water and
placed under a slight pressure for a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours prior to the actual
hydrostatic test.

3.02 FIELD TEST PROCEDURE

A. Before applying the specified test pressure, care shall be taken to release all air within
the pipe and appurtenances to be tested. Air shall be released through services, fire
hydrants, air release valves, or other approved locations.

Hydrostatic Testing of
Pressure Pipelines
Standard Specifications 15044 - 2 of 3 Revised: 02/01/2008
 B. A five (5) hour hydrostatic pressure test shall be performed after the pipe and all
appurtenances have been installed and after any trench backfill compaction with heavy-
duty compaction equipment has been completed. The hydrostatic test pressure shall be
345 KPa (50 psi) above the class rating of the pipe, or 1,725 KPa (250 psi), whichever is
less, or as otherwise directed by the District Engineer, at the lowest point in the section of
pipe being tested. The hydrostatic test pressure at the highest point in the section of pipe
being tested shall be within 345 KPa (50 psi) of the hydrostatic test pressure at the lowest
point in the section of pipe being tested.

The test pressure shall be applied and continuously maintained by pumping for a period
of four (4) hours. During the pumping phase of the test, the test pressure shall be
maintained at not less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the specified test pressure at all
times.
th
At the end of the fourth (4 ) hour, the pressure shall meet the requirements stated above.
Pumping shall then be discontinued for one hour and the drop in pressure shall be
recorded. Pumping shall then be resumed to restore the initial test pressure, and the
quantity of water pumped into the line shall be accurately measured. The quantity thus
measured is the amount of pipe leakage, which shall not exceed the following limits:

1. The allowable leakage for flanged or welded steel pipe or for flanged ductile-iron
pipe shall be zero.

2. The allowable leakage for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe or for steel or ductile-iron
pipe with rubber joints shall be calculated using the following formula:

0.4625 liters x nominal diameter of pipe (mm) x length of pipe (m)

24 (hrs) x 1000 (m)

OR

5 gallons x nominal diameter of pipe (in) x length of pipe (ft)

24 (hrs) x 5,280 (ft)

The allowable leakage for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe or for steel or ductile-iron
pipe with rubber joints is provided in tabular form in Standard Drawing WI-05.

If the leakage exceeds the allowable loss, the leak points shall be located and
repaired as required by the District Engineer. All defective pipe, fittings, valves
and other appurtenances discovered shall be removed and replaced with sound
material. Additional disinfection shall be performed as necessary per Section
15041. The hydrostatic test shall be repeated until the leakage does not exceed
the rate specified above. All visible leaks shall be similarly repaired.

END OF SECTION

Hydrostatic Testing of
Pressure Pipelines
Standard Specifications 15044 - 3 of 3 Revised: 02/01/2008
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15045 CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section describes the requirements and procedures for closed-circuit television (CCTV)
inspection of newly constructed and rehabilitated water and sewer mains.

1.02 REFERENCED STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

SSPWC - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction ("Greenbook")

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 15043, and 15061.

1.04 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO TESTING

CCTV inspections on newly constructed water and sewer mains shall be conducted after all
utilities have been installed and backfill compaction has been certified, but prior to final pavement.

The Contractor shall notify the Engineer two (2) working days in advance of the anticipated date of
televising so that the Engineer may observe CCTV inspection operations. Schedule shall also
include time for pre-cleaning operations, when necessary.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. New Mains: CCTV inspections shall be performed by the Contractor as follows:

1. Inspection of steel water mains 900mm (36”) and smaller for the purpose of
documenting the physical condition and cleanliness of the pipe and inspection of
mortared joints.

2. Inspection of sewer mains 900mm (36”) and smaller for the purpose of
documenting the physical condition and cleanliness of the pipe and detection of
reverse slope by ponding of water or dips in pipe alignment.

B. Existing Mains: CCTV inspections shall be performed on existing sewer mains to detect
and locate defects and document the current condition of the sewer main, leading to
evaluation and selection of repair methodology by the Agency.

Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspections

Standard Specifications 15045 - 1 of 3 Revised: 11/01/2002
PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 CCTV EQUIPMENT

The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials required for inspection. Equipment shall
be in accordance with SSPWC Section 500, SSPWC Regional Supplement Amendments Section
306 and as noted below:

A. The video equipment utilized shall be specifically designed and constructed to be

operative in one hundred percent (100%) humidity conditions. Lighting for the camera
shall minimize reflective glare. Lighting and camera quality shall be suitable to provide a
clear, continuously in-focus picture of the entire inside periphery of the pipe for all
conditions encountered during the inspection. A reflector in front of the camera may be
required to enhance lighting in large diameter pipe.

B. Video equipment utilized for inspection of water mains shall be certified for domestic
water main inspection only, shall also be certified to never have been utilized in non-
potable systems.

C. Videotape shall be high-quality color VHS format. The capacity of the videotape shall be
adequate to record inspection of at least one (1) complete pipe segment. Recording of a
single segment shall not extend to more than one (1) videotape.

D. Recording shall be performed using a four (4) head VHS format VCR recorded in SP or
LP modes only.

E. CCTV inspections may be recorded onto digital media such as DVD with the prior
permission of the Engineer.

2.02 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING

The Contractor shall provide pumps, piping, hoses, and accessories suitable for continuous
pumping of raw sewage. Backup equipment of equal size and power shall be provided to ensure
continuous pumping in the event of equipment or power failure.

2.03 PRE-CLEANING

The Contractor shall work with the District for determination of equipment required and its use.
Equipment selection and method for cleaning may be based on the age, pipe material, and the
probable condition of the sewer pipe.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING

If temporary bypass pumping is required during the duration of the CCTV inspection, the existing
sewer main shall be plugged at the nearest manhole and sewage effluent shall be bypassed
around the areas of inspection. Bypass piping shall be located out of the traveled way and
protected during use.

Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspections

Standard Specifications 15045 - 2 of 3 Revised: 11/01/2002
3.02 PRE-CLEANING

The Contractor shall work closely with the District during the cleaning operations. Cleaning
operations shall not damage the sewer or any manhole during cleaning. Cleaning operations shall
remove dirt, sand, rocks, solids, debris, grease or grit from the entire circumference of the sewer
between manholes or access points.

3.03 CCTV PROCEDURES

Procedures for CCTV inspections shall be in accordance with SSPWC Section 500, SSPWC
Regional Supplement Amendments Section 306 and as noted below:

A. The camera operator shall slow or stop the camera at potential or actual imperfections in
the new main to obtain a high quality video image. Each location where a potential
obstruction or structural deficiency exists shall be identified with accurate distance
measurements above ground from the manhole or access hole.

B. For CCTV inspections on water mains the Contractor shall examine the main to insure the
passage of the camera through all valves and fittings prior to any televising. Mains with
fittings that would obstruct the camera, such as butterfly valves, shall be televised either
prior to the installation of those fittings or from access holes immediately adjacent to the
obstructing fitting, if available.

3.04 CCTV INSPECTION

Structural cracking, excessively deflected joints, protruding joint sealing material, corrosion,
evidence of reverse slope by ponding of water or dips in sewer pipe alignment and any other
defect revealed by the CCTV inspection shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the District
Engineer at the Contractor’s expense.

After defects in the pipe lining or joints are repaired, another video shall be taken of the repaired
section and submitted for approval by the District Engineer.

3.05 DOCUMENTATION

Documentation of CCTV inspections shall be in accordance with SSPWC Section 500, SSPWC
Regional Supplement Amendments Section 306 and as noted below:

A. Audio and written documentation shall accompany all videotape(s) submitted to the
District Engineer.

B. If voice recording is used on the videotape the recording shall have brief informative
comments on unusual conditions, type and size of connection and fitting, collapsed
sections, the presence of scale and corrosion, location and description of each defect,
and other significant data.

C. The Contractor shall prepare an inspection report which shall be a complete written log of
pipe conditions, indexed to the footage counter. The Contractor shall turn over the
original videotape and written reports to the District Engineer at completion of the
inspection.

END OF SECTION

Closed-Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspections

Standard Specifications 15045 - 3 of 3 Revised: 11/01/2002
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15056 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials and installation of ductile-iron pipe and fittings for potable and
recycled water systems.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

ASTM A 307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs
ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement
ASTM A 536 - Standard Specifications for Ductile Iron Castings
AWWA C104 - Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Pipe and Fittings for Water mains
AWWA C105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe
AWWA C110 - Ductile Iron Fittings
AWWA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
AWWA C115 - Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Threaded Flanges
AWWA C150 - Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe
AWWA C151 - Ductile Pipe, Centrifugally Cast
AWWA C153 - Ductile Iron Compact Fittings
AWWA C217 - Cold-Applied Petroleum Wax Tape Coatings
AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains
AWWA C602 - Cement-Mortar Lining of Water Pipelines
AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Type Joints

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02223, 03000, 09910, 13110, 15000, 15044, 15061, 15064,
15108, and 15112.

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

Ductile-iron pipe shall be used only in specific locations shown on the plans. If ductile-iron pipe is
to be used in the place of PVC pipe, a cathodic protection system may be required.

Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

Standard Specifications 15056 - 1 of 9 Revised: 03/01/2006
1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. General:

1. Ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be manufactured per AWWA C110, C111,
C115, C150, C151, and C153. Gray-iron and cast-iron fittings or flanges shall
not be used.

2. Joints for ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall be mechanical, flanged, or push-on in
accordance with AWWA C110, C111, and C153.

3. Except as amended herein, or otherwise shown on the Approved Plans, joints for
ductile-iron pipe and ductile-iron fittings shall have a pressure rating equal to or
greater than the adjacent piping.

4. Joints in buried piping may be of the push-on, flanged or mechanical- joint type
per AWWA C111 except where particularly specified on the Approved Drawings.

5. Joints that are aboveground, within structures, or submerged shall be flanged

unless otherwise shown on the Approved Plans.

B. Unless otherwise specified, ductile-iron flanges shall be in accordance with AWWA

C115, rated at a working pressure of 1,724 KPa (250 psi). Where required in order to
connect to the flanges of 1,724 KPa (250 psi) butterfly valves, or as otherwise shown on
the approved plans, ductile-iron flanges shall be compatible with AWWA C207, Class “F”.

Maximum working pressure of flanges shall as specified in AWWA or ASME/ANSI.

Flanges shall be integrally cast per AWWA C110 or shop-threaded per AWWA C115.
Flanges shall be solid. Hollow-back flanges are not permitted. Gray-iron or cast-iron
flanges are not permitted. Threading of flanges in the field is not permitted.

Where threaded flanges are used, the pipe or spool piece to which they are connected
will be hydrostatically tested in the presence of the Engineer prior to installation. The
pipe section or spool piece shall be hydrostatically tested for 15 minutes at the pressure
rating of the flanges. No leaks shall be permitted.

C. Plain ends shall conform to the requirement of AWWA C151 and to the dimensions
included within AWWA C110 to accept a mechanical joint, push-on joint, flanged coupling
adaptor, flexible coupling, or grooved coupling. Refer to Section 15000 for coupling
descriptions.

D. The exterior surfaces of all pipe and fittings shall be factory coated with a minimum one
(1) mil thick petroleum asphaltic material per AWWA C110 and C151.

E. All pipe and fittings shall be cement-mortar lined in accordance with AWWA C104.
Cement-mortar shall be in accordance with ASTM C 150, Type II or Type V.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The manufacturer of each shipment of pipe shall be required to supply a statement

certifying that each lot or load of pipe and fittings has been subjected to and met the tests
specified for ductile-iron pipe and fittings per AWWA C110, C111, C115, C150, C151,
and C153, as applicable.

Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

Standard Specifications 15056 - 2 of 9 Revised: 03/01/2006
 B. All pipe shall have a home mark on the spigot end to indicate proper penetration when
the joint is made.

C. Ductile-iron pipe shall bear indelible identification markings as required by AWWA C151.

1.07 SUBMITTALS

The following items shall be submitted and reviewed by the District prior to shipping of ductile-
iron pipe and fittings:

A. An affidavit of compliance with AWWA C104, C110, C111, C115, C150, C151, C153, and
the requirements of this specification.

B. Typical joint details.

C. Typical details and description of lining and coating.

D. Calculations supporting selected wall thickness.

E. Calculations demonstrating that each proposed restrained joint arrangement can resist
the applied forces.

F. Cathodic protection materials.

1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Delivery, storage, and handling of ductile-iron pipe and fittings shall follow the recommendations
of AWWA C600 and as specified herein:

A. Handling of pipe shall be performed with lifts, cranes, or other suitable equipment and
devices. Slings, hooks, or pipe tongs shall be padded and used in such a manner as to
prevent damage to the pipe, linings, and coatings. The pipes shall not be dropped or
dragged.

B. During transport, the pipe shall be supported and secured against movement using
padded devices in such a manner to prevent damage.

C. Stored pipe shall be protected from damage and kept free from dirt and foreign materials
by closing the ends of the pipe. Other pipeline materials shall be protected by
appropriate packaging or wrapping. Gaskets shall be stored in a cool location out of
direct sunlight. Bolts, nuts, and washers shall be handled and stored in a dry location in
a manner that will ensure proper use with respect to types and sizes.

D. Pipe laid out for installation shall be placed on earth berms or timber cradles adjacent to
the trench in the numerical order of installation.

E. Maintain plastic end caps on all pipe and fittings in good condition until the pipe is ready
to be installed in the trench. Periodically open the plastic end caps and spray clean
potable water inside the pipe for moisture control.

F. Under no circumstances shall ropes or other handling devices be attached through the
interior of fittings.

Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

Standard Specifications 15056 - 3 of 9 Revised: 03/01/2006
1.09 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Ductile-iron pipe and fittings for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored coating,
purple polyethylene sleeves, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section 15151.

1.10 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

Polyethylene encasement shall be installed for buried ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance
with Section 15000.

1.11 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed for ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance with Section 15000.

1.12 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for ductile-iron pipe and fittings in accordance with
Section 15000.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 DUCTILE-IRON

Ductile-iron pipe and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved
Materials List in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

A. Ductile iron pipe having push-on, mechanical, or plain end connections shall be furnished
within the following classes:

Pipe Diameter Minimum Pressure Class Minimum Thickness Class

Under 6-inch 350 52
6 to 16-inch 350 50
20 to 24-inch 300 50
30 to 36-inch 250 50
42 to 60-inch 200 50

B. Minimum thickness class for pipe having threaded flanges or threaded shoulders shall be
Class 53.

C. Minimum thickness class for pipe having grooved end joints shall be as shown in the
following table unless otherwise noted on the approved Drawings:

Pipe and Fitting Size

(Diameter, in.) Wall Thickness per AWWA C606
16 and smaller Class 53
20 Class 54
24 Class 56

Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

Standard Specifications 15056 - 4 of 9 Revised: 03/01/2006
2.02 GASKETS

A. Mechanical joint rubber gasket configuration and materials shall comply with AWWA
C111 and shall be in accordance with the applicable joint type and pressure rating of the
piping system.

B. Flange gaskets shall be 3.2mm (1/8") thick acrylic or aramid fibers bound with nitrile for
all sizes of pipe. Gaskets shall be full-face type with pre-punched holes.

C. Push-on joint rubber gaskets shall be per AWWA C111.

D. If organic solvents or petroleum products are encountered during the course of the work,
alternate gasket materials or joint treatment may be required by the Engineer.

2.03 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES

Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and shall be selected from the
Approved Materials List.

2.04 JOINT BONDING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION

Joint bonding, flange insulation kits, internal epoxy linings, and cathodic protection materials shall
be provided as indicated on the Approved Plans and in accordance with Section 13110.

2.05 PAINTING AND COATING

A. Buried ductile-iron pipe shall receive an asphaltic coating in accordance with AWWA
C151.

B The District may require alternative coatings based on special conditions and the
Corrosion Engineer’s recommendations. Additional coating requirements shall be shown
on the drawings.

C. Materials for coating of pipe and fittings located above ground and in structures shall be
in accordance Section 09910.

D. Materials for coating buried mechanical joint and hardware shall be in accordance
Section 15000.

2.06 IMPORTED GRANULAR MATERIAL FOR PIPE AND TRENCH ZONES

Imported granular material for use in pipe and trench zones shall be in accordance with Section
02223.

2.07 CONCRETE

Concrete for thrust and anchor blocks shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

Standard Specifications 15056 - 5 of 9 Revised: 03/01/2006
2.08 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

Polyethylene encasement shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the
Approved Materials List.

2.09 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved
Materials List.

2.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected
from the Approved Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including worker break times, ends
of the pipe shall be closed with vermin-proof and child-proof caps or plugs. Do not permit trench
water to enter the pipe. Do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. The
Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary condition free from foreign
materials.

3.02 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING

Trenching, backfilling and compacting shall be performed in accordance with Section 02223.

3.03 DEWATERING

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and
devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering trench excavations
or other parts of the work in accordance with Section 02223. Any damage caused by flooding of
the trench shall be the Contractors responsibility.

Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the
final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. If flooding of the trench does occur, the
Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline
appurtenances or trench materials shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer.

3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION

When the work requires entry of personnel into the pipe, the Contractor shall comply with all
Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work inside pipelines shall not be
undertaken until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of Federal Regulations 1910.146,
and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section

Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

Standard Specifications 15056 - 6 of 9 Revised: 03/01/2006
 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the area is verified as safe to enter.

The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, valves,
supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown on the
Approved Plans and as required to provide a complete and workable installation. Install pipe in
the trench as follows:

A. Inspect each pipe and fitting before lowering the pipe or fitting into the trench. Inspect
the interior and exterior protective coatings. Patch damaged areas in the field with
material recommended by the protective coating manufacturer. Thoroughly clean the
ends of the pipe. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of the pipe and keep pipe
clean during and after installation.

B. Install pipe according to the manufacturer's approved order of installation. Install pipes
uphill if the grade exceeds 10%. Lower the pipe onto the bedding at the proper lines and
grades.

C. The manufacturer's printed installation guide outlining the radius of curvature that can be
negotiated with pipe sections of various lengths shall be followed, except they shall not
exceed the deflections allowed in AWWA C600 according to joint type. Combined
deflections at rubber gasket or flexible coupling joints shall not exceed that
recommended by the manufacturer.

E. The pipe shall have firm bearing along its full length, and bell holes shall be provided at
each joint to permit visual inspection of the joint and prevent the pipe from being
supported by the bell end or coupling.

F. Pipe Assembly:

i. Push-On Type: Assemble the pipe joint using a lubricant selected from the
Approved Materials List. Insert the spigot end into the bell or coupling to the
proper insertion mark. Check that the elastomeric ring has not left the groove
during assembly by passing a feeler gauge around the completed joint. Drive
spigot ends of the pipe into bell ends in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations. Stabbing shall not be permitted.

2. Mechanical Joint Type: Assembly of mechanical joint fittings shall be in

accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations regarding installation.

F. During installation operations, do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe.

G. When pipe installation is not in progress, including worker break times, ends of the pipe
shall be closed with vermin-proof and child-proof caps or plugs. Do not permit trench
water, animals, or foreign material to enter the pipe.

3.05 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT

Polyethylene encasement shall be used for the buried installation of ductile iron pipe and fittings
and shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000.

3.06 FLANGED PIPE AND FITTINGS

Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

Standard Specifications 15056 - 7 of 9 Revised: 03/01/2006
 Flanged connections shall be installed where indicated on the Approved Drawings.

A. Bolt holes shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines.

B. The bolts, nuts and flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire brush prior to
assembly.

C. Bolts and nuts shall be lubricated with a District-approved anti-seize compound.

D. Nuts shall be tightened in an alternating "star" pattern to the manufacturer's

recommended torque.

E. Coat the exterior of exposed flanges, bolts and nuts located aboveground or within vaults
in accordance with Section 09910.

3.07 MECHANICAL JOINT CONNECTIONS

A. Install mechanical joint connections per AWWA C600 and the manufacturer's
recommendations.

B. Prior to installation of the mechanical joint, clean the socket and plain end of the pipe.
Lubricate both the gasket and plain end of the pipe with an approved lubricant per
AWWA C111 immediately prior to slipping the gasket onto the plain end of the pipe.

C. Tighten the bolts to the normal range of bolt torque per the manufacturer's
recommendations and AWWA C600, Table 3, as follows:

Pipe Diameter Bolt Size Range of Torque

75 mm (3") 16 mm (5/8") 61-81 N-M (45-60 ft.-lb.)
100-600 mm (4-24") 19 mm (3/4") 102-122 N-M (75-90 ft.-lb.)
750-900 mm (30-36") 25 mm (1") 136-163 N-M (100-120 ft.-lb.)

3.08 CROSSES AND TEES

A. Each flanged ductile-iron cross shall be installed with flanged ductile-iron pipe spools
between the cross and the valves. The spools are included to position the valves a
sufficient distance from the cross to allow installation of the thrust blocks without
conflicting with the valve actuators.

B. Flanged tees shall be installed with flanged ductile iron spools between the tee and valve
only when butterfly valves are used.

C. The spools shall be 450mm (18”) long for pipe sizes 200mm (8”) through 300mm (12”),
and 600mm (24”) long for pipe sizes 400mm (16”) and larger.

D. The pressure class of the spools shall be equal to or greater than that of adjacent piping.

3.09 JOINT BONDING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION

Bonding of joints to provide continuity, flange insulation kits, internal epoxy linings, and other
cathodic protection items and materials shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in
accordance with the Standard Drawings and Section 13110.

Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

Standard Specifications 15056 - 8 of 9 Revised: 03/01/2006
3.10 COUPLINGS FOR DUCTILE-IRON PIPE

Mechanical-type flexible joints shall be installed where shown on the Approved Drawings.
Grooved couplings shall be used in vaults and above ground. Flexible couplings may be used,
where indicated on the drawings, below ground, but may also be used above ground with
restrained joints. Flanged coupling adapters shall be used for buried pipelines, where allowed by
the District.

A. Grooved joint couplings shall be installed per AWWA C606 and as indicated in Section
15000.

B. Flanged coupling adapters, where allowed by the District, shall be installed per the
manufacturer's recommendations.

C. Flexible couplings shall be installed per Section 15000 and the manufacturer's
recommendations.

D. All couplings for ductile-iron pipe shall be shop-coated in accordance with Section 15000.

3.11 CONCRETE

Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with Section 03000 and the
Standards Drawings. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, refer to Section 03000 for the
minimum concrete curing time required.

3.12 TRACER WIRE

Tracer Wire shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings.

3.13 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings.

3.14 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING

Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section
15041.

3.15 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044.

END OF SECTION

Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings

Standard Specifications 15056 - 9 of 9 Revised: 03/01/2006
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15057 COPPER TUBING, BRASS AND BRONZE PIPE FITTINGS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials and installation of copper tubing, brass and bronze pipe fittings
and appurtenances.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

ANSI B1.1 - Unified Inch Screw Threads

ANSI B1.2 - Gages and Gaging for Unified Inch Screw Threads
ANSI B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)
ANSI B16.24 - Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
ASTM A 307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs
ASTM B 43 - Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes
ASTM B 62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings
ASTM B 88 - Seamless Copper Water Tube
ASTM B 88M - Seamless Copper Water Tube [Metric]
AWWA C800 - Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02222, 02223, 09910, 13110, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056,
15061 and 15064

1.04 SERVICE LATERAL WET TAP CONNECTIONS

The District will perform all wet tap connections to existing pipelines in accordance with Section
15000.

1.05 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Copper Tubing, Brass, and Bronze Pipe Fittings for recycled water shall be identified with purple
color coating, purple polyethylene sleeve, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section
15151.

Copper Tubing, Brass and

Bronze Pipe Fittings
Standard Specifications 15057 - 1 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2006
1.06 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape shall be used for all copper tubing, except that which is bored or
jacked, in accordance with Section 15000.

1.07 SACRIFICIAL ANODES FOR COPPER TUBING

Sacrificial anodes shall be installed and connected to copper tubing where indicated on the
Approved Plans in accordance with Section 13110.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 COPPER TUBING

Copper tubing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 Type K or ASTM B 88 M (Metric)
Type A seamless copper water tube. Copper tubing up to 25mm (1") diameter shall be soft;
50mm (2") shall be soft for below ground installations and/or rigid for aboveground installations.
Components shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in accordance with the Standard
Drawings.

2.02 BRASS PIPE, NIPPLES, AND FITTINGS

Threaded nipples, brass pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM B 43, regular wall thickness.
Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1. Fittings shall be compression type.

2.03 BRONZE APPURTENANCES

A. Corporation stops, curb stops, meter and angle meter stops, meter flange adapters, and
bronze-bodied service saddles shall be selected from the Approved Materials List in
accordance with the Standard Drawings.

B. Fittings shall be compression type.

C. All items specified herein shall be manufactured of bronze conforming to ASTM B 62.

D. Service saddles shall be the double strap type. Service saddles shall be used on all
service and appurtenance connections on PVC piping. For piping materials other than
PVC, service and appurtenance connections shall be performed in accordance with the
Approved Drawings.

2.04 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES

Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List.

2.05 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and shall be

Copper Tubing, Brass and

Bronze Pipe Fittings
Standard Specifications 15057 - 2 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2006
 selected from the Approved Materials List.
2.06 SACRIFICIAL ANODES FOR COPPER TUBING

Sacrificial anodes shall be in accordance with Section 13110 and shall be selected from the
Approved Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 COPPER TUBING AND FITTINGS

A. Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compacting shall be performed in accordance with

Section 02223 and the Standard Drawings. Provide a minimum cover of 760mm (30")
below finished street grade.

B. Cut tubing true and square and remove burrs.

C. Bends in soft copper tubing shall be long sweep. Shape bends with shaping tools.
Form bends without flattening, buckling, or thinning the tubing wall at any point.

D. Assemble copper tubing and fittings per the manufacturer's recommendation in

accordance with the Standard Drawings.

E. Install warning/identification tape in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings.

F. Install sacrificial anodes where indicated on the Approved Plans in accordance with
Section 13110.

3.02 SERVICE SADDLES

A. Service saddles shall be located a minimum of 600mm (24”) from any pipe joint or
fittings.

B. Service saddles for connections shall be located a minimum of 600mm (24”) from other
saddles. Additionally, multiple service saddles for connections that are installed on the
same side of a single pipe length shall be alternately staggered between 10° and 30° to
prevent a weak plane in the pipe.

C. The surface of the pipe shall be clean and all loose material shall be removed to provide
a hard, clean surface.

D. The service saddle shall be tightened in accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations to ensure a tight seal, using care to prevent damage or distortion of
the service saddle or corporation stop due to over-tightening.

E. The tap into the pipe shall be made in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
recommendation. Tapping tools and shell cutters with internal teeth or double slots that
will retain the coupon shall be used.

Copper Tubing, Brass and

Bronze Pipe Fittings
Standard Specifications 15057 - 3 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2006
3.03 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING

Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section
15041.

3.04 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044.

END OF SECTION

Copper Tubing, Brass and

Bronze Pipe Fittings
Standard Specifications 15057 - 4 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2006
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15061 CEMENT-MORTAR LINED AND COATED STEEL PIPE AND SPECIALS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, design, fabrication, and installation of cement-mortar lined and
coated steel pipe and specials.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA C200 - Steel Water Pipe - 150mm (6 inch) and Larger

AWWA C205 - Cement-Mortar Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe 100mm
(4") and larger Shop Applied
AWWA C206 - Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe
AWWA C207 - Steel Pipe Flanges For Waterworks Service 100mm (4") and
larger
AWWA C208 - Dimensions for Fabricated Steel Pipe Fittings
AWWA C217 - Cold-applied Petroleum Tape Coatings
AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints
AWWA M11 - Steel Pipe-Guide for Design and Installation
ASTM A 47/A 47M - Standard Specification for Ferric Malleable Iron Castings
ASTM A 36/A 36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel
ASTM A 53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black & Hot Dipped,
Zinc-Coated, Welded, and Seamless
ASTM A 105 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping
Applications
ASTM A 183 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts
ASTM A 216 - Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for
Fusion Welding for High Temperature Service
ASTM A 283/A 283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile
Strength Carbon Steel Plates
ASTM A 307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs
ASTM A 536 - Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings
ASTM A 568/A 568M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-
Rolled, Structural Quality and Cold Rolled
ASTM D 2000 - Standard Classification System for Rubber Products
ANSI B1.1 - Unified Inch Screw Threads
ANSI B1.2 - Gages and Gaging for Unified Inch Screw Threads
ANSI B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 1 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02223, 03000, 09910, 13110, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15045,
15074, 15100, 15102, 15108, 15112, and 15300.

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

Cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe and specials shall be used only for specific purposes
as shown on the Approved Plans. Generally, cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe shall be
used for transmission mains of 16” or larger.

1.05 SPECIALS

A special is defined as any piece of pipe other than a normal full length of straight pipe. This
includes, but is not limited to, elbows, short pieces, reducers, tees, crosses, spools, sections with
outlets, beveled sections and manholes.

1.06 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. All steel used for pipe or specials shall have a 248 MPa (36,000psi) minimum yield point
unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. See material information concerning steel
designation below.

B. Design stress in steel cylinders shall not exceed 50% of the specified minimum yield
strength of the steel used. The internal operating pressure used for design shall be a
minimum of 1.03 Pa (150psi) or as called for on the Approved Plans, whichever is
greater. If no specific surge analysis has been performed, the internal operating pressure
used in circumferential stress calculations shall include at least a 10% increase for surge
conditions. No allowance shall be made for the tensile strength of the cement mortar
lining and coating.

C. Specials shall be designed per AWWA M11 and as a minimum shall conform to the
pressure rating, grade of steel and cylinder thickness of the adjoining standard pipe
sections. Fitting dimensions shall conform to AWWA C208. Reinforcing collars,
wrappers, crotch plates, and anchor rings shall be designed and fabricated per AWWA
M11.

1. Outlets may be built into the wall of the pipe or may be fabricated as steel plate
specials. Outlets to be installed on straight pipe lengths shall be welded to the
steel cylinder of the pipe prior to application of mortar coating to the cylinder.
Outlets of size 50mm (2") and smaller in piping 100mm (4") and larger shall be of
the threadolet type or shall be extra-heavy half couplings to fit the pipe in
accordance with AWWA M11. Outlets shall be 1360kg (3,000 lb.) WOG forged
steel per ASTM A105. Threads shall comply with ANSI B1.20.1. Outlets larger
than 50mm (2") shall use a tee or nozzle with a flanged outlet. All outlets larger
than 50mm (2") in diameter shall be provided with steel reinforcing collars,
wrapper plates, or crotch plates per AWWA M11. At the option of the
manufacturer, wrappers may be used in place of collars, and crotch plates may
be used in place of collars or wrappers.

2. On 50mm (2") and smaller outlets where nylon insulation bushings are to be
used, the outlet shall be increased in size to accept the bushing.
Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated
Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 2 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
 3. Tees, wyes, and crosses shall be dimensioned in accordance with AWWA C208,
Table 1, or as modified on the Approved Drawings.

4. Bends shall have a minimum radius of not less than 2½ times the pipe diameter
unless otherwise approved by the District Engineer. The maximum deflection at
mitered girth seams shall be 22½E. At the option of the Contractor, a bend may
be welded to the adjacent pipe section.

5. All specials shall be marked at both ends of the fitting with “Field Top” indicators.

D. Minimum cylinder thickness for pipe and specials shall be 6.35mm (0.250" or ¼”) or as
directed by the District Engineer.

The wall thickness tolerances for steel pipe 300mm (12”) diameter and larger shall be
governed by the requirements of the ASTM specifications to which the plates or sheets
are ordered, but in no case shall the thickness be less than 6.35mm (0.250" or ¼”) or as
directed by the District Engineer.

E. Standard pipe sections shall not be less than 6m (20') nor more than 12m (40') in length,
except where shorter lengths are required to fit horizontal and vertical alignment or are
otherwise shown on the Approved Plans.

F. Pipe ends shall be as follows:

1. Bell and Spigot with Rubber Gasket: In accordance with AWWA C200 and
AWWA M11. Bell ends that are pressed or rolled shall be limited to maximum
pipe diameter of 525mm (21") nominal.

2. Lap Welded Joints: Use expanded bell with matching spigot end.

3. Flanges: Flanges for use in construction of Steel Pipe shall be as described

below.

a. AWWA C207, Class D flanges (matching ANSI/ASME B16.1, Class 125

flanges for bolt hole size and drilling) shall be used for pressures up to
1.03 Pa (150 psi).

b. AWWA C207, Class E flanges (matching ANSI/ASME B16.1, Class 125

flanges for bolt hole size and drilling) shall be used for pressures
between 1.03 MPa and 1.72 MPa (150 psi and 250 psi).

c. AWWA C207, Class F flanges (matching ANSI/ASME B16.1, Class 250

flanges for bolt hole size and drilling) shall be used for pressures
between 1.72 MPa and 2.07 MPa (250 psi and 300 psi) or when Class
250 butterfly valves or other appurtenances using flanges corresponding
to AWWA C207 Class F are required.

d. Flanges shall be flat-faced type only. Segmented flanges shall not be

used.

4. Butt Straps: Use two-piece rolled steel straps with a minimum thickness of
6.35mm (¼"), and a minimum width of 250mm (10"). Straps shall be fabricated
to snugly fit over the plain pipe ends, and shall be centered over the ends of the
pipe sections to be joined. Weld one or more standard 125mm (5"), 1361kg
(3000 lb.) threaded half-couplings to the butt strap section as shown on the
Approved Plans. Provide a threaded steel plug for each half-coupling.
Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated
Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 3 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
 5. Grooved-End or Shouldered Couplings: Use square-cut shouldered or grooved
ends per AWWA C606. Grooved-end couplings shall be malleable iron per
ASTM A 47, or ductile-iron per ASTM A 536. Gaskets shall be per ASTM D
2000. Nuts and bolts in exposed service shall conform to ASTM A 183, 758.43
MPa (110,000 psi) tensile strength.

6. Flexible Pipe Couplings: Use plain-end pipe with flexible pipe couplings per
AWWA C200. Provide joint harnesses per AWWA M11 where indicated on the
Approved Plans.

G. Angles or Curves in Alignment:

Minor changes of direction in the grade or alignment may be made by a deflection in the
joint up to a maximum of 19mm (¾“) on one side of the joint. For greater angular
deflections, pipe with ends beveled up to a maximum of 5 degrees measured from a
plane perpendicular to the pipe’s axis may be used. The short point on the bevel shall be
so marked on the pipe. Pipe length shorter than 6m (20’) may be used on curves.
Where curves that have a shorter radius than can be accommodated by beveled pipe are
required, or where indicated on the Approved Plans, special short-radius bends shall be
provided.

H. Mortar Coating and Lining:

Use coatings and linings conforming to AWWA C205, except as noted below. All exterior
metal surfaces intended for direct buried service shall be coated.

1. Minimum Coating Thickness shall be as follows:

Coating Thickness Tolerance

31.8mm (1¼") -1.59mm, + 3.18mm (-1/16", +1/8")

2. Minimum Lining Thickness shall be as follows:

a. Pipelines 400mm (16”) and smaller:

Lining Thickness Tolerance

7.94mm (5/16”) -1.59mm, +3.18mm (-1/16”, +1/8”)

b. Pipelines 450mm (18”) and larger:

Lining Thickness Tolerance

19.05mm (3/4”) -1.59mm, + 3.18mm (-1/16”, +1/8”)

I. The exterior surfaces of areas of pipes and fittings that are not mortar coated, such as
flanges, grooved ends, or plain ends for butt-straps or flexible couplings, shall be
sandblasted in accordance with SSPC-SP10 - Near White Blast Cleaning, and coated in
accordance with Section 15000.

J. The term "diameter of pipe" as used in these specifications or as shown on the Approved
Plans shall mean the net inside diameter of the mortar lining.

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 4 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe shall be inspected at the supplier’s
manufacturing plant by the District Engineer. Developer shall be responsible for District
Engineer’s expenses, including travel, time, meals and overnight accommodations.
Overnight accommodations and air travel may be required, at the discretion of the
Engineer, if the manufacturing plant is more than 100 miles from the District Engineer’s
office.

B. In addition to the shop hydrostatic testing performed on pipe cylinders required per
AWWA C200, all welds of specials and attachments (i.e. joint rings and nozzles) shall be
tested by a dye-penetrate process. Certification of such testing shall be submitted to the
District.

C. Field welders shall be certified under Section IX, Part A of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code or in accordance with AWWA C206, Section 3. Welders shall present a
copy of their certification to the District prior to performing any field welding.
Certifications shall be dated within three (3) years of the job to be performed.

D. Plainly mark each length of straight pipe and each special at the bell end to identify the
proper location of the pipe item by reference to the layout schedule.

E. The top of all pipe and specials shall be clearly identified by marking the top with “T.O.P.”
for easy identification in the field.

F. Closed-Circuit Television Inspection: A closed-circuit television (CCTV) inspection shall

be performed by Contractor on all steel pipe 36” and smaller in accordance with Section
15045.

1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Delivery, storage, and handling of the pipe and specials shall be as follows:

A. Pipe and fittings shall be carefully handled and shall be protected against damage to
linings and coatings due to impact shocks Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough
ground but shall be supported in a manner which will protect the pipe against injury
whenever stored at the site or elsewhere. Pipe shall be handled and stored per these
requirements and in accordance with the Manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Temporary internal bracing shall be installed in all pipe 400mm (16") and larger prior to
shipment to the job site. Temporary internal bracing shall be 100mm x 100mm (4" x 4")
wooden struts installed in both the horizontal and vertical directions. Each set of struts
shall be nailed together as a unit. Wooden wedges may be used to maintain the proper
tight fit of the internal bracing. The bracing shall be located 300mm (12") in from each
end of the pipe section for all pipe, and additionally at the mid-point for piping600mm
(24") and larger. Maintain internal bracing as specified under Pipe Installation.

C. Transport pipe to the job site on padded bunks with nylon tie-down straps or padded
bonding to protect the pipe.

D. Pipes and specials shall only be handled with appropriate spreader bars and wide nylon
slings. Chains or wire rope slings shall not be used. Under no circumstances shall pipe
or specials be pushed or dragged along the ground. All pipe sections over 6m (20') in
length shall be lifted at the quarter points from each end.

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 5 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
 E. Store pipe on earth berms or timber cradles adjacent to the trench in the numerical order
of installation. Place the supports at about the one-quarter point from the pipe ends.

F. Maintain plastic end caps on all pipe and specials in good condition until the pipe is ready
to be installed in the trench. Periodically open the plastic end caps and spray potable
water inside the pipe for moisture control.

1.09 SUBMITTALS

The following items shall be submitted to the District for review and approval prior to fabrication of
steel pipe and specials:

A. An affidavit of compliance with AWWA C200 and C205.

B. Tabulated layout schedule including:

1. Order of installation and closures.

2. Pipe station and bottom of pipe (BOP) elevation at each change of grade and
alignment.

3. Elements of curves and bends, both in horizontal and vertical alignment.

4. Pipe internal diameter, wall thickness, and internal design pressure.

5. Locations of bulkheads for field hydrostatic testing. (Testing against valves shall
not be permitted).

6. Locations of closures, including cut-to-fit allowances, for length adjustment and

for construction convenience.

7. Locations of valves, flanges, appurtenances and other mechanical equipment.

C. Details of all specials, and of the lining and coating.

D. Calculations supporting the sizing of reinforcing collar plates, wrapper plates or crotch
plates.

E. Calculations supporting selected wall thickness of pipe and specials.

F. Calculations supporting welded joint design and joint welding details.

G. Current shop welder and field welder certifications.

H. Mill test reports on each heat from which steel is rolled, at the discretion of the District
Engineer.

I. Certification of dye-penetrate shop-weld testing.

J. Cathodic Protection design and installation details.

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 6 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
1.10 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Cement-mortar lined and coated steel pipe and specials for recycled water shall be identified with
purple colored coating, purple polyethylene sleeves, identification labels, or signs in accordance
with Section 15151.

1.11 WAX TAPE

Wax tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 13100 as shown on the Approved Plans
or as directed by the District Engineer.

1.12 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed on all cement-mortar lined and coated steel potable and recycled
water mains in accordance with Section 15000.

1.13 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed on all cement-mortar lined and coated steel potable
and recycled water mains in accordance with Section 15000.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 STEEL PIPE AND SPECIALS

Steel pipe and specials shall conform to the requirements of the AWWA C200 and C205, and
AWWA M11, except as modified herein.

A. Steel for fabricated cylinders shall conform to ASTM A 36/A 36M, ASTM A 283/ A 283M,
Grade D, or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Grade 36. Other steel grades may be used only
upon approval of the District Engineer.

2.02 MORTAR LINING AND COATING

A. Cement used in mortar lining and coating shall be Portland Cement per ASTM C 150,
Type V for coating and Type II or Type V for lining.

B. Cement-mortar coating shall be reinforced in accordance with AWWA C205.

C. Cement mortar grout for field joints shall consist of a mixture of 1½ to 2 parts sand to 1
part Type II or Type V Portland Cement with enough clean, potable water to permit
packing and troweling without crumbling. The sand shall be washed, well-graded sand
such that all will pass a No. 8 sieve. The quantity of water to be used in the preparation
of grout shall be the minimum required to produce a mixture sufficiently workable for the
purpose intended. Grout shall attain a minimum compressive strength of 12.4 MPa
(1,800 psi) in 28 days.

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 7 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
 D. In certain circumstances, rapid-setting mortar may be required. Acceleration admixtures
may be used in the mix as permitted by the District Engineer. Calcium chloride shall not
be used in the mix.

2.03 PAINTING AND COATING

A. Paint and coating products for exterior surfaces of all pipe and appurtenances not
otherwise mortar-coated shall be in accordance with Section 09910 and the Approved
Materials List.

B. Paint and coating products for areas in contact with potable water such plain ends of
pipe, grooved and shouldered ends of pipe and exposed inside surfaces of threaded
outlets and blind flanges shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from
the Approved Materials List.

2.04 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES

Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List.

2.05 GASKETS

A. Rubber-ring gaskets shall comply with AWWA C200 according to the applicable joint type
and pressure rating of the piping system.

B. Flange gaskets shall comply with AWWA C207. Flange gaskets shall be 3.18mm (⅛")
thick acrylic or aramid fibers bound with nitrile for all sizes of pipe. Gaskets shall be full-
face type with pre-punched holes or ring-type extending to the inner edge of the bolt
circumference of the flange.

C. In the event of encountering organic solvents or petroleum products during the course of
the work, alternate gasket materials or joint treatment will be required as directed by the
District Engineer.

2.06 JOINT BONDING AND CATHODIC PROTECTION

Joint bonding, flange insulation kits, internal epoxy linings, and cathodic protection materials shall
be provided as indicated on the Approved Plans and in accordance with Section 13110 and the
Approved Materials List.

2.07 IMPORTED GRANULAR MATERIAL FOR PIPE AND TRENCH ZONES

The imported granular material for use in pipe and trench zones shall be in accordance with
Section 02223.

2.08 CONCRETE

Concrete used for thrust and anchor blocks shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 8 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
2.09 WAX TAPE

Wax tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 13110 and the Approved Materials List.

2.10 CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEVISION INSPECTIONS

The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials required for CCTV inspections in
accordance with Section 15045.

2.11 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List.

2.12 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the
Approved Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including worker break times, the
ends of the pipe shall be closed with a vermin-proof and child-proof cap or plug. Do not permit
trench water to enter the pipe. Do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe. The
Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary condition free from foreign
materials.

3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION

Trenching, backfilling and compaction shall be performed in accordance with Section 02223.

3.03 DEWATERING

The Contractor shall provide, and maintain at all times during construction, ample means and
devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from any source entering trench excavations
or other parts of the work in accordance with Section 02223. Any damage caused by flooding of
the trench shall be the Contractors responsibility.

Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the
final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. If flooding of the trench does occur, the
Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline
appurtenances shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer.

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 9 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION

When the work requires and the size of the pipe allows entry of personnel into the pipe, the
Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work
inside pipelines shall not be undertaken until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of
Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of
Regulations, Title 8, Section 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the area is
verified as safe to enter. Generally, the aforementioned safety provisions apply to pipe 600mm
(24") and larger. Note that for pipe less than 600mm (24") diameter, more stringent safety
procedures apply.

The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, valves,
supports, bolts, nuts, gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown on the
Approved Plans and as required to provide a complete and workable installation.

Pipe installation shall be as shown on the Approved Plans and Shop Drawings in accordance
with the following:

A. No pipe shall be installed where the linings or coatings show cracks that may be harmful
as determined by the District Engineer. Such damaged linings and coatings shall be
repaired or new, undamaged pipe sections shall be provided.

B. Pipe damaged prior to Substantial Completion shall be repaired or replaced by the

Contractor.

C. The Contractor shall inspect each pipe and fitting to insure that there are no damaged
portions of the pipe. The Contractor shall remove or smooth out any burrs, gouges, weld
splatter, or other small defects prior to laying the pipe.

D. Before placement of pipe in the trench, each pipe or fitting shall be thoroughly cleaned of
any foreign substance which may have collected thereon and shall be kept clean at all
times thereafter. For this purpose, the openings of all pipes and fittings in the trench
shall be closed during any interruption to the work as noted above.

E. Pipe shall be laid directly on the bedding material. No blocking will be permitted, and the
bedding shall be such that it forms a continuous, solid bearing for the full length of the
pipe. Excavations shall be made as needed to facilitate removal of handling devices
after the pipe is laid. Bell holes shall be formed at the ends of the pipe to prevent point
loading at the bells or couplings and to permit visual inspection of the joint. Excavation
shall be made as needed outside the normal trench section at field joints to permit
adequate access to the joints for field connection operations and for application of
coatings on field joints.

F. Installation Tolerances: Each section of pipe shall be laid in the order and position
shown on the approved layout schedule to the proper lines and grades in accordance
with the following:

1. Each section of pipe having a nominal diameter less than 1200mm (48”) shall be
laid not to vary more than 50mm (2”) horizontally or 25mm (1”) vertically from the
alignment and elevations shown on the Approved Plans.

2. Each section of pipe having nominal diameter 1200mm (48”) and larger shall be
laid not to vary more than five percent (5%) of the pipe diameter horizontally or
two and one half percent (2.5%) of the pipe diameter vertically.

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 10 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
 3. In addition to the horizontal and vertical tolerances above, lay the pipe so that no
high or low points occur along the pipeline other than those shown on the
approved layout schedule.

G. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other
causes, the District Engineer may change the alignment and/or the grades. Such
change shall be made by the deflection of joints, by the use of bevel adapters, or by the
use of additional fittings. However, in no case shall the deflection in the joint exceed
seventy five percent (75%) of the maximum deflection recommended by the pipe
manufacturer. No joint shall be deflected any amount that will be detrimental to the
strength and water tightness of the finished joint. In all cases the joint opening, before
finishing with the protective mortar inside the pipe, shall be the controlling factor.

H. Pipes shall be laid uphill on grades exceeding 10 percent. Pipe that is laid on a downhill
grade shall be blocked and held in place until the following pipe section has been
installed to provide sufficient support to prevent movement.

I. Temporary internal pipe bracing shall be left in place in pipe sizes larger than 600mm
(24”) until pipe zone compaction has have been completed. Bracing in pipe smaller than
600mm (24”) may be removed immediately after the pipe has been laid into the trench.
The Contractor shall employ a laboratory to monitor pipe deflection by measuring pipe
inside diameter before bracing is removed and 24 hours after struts are removed. Pipe
deflection shall not exceed 3 percent in 24 hours after the bracing has been removed.
After the backfill has been placed, the struts shall be removed.

J. Cold Weather Protection: No pipe shall be installed upon a foundation onto which frost
has penetrated or at any time that there is a danger of the formation of ice or penetration
of frost at the bottom of the excavation. No pipe shall be laid unless it can be established
that the trench will be backfilled prior to formation of ice and frost.

K. Pipe and Specials Protection: The openings of all pipe and specials where the pipe and
specials have been mortar-lined in the shop shall be protected with suitable bulkheads to
maintain a moist atmosphere and to prevent unauthorized access by persons, animals,
water, or any undesirable substance. The bulkheads shall be designed to prevent drying
out of the interior of the pipe. The Contractor shall introduce water into the pipe to keep
the mortar moist where moisture has been lost due to damaged bulkheads.

3.05 FIELD WELDED JOINTS

A. Welded joints shall be completed in the trench per AWWA C206.

B. Both the bell and spigot ends shall be cleaned of foreign matter prior to welding.

C. For pipe diameters less than 600mm (24") the exterior of the joint shall be welded. For
pipe diameter 600mm (24") and larger, the joint shall be welded in accordance with the
approved submittal. All welded joints shall remain exposed until inspection has been
performed.

D. Welding electrodes shall be as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Typically,

electrodes shall be E6010 for root passes and E7018 for additional passes. Do not
deposit more than 3.2mm (1/8") of throat thickness per pass.

E. Weld material shall be deposited in successive layers. Complete and clean each pass
Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated
Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 11 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
 around the entire circumference of the pipe before commencing the next pass.

F. The minimum number of passes in the completed weld shall be as follows:

Steel Cylinder Thickness Fillet Weld Minimum

mm (inches) Number of Passes
6.35 or less (0.2500 or 1/4”) 2
Greater than 6.35 (0.2500 or 1/4”) 3

G. To minimize longitudinal stresses due to temperature variations, it is necessary to leave

unwelded one joint per each 120m (400’) of pipeline. This joint shall be left unwelded
until all the joints on both sides of it are welded, and it shall be welded at the coolest time
of the working day. The District Engineer shall decide if and when this procedure is
warranted.

H. Tack-welding the joint may be permitted to hold the pipe in place. If the joint is to be
circumferentially welded, sufficient time shall elapse to allow for an initial set of interior
joint lining prior to proceeding with joint welding. Rapid-setting mortar may be used in
accordance with this Section. In some cases, the District Engineer may require hand
holes.

I. Field welders shall be certified in accordance with ASME Section 9 (pipe welders) or
AWS D1.1 (plate welders). Welders shall present a copy of their certification to the
District Engineer prior to performing any field welding.

J. Prior to butt-strap welding, the pipe and pipe joint shall be properly positioned in the
trench using line-up damps so that, in the finished joint, the abutting pipe sections shall
not be misaligned by more than 1.59mm (1/16”).

K. The pipe ends shall be cut straight on joints where butt straps are used for realignment,
adjustment, or deflection, and fillet welds shall be made as indicated.

L. Inspection of Field Welded Joints:

1. The District shall arrange for the welds to be inspected. Inspection of welds shall
take place as soon as possible following the completion of the welds.

2. The Contractor shall coordinate and supply ventilation, lighting, and other
equipment deemed necessary for inspection. The Contractor shall be
responsible for providing safe entry into and out of the trench, safety of
inspection personal, traffic control and other safety precautions deemed
necessary for the inspections.

3.06 INTERIOR JOINT FINISH - PIPE LESS THAN 600mm (24")

Complete interior mortar joints for pipe sizes less than 600mm (24") by drawing through a tight-
fitting swab or squeegee. Coat the face of the cement mortar lining at the bell with a sufficient
amount of stiff cement mortar to fill the gap. Immediately after joining the pipes, draw the swab
through the pipe to remove all excess mortar and expel it from the open pipe end. Do not move
the pipe after the swab has been pulled past the joint. See requirements under "Field Welded
Joints" for these joints requiring welding.

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 12 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
3.07 INTERIOR JOINT FINISH - PIPE 600mm (24") AND LARGER

A. Complete interior mortar joints for pipe sizes 600mm (24") and larger by the trowel
method. Prior to applying interior mortar at the joints all backfill in the area shall be
completed. After cleaning the interior joint, pack cement mortar into each joint. Finish
the surface with a steel trowel to a smooth finish and equal thickness to match the
adjoining pipe mortar.

B. Where more than a 100mm (4") joint strip of mortar is required, place galvanized welded
wire mesh reinforcement in 50mm x 100mm (2" x 4”) pattern of No. 13 gauge over the
exposed steel. Install the mesh so that the wires on the 50mm (2") spacing direction run
circumferentially around the pipe. Crimp the wires on the 100mm (4") spacing to support
the mesh 9.5mm (3/8") from the metal surface. Steel-trowel finish the interior mortar to
match adjoining mortar-lined pipe sections.

3.08 CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEVISION INSPECTIONS

Closed-circuit television inspections shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with

Section 15045.

3.09 EXTERIOR JOINT FINISH

A. The outside annular space between pipe sections shall be completely filled with grout
formed by the use of polyethylene foam-lined fabric bands. The grout space shall be
flushed with water prior to filling so that the surfaces of the joint to be in contact with the
grout will be thoroughly moistened when the grout is poured. The joint shall be filled with
grout by pouring from one side only. Grout shall be rodded with a wire or other flexible
rod or vibrated so that the grout completely fills the joint recess by moving down one side
of the pipe, around the bottom of the pipe and up the opposite side. Pouring and rodding
the grout shall be continued to allow completion of the filling of the entire joint recess in
one operation. Care shall be taken to leave no unfilled space. Grouting of the outside
joint spaces shall be kept as close behind the laying of the pipe as possible except that in
no case shall grouting be closer than three joints of the pipe being laid.

B. The grout bands or heavy-duty diapers shall be polyethylene foam-lined fabric with steel
strapping of sufficient strength to hold the fresh mortar, resist nodding of the mortar, and
allow excess water to escape. The foam plastic shall be 100 percent closed cell,
chemically inert, insoluble in water and resistant to acids, alkalis and solvents. Foam
Plastic shall be Dow Chemical Company, Ethafoam 222, or equal.

The fabric backing shall be cut and sewn into 224mm (9”) wide strips with slots for the
steel strapping on the outer edges. The polyethylene foam shall be cut into strips
150mm (6”) wide and slit to a thickness of 6.35mm (¼”) that will expose a hollow or open-
cell surface on one side. The foam liner shall be attached to the fabric backing with the
open or hollow cells facing towards the pipe. The foam strip shall cover the full interior
circumference of the grout band with sufficient length to permit a 200mm (8”) overlap of
the foam at or near the top of the pipe joint. Splices to provide continuity of the material
will be permitted. The polyethylene foam material shall be protected from direct sunlight.

The polyethylene foam-lined grout band shall be centered over the joint space with
approximately equal widths extending over each pipe end and securely attached to the
Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated
Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 13 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
 pipe with the steel straps. After filling the exterior joint space with grout, the flaps shall be
closed and overlapped in a manner that fully encloses the grout with polyethylene foam.
The grout band shall remain in position on the pipe joint.

C. Following grouting, the joint shall be wrapped with two layers of polyethylene
encasement in accordance with per Section 15000.

3.10 BUTT STRAP JOINTS

Butt strap closure joints shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance
with AWWA C206.

A. Butt straps shall be field welded to the outside plain end of the pipe along both edges
with a full circumferential weld. A minimum of two weld passes shall be used.

B. The interior of the joints shall be filled with a rapid-set mortar and finished off smoothly to
match the pipe interior diameter.

C. Clean the butt strap with a wire brush and apply a cement and water wash coat prior to
applying cement mortar.

D. Galvanized wire mesh, 50mm x 100mm (2" x 4”) x No. 13 gauge shall be installed to the
exterior of the joint prior to applying the mortar coating.

E. Coat the exterior of the closure assemblies with mortar to cover all steel with a minimum
of 32mm (1¼”).

F. Seal weld the steel plug to the hand hole after the interior of the joint has been inspected
and approved by the District Engineer.

G. Following grouting, the joint shall then be wrapped with two layers of polyethylene
encasement in accordance with Section 15000.

3.11 FLANGED CONNECTIONS

Flanged connections shall be installed where indicated on the Approved Plans.

A. Bolt holes shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines.

B. The bolts, nuts and flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire brush prior to
assembly.

C. Bolts and nuts shall be lubricated with a District-approved anti-seize compound.

D. Nuts shall be tightened in an alternating "star" pattern to the manufacturer's

recommended torque.

E. Slip-on type flanges intended for field fit-up and welding shall be welded inside and
outside in accordance with AWWA C207.

F. Coat the exterior of exposed flanges, bolts and nuts in accordance with Section 09910.

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 14 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
3.12 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS

Flanged coupling adapters shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations. Bolts shall be tightened with a torque wrench in the presence of the District
Engineer to the torque recommended by the manufacturer.

3.13 JOINT BONDING/CATHODIC PROTECTION INSULATION

Bonding of joints to provide continuity, flange insulation kits, internal epoxy linings, and other
cathodic protection items and materials shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans in
accordance with the Standard Drawings and Section 13110.

3.14 WAX TAPE

Wax tape shall be installed as shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District
Engineer in accordance with Section 13110 and the Standard Drawings.

3.15 CONCRETE

Where required, concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with Section
03000 and as shown on the Approved Plans. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, refer to
Section 03000 for the minimum concrete curing time required.

3.16 TRACER WIRE

Tracer Wire shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings.

3.17 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings.

3.18 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING

Disinfection, bacteriological testing, and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section
15041.

3.19 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044.

3.20 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

A. Exterior surfaces of all pipe and appurtenances not otherwise mortar-coated shall be field
painted in accordance with Section 09910.
Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated
Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 15 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
 B. Areas in contact with potable water such plain ends of pipe, grooved and shouldered
ends of pipe and exposed inside surfaces of threaded outlets and blind flanges shall be
coated in accordance with Section 15000.

END OF SECTION

Cement-Mortar Lined and Coated

Steel Pipe and Specials
Standard Specifications 15061 - 16 of 16 Revised: 07/30/2007
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15064 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PRESSURE PIPE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials and installation procedures for polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure
pipe. Generally, this section refers to the materials and procedures for installing pipe and
appurtenances for potable and recycled water systems.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 In.
Through 12 In. (100mm Through 300mm), for Water Transmission and
Distribution
AWWA C905 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 In.
Through 48 In. (350mm Through 1,200mm), for Water Transmission and
Distribution
AWWA M23 - PVC Pipe - Design and Installation
Uni-Bell - Handbook of PVC Pipe Design and Construction

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 02223, 03000, 09910, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15074,
15100, 15102, 15108, and 15300

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

A. PVC pipe will be used to transport and distribute potable water or recycled water as
indicated on the Approved Plans.

B. In accordance with their AWWA designations PVC pipe shall be used for pipe sizes as
follows:

1. 100mm (4”) C900 PVC pipe shall be used for the installation of appurtenances
such as air valves, blowoffs and fire services.

2. C900 PVC pipe shall be used for mains and related appurtenances sized 150mm
(6”) through 300mm (12").

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe

Standard Specifications 15064 - 1 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
 3. C905 PVC pipe shall be used for mains sized 350mm (14") through 900mm
(36”).

1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. PVC pipe shall have common profiles for inter-changeability between rough-barrel
dimensions, couplings, ends, and elastomeric gaskets to facilitate future repairs. When
assembled, the pipe shall have only one gasket per bell and spigot end, and/or two
gaskets per coupling.

B. PVC pipe shall be provided in standard 6.10m (20') lengths, unless otherwise detailed or
required on the Approved Plans. When deep trenches or shoring restrictions hinder the
use of the standard length sections, the use of 3.05m (10') and 4.57m (15') lengths shall
be allowed. Random lengths shall not exceed 15% of the total length provided.

C. The minimum length of PVC pipe sections used for tie-ins and stub-outs shall be three (3)
times the pipe diameter or 1200mm (48”), whichever is longer, unless otherwise
approved by the District Engineer.

D. Horizontal Radius: In areas where it is required to lay the pipe along a curve, the use of
deflection couplings will be used to form the arc. The pipe shall not be bent to form the
arc, nor shall the pipe be deflected within integral bells or ductile-iron fittings. Deflection
couplings shall be limited to use only on 150mm through 300mm (6”-12”), AWWA C900
PVC pipe. Unless otherwise approved by the District Engineer, PVC pipe shall be
installed using 5 deflection couplings (2½° at each bell) to form arcs with radii no less
than the minimums noted below:

Pipe Length Used Minimum Radius

6.10m (20') 69.80m (229')

3.05m (10') 35.05m (115')
Combination (refer to Section 3) 23.16m (76')

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The manufacturer of each shipment of pipe shall be required to supply a statement

certifying that each lot or load of pipe has been subjected to the tests specified for PVC
pipe, and has been found to meet all the requirements of AWWA C900 and/or C905 as
applicable.

B. PVC pipe shall carry a current certification of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)
as acceptable to use in the transport of potable water.

C. PVC pipe and couplings shall bear indelible identification markings as required by AWWA
C900 and C905. In addition, all pipe shall bear a “home” mark on the spigot end to
indicate proper penetration when the joint is made. PVC pipe for recycled water systems
shall be purple. The pipe markings for PVC pipe for recycled water systems shall include
the designation “RECYCLED WATER” in addition to the standard factory labels required
by AWWA.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. PVC pipe shall be stored in suppliers' yards and on the job site in accordance with
AWWA M23 and the manufacturer's recommendations. Store PVC pipe in the field by

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe

Standard Specifications 15064 - 2 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
 supporting the pipe uniformly in accordance with AWWA M23. Pipe shall not be stacked
higher that 1.22m (4’) or with weight on the bell ends.

B. Cover stored PVC pipe with an opaque material to protect it from the sun's ultraviolet
radiation. PVC pipe that has been subjected to excess ultraviolet radiation as identified
by color fading or chalking shall not be used. The determination as to the acceptability of
PVC pipe shall rest solely with the District Engineer.

C. PVC pipe that has been contaminated in any way with petroleum products (on the inside
or outside of the pipe) shall not be used.

1.08 SERVICE SADDLES FOR PVC PIPE

Service saddles shall be used for installation of pipe appurtenances 50mm (2”) and smaller in
accordance with Section 15057. Note that the District will perform all wet tap connections to
existing mains in accordance with Section 15000..

1.09 FITTINGS

Ductile-iron fittings shall be used for installation of pipe appurtenances 100mm (4”) and larger in
accordance with Section 15056.

1.10 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed for all PVC water mains, whether potable or recycled, in accordance
with Section 15000.

1.11 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for all PVC water mains, whether potable or
recycled, in accordance with Section 15000.

1.12 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

PVC pipe for recycled water system applications shall be purple. Fittings and pipe
appurtenances installed with PVC mains for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored
coating, purple polyethylene sleeves, identification labels, or signs in accordance with Section
15151.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE

A. PVC pressure pipe and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from
the Approved Materials List. Provide pipe with cast-iron equivalent outside diameter, and
integral wall-thickened bell and spigot ends.

B. PVC pipe in sizes 100mm (4") through 300mm (12") shall comply with the requirements
of AWWA C900, Class 305 (DR14).

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe

Standard Specifications 15064 - 3 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
 C. PVC pipe in sizes 350mm (14") through 900mm (36”) shall comply with the requirements
of AWWA C905, Class 165 (DR 25) or Class 235 (DR18), as shown on the Approved
Plans.

2.02 DEFLECTION COUPLINGS

A. PVC deflection couplings that allow for 2½° deflection at each bell for a maximum of 5°
total deflection are limited to use on 100mm (4”) through 300mm (12”), AWWA C900
PVC Pipe. Deflection couplings shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

B. Deflection couplings for use with AWWA C905 PVC Pipe shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations, and shall be submitted to and approved by the District
Engineer prior to installation.

2.03 FITTINGS

Ductile-iron fittings shall be in accordance with Section 15056 and selected from the Approved
Materials List. The fittings shall have mechanical joint type or push-on type joints manufactured
specifically for PVC pipe.

2.04 IMPORTED GRANULAR MATERIAL FOR PIPE AND TRENCH ZONES

Imported granular material for use in pipe and trench zones shall be in accordance with Section
02223.

2.05 CONCRETE

Concrete used for thrust and anchor blocks shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

2.06 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved
Materials List.

2.07 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape materials be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the
Approved Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including worker break
times, the ends of the pipe shall be closed with a tight-fitting, vermin-proof and child-proof
cap or plug. Do not permit trench water to enter the pipe. Do not place tools, clothing, or
other materials in the pipe. The Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a
sanitary condition free from foreign materials.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe

Standard Specifications 15064 - 4 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
 B. Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving and placing the pipe.
All pipe, fittings, valves, and other pipeline materials shall be lowered into the trench in a
manner that prevents damage. The pipe shall not be dropped, dragged or handled in a
manner that will cause bruises, cracks, or other damage. PVC pipe that has been
gouged or scratched shall be subject to rejection at the discretion of the District Engineer.

C. Where pipe sections less than the standard 6.10m (20 ft) pipe lengths are required, the
pipe sections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation guide
(with the exception of deflection at the bell and spigot) and shall only be used with the
approval of the District Engineer. The minimum pipe length permitted is 1.52m (5'),
except at fittings, stub outs and valves where a 1.2m (4’) minimum length is allowable.

3.02 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION

Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compaction operations shall be performed in accordance with
Section 02223.

3.03 DEWATERING

The Contractor shall provide, and maintain at all times during construction, ample means and
devices to promptly remove and dispose all water from any source entering trench excavations or
other parts of the work in accordance with Section 02223. Any damage caused by flooding of the
trench shall be the Contractors responsibility.

Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the
final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. If flooding of the trench does occur, the
Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline
appurtenances or trench materials shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the District
Engineer.

3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION

When the work requires and the size of the pipe allows entry of personnel into the pipe, the
Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work
inside pipelines shall not be undertaken until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of
Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of
Regulations, Title 8, Section 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the area is
verified as safe to enter.

The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, valves, supports,
bolts, nuts, gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown on the Approved
Plans and as required to provide a complete and workable installation. Install pipe in the trench
as follows:

A. Inspect each section of pipe prior to lowering the pipe into the trench. Thoroughly clean
the ends of the pipe. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of the pipe and keep
clean during and after installation.

B. Install pipe according to the manufacturer's approved order of installation to the proper
lines and grades in accordance with the Approved Plans.

1. Install pipe uphill if the grade exceeds ten percent (10%).

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe

Standard Specifications 15064 - 5 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
 2. Installation tolerances for the pipe shall not vary more than 50mm (2”)
horizontally or 25mm (1”) vertically from the alignment and elevations shown on
the Approved Plans.

3. Install the pipe such that the identification markings on each pipe section are
continuously aligned for the total length of the pipeline alignment. Orient the strip
marking upward to the 12 o’clock position (top) of the trench opening.

C. The pipe shall have firm bearing along its full length, and bell holes shall be provided at
each joint to permit visual inspection of the joint and prevent the pipe from being
supported by the bell end or coupling.

D. The beveled end of the pipe shall be removed prior to insertion into a mechanical joint
fitting.

E. Field cutting and milling shall be performed in accordance with the manufactures written
instructions to equal the quality of shop-fabricated ends..

F. Pipe Assembly:

1. Push on Type: Assemble the pipe joint using a lubricant selected from the
Approved Materials List. Insert the spigot end into the bell or coupling to the
proper insertion mark. Check that the elastomeric ring has not left the groove
during assembly by passing a feeler gauge around the completed joint. Drive
spigot ends of the pipe into bell ends in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations. Stabbing shall not be permitted.

2. Mechanical Joint Type: Assembly of mechanical joint fittings shall be in

accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations regarding installation.

G. Install deflection couplings selected from the Approved Materials List on AWWA C900
pipe for horizontal and vertical changes in direction not greater than 5, and for
installation of C900 pipe through curves. C900 pipe sections of differing lengths may be
used as follows to facilitate the installation of pipelines through curves:

1. Allowable lengths of pipe sections through curves are 6.10m (20’), 3.05m (10’),
or 1.52m (5’) only.

2. No more than two 1.52m (5') pipe sections may be used in succession without
being separated by a 6.10m (20’) or 3.05m (10') section. Pipe layout through
curves is subject to approval by the District Engineer. In no case shall the
minimum radius be less than 23.16m (76').

3. PVC pipe shall not be bent, nor shall PVC pipe be deflected at pipe connections
other than deflection couplings.

H. Methods for changes in direction or installation through curves for AWWA C905 pipe
shall be as shown on the Approved Plans, and shall be submitted to and approved by the
District Engineer prior to installation.

3.05 SUPPORT FOR DUCTILE-IRON FITTINGS AND VALVES

All fittings and valves shall be supported by concrete cradles in accordance with Section 03000
and the Standard Drawings to prevent the fitting or valve weight from being carried entirely by the
PVC pipe.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe

Standard Specifications 15064 - 6 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
3.06 THRUST AND ANCHOR BLOCKS

Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with Section 03000 and the
Standard Drawings. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, refer to Section 03000 for the minimum
concrete curing time required.

Joint restraint systems, in accordance with Section 15000, may be used only where concrete
thrust blocks are not possible and with prior approval of the District Engineer.

3.07 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings.

3.08 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings.

3.09 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING

Disinfection, bacteriological testing and flushing shall in accordance with Section 15041.

3.10 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Field hydrostatic testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044.

END OF SECTION

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe

Standard Specifications 15064 - 7 of 7 Revised: 02/01/2008
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15065 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) GRAVITY SEWER PIPE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials and installation of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) gravity sewer pipe and
fittings.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

ASTM D 2321 - Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other
Gravity-Flow Applications
ASTM D 3034 - Type PSM Poly (vinyl chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings
ASTM F 679 - PVC Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings
ASTM F 789 - Type PS-46 PVC Plastic Gravity Flow Sewer Pipe And Fittings
California Administrative Code, Title 22
SSPWC - Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Green Book)
UNI-B-5 - Recommended Practice for the Installation of PVC Sewer Pipe
Uni-Bell - Handbook of PVC Pipe Design and Construction

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 01000, 02223, 03000, 03461, 15000, 15043, 15045

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

A. PVC gravity sewer pipe will be used to convey sewage as indicated on the Approved
Plans.

B. In accordance with their ASTM designations PVC gravity sewer pipe shall be used for
pipe sizes as follows:

1. 100mm (4”) SDR-35 pipe shall be used for the installation of 100mm (4”) gate
wells in water applications.

2. Sewer Laterals: Sewer laterals shall be as indicated on the Approved Plans with
a minimum size of 100 mm (4").

3. Sewer Mains: Sewer mains shall be as indicated on the Approved Plans with a

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe

Standard Specifications 15065 - 1 of 10 Revised: 07/30/2007
 minimum size of 200mm (8").

1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. PVC pipe shall have common profiles for inter-changeability between rough-barrel
dimensions, couplings, ends, and elastomeric gaskets to facilitate future repairs. When
assembled, the pipe shall have only one gasket per bell and spigot end, and/or two
gaskets per coupling.

B. Pipe, fittings, couplings, and joints shall comply with the size, dimensions, materials, and
performance requirements of the following ASTM designations:

100mm (4") through 375mm (15") ASTM D 3034, SDR 35

450mm (18") through 675mm (27") ASTM F 679, SDR 35 (T-I)
530mm (21") through 1200mm (48") ASTM F 794, Closed Profile

C. Sewer pipe shall be furnished in standard 3.96m or 6.10m (13' or 20') lengths, unless
otherwise detailed or required on the Approved Plans. Random lengths may be
furnished but shall not exceed 15% of the total footage.

D. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for the minimum allowable radius for the
size of pipe used.

E. All pipe, fittings, and couplings shall be clearly marked in accordance with ASTM D3034,
F679, and F794, respectively.

F. All pipe shall have a home mark on the spigot end to indicate proper penetration when
the joint is made.

G. The bell and spigot configuration for the fittings and couplings shall be compatible with
those used for the pipe.

H. Minimum length of PVC pipe sections used for tie-ins and stub-outs shall be 900mm
(36”), unless otherwise approved by the District Engineer.

I. Curves will be allowed in the sewer usually to match the curve of the road in which the
sewer main is to be installed. Curves in sewer pipe shall be as recommended by the
pipe manufacturer with a minimum radius of 61m (200’).

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The manufacturer of each shipment of pipe shall be required to supply a statement

certifying that each lot or load of pipe has been subjected to the tests specified for PVC
gravity sewer pipe. Tests shall show that the pipe has been found to meet all the
requirements of ASTM D3034, F679, and/or F794 as applicable.

B. PVC pipe shall carry a current certification of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF)
as acceptable to use in the transport of potable water.

C. PVC pipe and couplings shall bear indelible identification markings as required by ASTM
D3034, F679, and/or F794 and as follows:

1. All pipe, fittings, and couplings shall be clearly marked at an interval not to
exceed 1.52m (5’) as follows:

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe

Standard Specifications 15065 - 2 of 10 Revised: 07/30/2007
 a. Nominal pipe diameter.

b. PVC cell classification.

c. Company, plant, date of manufacture, ASTM and SDR designation.

Fittings and couplings do not require the SDR designation.

d. Service designation or legend.

2. All pipe shall have home marks on the spigot ends to indicate proper penetration
when joints are made.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. PVC pipe shall be stored in suppliers' yards and on the job site in accordance with
AWWA M23 and the manufacturer's recommendations. PVC pipe that has been
subjected to excessive ultraviolet radiation from the sun shall not be used. The
determination as to the acceptability of PVC pipe faded by the sun's radiation shall rest
solely with the District Engineer.

B. Store PVC pipe in the field by supporting the pipe uniformly per AWWA M23. Do not
stack pipe higher than 1.22m (4’) or stack the pipe with weight on the bell ends. Cover
stored PVC pipe to protect it from the sun's ultraviolet radiation. Any pipe that has been
contaminated with any petroleum products (inside or outside) shall not be installed.

C. Pipe and fittings shall be handled according to manufacturer's recommendations. Proper

care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving and placing the pipe. All pipe,
fittings, and other pipeline materials shall be lowered into the trench in a manner that
prevents damage. The pipe shall not be dropped, dragged or handled in a manner that
will cause bruises, cracks, or other damage. PVC pipe or fittings that have been gouged
or scratched shall be subject to rejection as determined by the District Engineer.

1.08 SADDLE CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SEWER MAINS

Saddle-type connections are used for connecting new sewer laterals to existing sewer mains.
The District shall perform all saddle connections to the existing system in accordance with this
Section.

1.09 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

All PVC pipe sewer mains shall include the installation of Warning/Identification Tape in
accordance with Section 15000.

1.10 CURB IDENTIFICATION MARK FOR SERVICES

The Contractor shall mark the location of each sewer lateral at the curb crossing as described in
Section 15000.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe

Standard Specifications 15065 - 3 of 10 Revised: 07/30/2007
1.11 CLEANOUTS

Size-on-size cleanouts are required at the end of mains 200mm (8”) and smaller that extend no
more than 61m (200’) and have no more than three (3) laterals installed at or near the end of the
main. Manholes are required at the ends of mains larger than 200mm (8”), or on mains which
have four (4) or more laterals at or near the end, or on mains extending beyond 61m (200’).

1.12 SEWER FORCE MAINS

Sewer force mains are pressure lines and shall be constructed of PVC pipe in accordance with
Section 15064 and the Approved Plans.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. PVC gravity sewer pipe and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected
from the Approved Materials List.

B. PVC pipe in sizes 100mm (4”) through 375mm (15”) shall comply with the requirements
of ASTM D3034, SDR-35.

C. PVC pipe in sizes 450mm (18”) through 675mm (27”) shall comply with the requirements
of ASTM F679, SDR-35 (T-1).

D. PVC pipe in sizes 525mm (21”) through 1,200mm (48”) shall comply with the
requirements ASTM F794, Closed Profile.

2.02 CRUSHED ROCK FOR PIPE ZONES

Crushed rock material for use in the pipe zone shall be in accordance with Section 02223.

2.03 TRENCH PLUGS

Trench plugs, consisting of compacted Import Granular Materials or sand cement slurry, shall be
in accordance with Section 02223.

2.04 IMPORTED GRANULAR MATERIAL FOR TRENCH ZONES

Imported granular material for use in trench zones shall be in accordance with Section 02223.

2.05 CONCRETE

Concrete used for anchor blocks, lugs and other uses as required shall be in accordance with
Section 03000.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe

Standard Specifications 15065 - 4 of 10 Revised: 07/30/2007
2.06 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected
from the Approved Materials List.

2.07 CLEANOUTS

Materials used for the installation of cleanouts shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. At all times when the work of installing pipe is not in progress, including worker break
times, close the ends of the pipe with a tight-fitting, vermin-proof and child-proof, cap or
plug. Do not permit trench water to enter the pipe. Do not place tools, clothing, or other
materials in the pipe. The Contractor shall maintain the interior of the pipe in a sanitary
condition free from foreign materials.

B. Where pipe sections less than the standard 3.96m or 6.10m (13' or 20') pipe lengths are
required, the pipe sections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation guide and shall only be used with the approval of the District Engineer. The
minimum pipe length permitted is 1.52m (5') when used to connect to manholes and
cleanouts. The minimum pipe length permitted for stub outs shall be 900mm (36”).

3.02 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION

Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compaction operations shall be performed in accordance with
Section 02223.

3.03 TRENCH PLUGS

The installation of sewer mains shall incorporate trench plugs. Trench plugs shall be installed in
accordance with Section 02223.

3.04 DEWATERING

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times during construction ample means and
devices to promptly remove and dispose all water from any source entering trench excavations or
other parts of the work in accordance with Section 02223. Any damage caused by flooding of the
trench shall be the Contractors responsibility.

Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the
final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. Sewer mains shall not be used as drains for
dewatering construction trenches. If flooding of the trench does occur, the Contractor shall

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe

Standard Specifications 15065 - 5 of 10 Revised: 07/30/2007
 immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline appurtenances or
trench materials shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer.

3.05 PIPE INSTALLATION

When the work requires and the size of the pipe allows entry of personnel into the pipe, the
Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State regulations for confined space entry. Work
inside pipelines shall not be undertaken until all the tests and safety provisions of the Code of
Federal Regulations 1910.146, and the General Industry Safety Orders of the California Code of
Regulations, Title 8, Section 5159 for confined space entry have been performed and the area is
verified as safe to enter.

The Contractor shall furnish and install all pipe, specials, fittings, closure pieces, supports,
gaskets, jointing materials, and all other appurtenances as shown and as required to provide a
complete and workable installation. Pipe installation shall be as recommended in UNI-B-5 except
as modified below and as shown on the Approved Plans.

A. Inspect each section of pipe prior to lowering the pipe into the trench. Thoroughly clean
the ends of the pipe. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of the pipe and keep
pipe clean during and after installation.

B. Install pipe according to the manufacturer's approved order of installation to the proper
lines and grades as shown on the Approved Plans.

1. Pipe shall be installed with pipe bells up-grade. Lay pipes uphill if the grade
exceeds ten percent (10%).

2. Installation tolerances for the pipe shall not vary more than 50mm (2”)
horizontally or 25mm (1”) vertically from the alignment and elevations shown on
the Approved Plans.

3. Install the pipe such that the identification markings on each pipe section are
continuously aligned for the total length of the pipeline alignment. Orient the strip
marking upward to the 12 o’clock position (top) of the trench opening.

4. Avoidance of reverse slope: Any pipeline installed with reversed slope, as

evidenced by ponding of water or sag, is not allowed. Any such pipeline shall be
removed and replaced (at proper line and grade) to the nearest upstream and
downstream sewer structure as directed by the District Engineer.

C. The pipe shall have firm bearing along its full length, and bell holes shall be provided at
each joint to permit visual inspection of the joint and prevent the pipe from being
supported by the bell end or coupling.

D. Field cutting and milling shall be accomplished to equal the quality of shop-fabricated
ends in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions.

E. Pipe Assembly: Assemble the pipe joint using the lubricant supplied by the pipe
manufacturer. Insert the spigot end into the bell or coupling to the proper insertion mark.
Check that the elastomeric ring has not left the groove during assembly by passing a
feeler gauge around the completed joint. Drive the spigot end into the bell in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Stabbing shall not be permitted.

F. Horizontal or vertical curve alignments shall be accomplished as required, in accordance

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe

Standard Specifications 15065 - 6 of 10 Revised: 07/30/2007
 with the manufacturer's recommendations. A combination of random pipe lengths,
bending, and joint deflection shall be utilized to create smooth radius curves in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as directed by the District
Engineer.

G. PVC wyes shall be located where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the
Standard Drawings. Wyes shall not be placed closer than 1.52m (5') from the exterior of
any structure such as manholes.

3.06 SEWER LATERALS

A. The Contractor shall install sewer laterals using wye-branch fittings sized and located as
shown on the Approved Plans.

B. All sewer laterals that are to be left unconnected to a building lateral extension shall be
capped and identified as shown on the Standard Drawings.

C. All sewer laterals shall run perpendicular from the sewer main to the property line. They
shall be bedded, backfilled and compacted the same as the sewer main into which they
connect in accordance with Section 02223.

D. All sewer laterals shall be plugged or capped at the end of the last joint, to withstand the
internal pressure during leakage and infiltration testing.

3.07 SADDLE CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SEWER MAINS

The Contractor shall furnish the saddle fitting, appurtenances and all other materials as called for
in the Standard Specifications in accordance with the Approved Materials List. The Contractor
shall provide all equipment and labor required for the excavation and installation of the
connection including, but not limited to backfill and pavement replacement. In certain
circumstances the Contractor may be required to provide a water truck, bypass pump, and fittings
as part of the equipment for making the connections. Emergency standby equipment or
materials may be required of the Contractor by the District Engineer.

Saddle connections to existing sewer mains for the tie-in of new sewer laterals shall be as
follows:

A. Prior to construction, Contractor shall pothole the existing pipe at the location of the
proposed connection. The District shall inspect the pothole prior to Contractor’s repair of
trench. Refer to Section 01000 for protection of existing facilities. Contractor shall record
the following information on Record Drawings:

1. Pipe size, outside diameter.

2. Pipe type such as PVC or VCP.

3. Elevation, grade, and alignment.

4. Can the tie in be made at the indicated location, assure no collars, pipe bells,
fittings or couplings exist in the area of the connection.

5. Potential conflicts with existing utilities.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe

Standard Specifications 15065 - 7 of 10 Revised: 07/30/2007
 B. To facilitate the proposed connection and allow for slight adjustments in alignment, the
Contractor shall leave a minimum 3.0m (10’) gap between the new pipe installation and
the proposed connection point at the existing main. The Contractor shall leave a gap
longer than 3.0m (10’) if conditions warrant, or if directed by the Engineer.

C. After the District Engineer has given approval to proceed with the connection, the
Contractor shall schedule with the District Engineer for the connection.

1. Tie-ins will be scheduled at the convenience of the District. Work may be

scheduled for nights and weekends if required.

2. The Contractor shall give the District Engineer a minimum of five (5) working
days notice prior to any proposed excavation. Scheduling shall be subject to
approval of the District Engineer.

3. The District Engineer may postpone or reschedule the connection operation if,
for any reason, the District Engineer believes that the Contractor is improperly
prepared with competent personnel, equipment, or materials to proceed with the
connection.

4. If progress in completing the connection within the time specified is inadequate,

the District Engineer may order necessary corrective measures. Corrective
measures may consist of directing District personnel or another contractor to
complete the work. All costs for corrective measures shall be borne by the
Contractor.

D. Contractor may proceed with the excavation and connection, only when approved
materials are onsite, connection operations have been scheduled and a copy of the
approved traffic control plan has been supplied to the District Engineer.

1. The Contractor shall saw-cut pavement, excavate and provide and install shoring
and steel plating, when necessary, one day prior to the wet tap or cut-in
installation
2. The Contractor shall provide lights, barricades and traffic control in accordance
with the Agency of jurisdiction as deemed necessary for the excavation by the
District Engineer.

3. After the District has performed connection operations, and the District Engineer
has given approval to proceed, the Contractor shall complete the installation as
shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with Standard Specifications
including:

a. Installing the pipe section(s) necessary to make the closure to the new
system.

b. Complete all backfill and compaction of the trench in accordance with

Section 02223.

c. Make all pavement repairs and/or replacement as necessary in

accordance with agency of jurisdiction requirements.

d. Discard pipe and appurtenances removed from service as specified in

this Section.

3.08 CONNECTION TO EXISTING SEWER SYSTEM

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe

Standard Specifications 15065 - 8 of 10 Revised: 07/30/2007
 A. Connection to the existing sewer system at an existing manhole or dead end shall be
made as shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with Section 03461. All work shall
be performed in the presence of the District Engineer.

B. In order to prevent accidental use of the new sewer before completion and acceptance,
the new inlet to the existing tie-in manhole and the outlet of the first new upstream
manhole shall be sealed with expandable plugs. Installation of plugs shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and as approved by the District
Engineer. Plugs shall be removed at the time of final inspection or as directed by the
District Engineer.

3.09 CONCRETE

Concrete for anchor blocks, lugs and other uses shall be installed as called for in Section 03000
in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Refer to Section 03000 for the minimum concrete
curing time required.

3.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings.

3.11 CLEANOUTS

Cleanouts shall be installed at the locations shown on the Approved Plans in accordance with the
Standard Drawings.

3.12 CLEANING

A. Before testing, each pipe shall be thoroughly flushed with clean water from manhole to
manhole with an appropriately- sized inflatable ball.

B. All construction debris and water shall be removed from each manhole prior to removal of
the plugs.

C. Water used in flushing out the new sewer mains, laterals, or house plumbing shall not be
discharged into the existing sewer system.

3.13 MANDREL TEST

A. Following backfill and compaction, installation of all utilities, and prior to permanent
pavement replacement, all main line sewer pipe shall be mandrelled to check for
obstructions. A rigid mandrel, circular in cross section, having a diameter of 95% of the
pipe inside diameter, and equal in length to the pipe diameter, shall be pulled through the
pipe by hand.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe

Standard Specifications 15065 - 9 of 10 Revised: 07/30/2007
 B. Obstructions encountered by the mandrel shall be corrected by the Contractor. If an
obstruction is encountered, the District Engineer shall approve corrective measures prior
to implementation.

3.14 LEAKAGE AND INFILTRATION TESTING

Field leakage and infiltration testing of sewer mains shall be performed in accordance with
Section 15043.

3.15 CLOSED-CIRCUIT TELEVISION INSPECTION

Closed-circuit television (CCTV) inspections of sewer mains shall be performed in accordance

with Section 15045.

3.16 FINAL INSPECTION

A final visual inspection shall be made after paving has been completed and all manhole frames
have been raised to grade. The Contractor shall have a responsible person present and shall
furnish the necessary labor to assist the District Engineer in making the final inspection.
Acceptance of the system will be pending completion or correction of items identified during this
inspection.

END OF SECTION

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe

Standard Specifications 15065 - 10 of 10 Revised: 07/30/2007
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15074 BLOWOFF ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, testing, and installation of blowoff assemblies.

1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 02223, 03000, 09910, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061,
15064, and 15100

1.03 SERVICE APPLICATION

A. Blowoff assemblies shall be installed on potable and recycled water mains.

B. Blowoff assemblies shall be sized and located as shown on the Approved Plans. In
general, blowoff assemblies will be installed at the ends and at low points of pipelines as
shown below:

1. 50mm (2") blowoff assemblies will be required on pipelines for temporary use or
as otherwise directed by the District Engineer.

2. 100mm (4") blowoff assemblies will be required on pipeline sizes 400mm (16") and
smaller.

3. 150mm (6”) blowoff assembly will be required on pipeline sizes 450mm (18") and
larger.

1.04 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Blowoff assemblies for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored coating, identification
labels or signs in accordance with Section 15151.

1.05 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for blowoff assemblies in accordance with Section
15000.

Blowoff Assemblies
Standard Specifications 15074 - 1 of 3 Revised: 03/01/2001
PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 GENERAL

Blowoff assemblies and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the Approved
Materials List.

2.02 CONCRETE

Concrete used for thrust or anchor blocks shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

2.03 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved
Materials List.

2.04 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with Section 09910 and the Approved
Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Blowoff assemblies shall be installed at locations shown on the Approved Plans or as

directed by the District Engineer in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

B. Blowoff assemblies shall be connected to water mains no closer than 600mm (24”) to a
bell, coupling, joint or fitting.

C. Locations of blowoff assembly meter boxes shall be in accordance with the Standard
Drawings.

3.02 CONCRETE

Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with Section 03000 and the
Standard Drawings. Refer to Section 03000 for the minimum concrete curing time required.

3.03 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings.

Blowoff Assemblies
Standard Specifications 15074 - 2 of 3 Revised: 03/01/2001
3.04 DISINFECTION OF BLOWOFF ASSEMBLIES

Blowoff assemblies shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041 in conjunction with
disinfecting the main to which it is connected. Blowoff assembly valves shall be operated and the
assembly shall be flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts.

3.05 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Blowoff assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in conjunction
with hydrostatically testing the pipeline to which it is connected.

3.06 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

Blowoff assembly appurtenances shall be field-painted in accordance with Section 09910.

END OF SECTION

Blowoff Assemblies
Standard Specifications 15074 - 3 of 3 Revised: 03/01/2001
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15099 PROCESS VALVES AND MISCELLANEOUS VALVES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, testing and installation of manually operated process valves such as
check valves, corporation stops, meter stops and ball valves.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred
to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition of said
standards unless otherwise called for.

ASTM A126 - Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings
ASTM A536 - Specification for Ductile Iron Castings
ASTM B61 - Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings
ASTM B62 - Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings
ASTM B584 - Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications
NSF - National Sanitation Foundation

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Specification Sections 02223, 03000, 09910, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15057, 15074, 15108,
15112 and 15152.

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATIONS

Check valves, bronze gate valves and ball valves are primarily used in the installation of potable and
recycled water main appurtenances and where called for on the Approved Plans and indicated on the
Standard Drawings.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

If required by the District Engineer, the following items shall be submitted to the District for review and
approval prior to ordering or delivery of valves.

A. The valve manufacturers catalog data showing the size to be used, valve dimensions,
pressure rating and materials of construction.

B. Manufacturers catalog data and proof of NSF certification on the lining materials to be used.

C. Installation procedures including field adjustments as required.

Process Valves and

Miscellaneous Valves
Standard Specifications 15099 - 1 of 5 Revised: 11/01/2002
1.06 SIZING OF VALVES

Valves shall be the same size as the appurtenance in which they are to be installed with unless
otherwise called for on the Approved Plans or indicated on the Standard Drawings.

1.07 VALVE ENDS

Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system or appurtenance in which they are to be
installed or as called for on the Approved Plans or indicated on the Standard Drawings.

1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with the manufactures recommendations. Valves
shall remain in factory packaging until ready for installation. Valves shall not be stored in contact with
bare ground.

1.09 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Valves for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored coating, identification labels or signs
in accordance with Section 15151.

1.10 POLYETHYLENE WRAP

Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the buried installation of valves in accordance with Section 15000.

1.11 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS

Valve boxes and extension stems shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the
Standard Drawings.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 RUBBER-FLAPPER SWING CHECK VALVE

A. Swing check valves shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. A submittal will be
required as described in this Section.

B. Rubber-flapper swing check valves shall have a heavily constructed ductile-iron body and
cover. The body shall be long pattern design (not wafer), with integrally cast-on end flanges.
The flapper shall be Buna-N having an "O" ring seating edge and be internally reinforced with
steel.

C. Flapper shall be captured between the body and the body cover in a manner to permit the
flapper to flex from closed to full open position during flow through the valve. Flapper shall be
easily removed without need to remove valve from line. Check valves shall have full pipe
size flow area. Seating surface shall be on a 45° angle requiring the flapper to travel only 35°
from closed to full open position, for minimum head loss and non-slam closure.

D. Buna-N flapper shall be high-strength coated fabric, coated both sides with 70 DURO, which
creates an elastic spring effect, molded internally, to assist the flapper to close against a

Process Valves and

Miscellaneous Valves
Standard Specifications 15099 - 2 of 5 Revised: 11/01/2002
 slight head to prevent slamming. When essential to create backflow through the check valve,
as directed by the District Engineer, an external backflow device shall be furnished.

E. Valve ends shall be flanged ductile-iron in accordance with Section 15056 unless otherwise
called for on the Approved Plans or directed by the District Engineer.

F. Check valves shall be tested by the manufacturer and the test results shall be approved by
the District Engineer prior to shipment to the project. Check valves must unseat at a head no
greater than 600mm (24”).

2.02 SMALL DIAMETER ISOLATING VALVES

Provide all small diameter valves and cocks for shut-off process connections, instrumentation and
other miscellaneous uses in accordance with the Approved Plans. These valves shall be of the same
material and pressure rating as the adjacent process piping. Shutoff valves shall be compatible with
instrumentation and other equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

2.03 CORPORATION STOPS

Corporation stops shall be the ball type with a bronze body and T-Head operator. Valve ends shall be
compatible with the piping system in which they are being installed or as called for on the Approved
Plans or indicated on the Standard Drawings. Corporation stops shall be rated for a minimum
pressure of 1,379 KPa (200 psi). Corporation stops shall be selected from the Approved Materials
List.

2.04 ANGLE METER STOPS

Angle meter stops shall be the ball type with a bronze body and 90° lock wing. Valve ends shall be
110-style compression inlet and swivel meter nut for 25mm (1”) and meter flange for 50mm (2”)
outlets. Angle meter stops shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 1,379 KPa (200 psi). Angle
meter stops shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.05 CUSTOMER METER SHUT-OFF VALVE

Customer meter shut-off valves shall be the ball type with a bronze body and lever handle operator.
Valve ends shall be swivel meter nut for 19mm (¾“) and 25mm (1”) inlets and meter flange for 38mm
(1½“) and 50mm (2”) inlets. Outlets shall be female iron pipe thread (FIP) or compression. Customer
meter shut-off valves shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 1,379 KPa (200 psi). Angle meter
stops shall be selected from the Approved Materials List. The District Engineer may require the use
of a customer meter shut-off valve equipped with a 90° lock wing.

2.06 BALL VALVES

Ball valves 50mm (2”) and smaller shall be of bronze construction conforming to ASTM B62 and
equipped with a T-Head or lever handle operator as required. Valve ends shall be compatible with the
piping system in which they are being installed or as indicated on the Approved Plans or Standard
Drawings. Ball valves shall be rated for a minimum pressure of 1,379 KPa (200 psi). Ball valves shall
be selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.07 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

Backflow preventers shall be in accordance with Section 15112 and selected from the Approved
Materials List.
Process Valves and
Miscellaneous Valves
Standard Specifications 15099 - 3 of 5 Revised: 11/01/2002
2.08 POLYETHYLENE WRAP

Polyethylene wrap shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved
Materials List.

2.09 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS

Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and
selected from the Approved Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Valves shall be set in true alignment straddling the centerline of pipe with the valve operator
in the vertical position unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans or shown on the
Standard Drawings.

B. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the
applicable section of these specifications for the piping material and joint type being used.

C. Aboveground valves shall be rigidly held in place using supports and hangers in accordance
with the Approved Plans and Standard Drawings. The stem orientation of valves in elevated
piping shall be as approved by the District Engineer for accessibility, except that no valves
shall be installed with stems aligned below horizontal. Saddle type valve supports shall be
provided. Supports shall be of rugged construction providing at least one hundred twenty
degrees (120°) under support for the valve body. Valve supports shall be constructed of
steel, and shall be anchored to the foundations using stainless steel anchor bolts.

3.02 POLYETHYLENE WRAP

Installation of polyethylene wrap for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000.

3.03 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS

Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the
Standard Drawings.

3.04 DISINFECTION OF THE VALVES

Disinfection and flushing shall be in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the process of
disinfecting the main pipeline. The valves shall be operated during the disinfection period to
completely disinfect all internal parts.

3.05 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Valves shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipelines in which they are installed in
accordance with Section 15044.

Process Valves and

Miscellaneous Valves
Standard Specifications 15099 - 4 of 5 Revised: 11/01/2002
3.06 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

The exterior of valves installed above ground or exposed in vaults or enclosures shall be field painted
in accordance with Section 09910.

END OF SECTION

Process Valves and

Miscellaneous Valves
Standard Specifications 15099 - 5 of 5 Revised: 11/01/2002
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15100 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGV’s)

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated resilient wedge gate
valves (RWGV’s).

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA C210 - Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the interior and exterior of steel water
pipelines
AWWA C213 - Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the interior and exterior of steel water
pipelines
AWWA C509 - Resilient Seated Gate Valves for water supply service
AWWA C515 - Reduced Wall, Resilient Wedge Gate Valves for water supply service
AWWA C550 - Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for valves and hydrants
SSPC - Steel Structure Painting Council

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 02223, 03000, 09910, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061,
15064, 15074, 15108, 15112, and 15300

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

A. Resilient wedge gate valves (RWGV’s) shall be installed on potable and recycled water
mains and appurtenances in accordance with the Approved Plans and the Standard
Drawings.

B. Resilient wedge gate valves shall be used for open/closed operations, throttling service and
frequent operation after long periods of inactivity.

C. In general, resilient wedge gate valves shall be used when valves are required on pipelines
and appurtenances 100mm (4”) through 300mm (12”).

D. Valves for pipelines sized 400mm (16”) and larger generally require the use of butterfly
valves (BFV) in accordance with Section 15102.

Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV’s)

Standard Specifications 15100 - 1 of 5 Revised 03/01/2001
1.05 SUBMITTALS

The following items shall be submitted for review and approval by the District Engineer prior to
ordering or delivery of resilient wedge gate valves:

A. An affidavit from the valve manufacture stating that valves have successfully passed
hydrostatic tests in accordance with AWWA C509 and manufacturer’s own coatings tests.

B. The valve manufacturer’s catalog data showing the size to be used, valve dimensions,
pressure rating and materials of construction.

C. Manufacturer’s catalog data and proof of NSF certification for the lining materials to be
used.

1.06 SIZING OF VALVES

Valves shall be the same size as the line in which they are installed unless otherwise noted on the
Approved Plans.

1.07 VALVE ENDS

Valve ends shall be compatible with the piping system in which they are being installed in
accordance with the Approved Plans or directed by the District Engineer.

Ductile-iron flanges shall be in accordance with Section 15056.

1.08 VALVE TESTING

Resilient wedge gate valves shall be hydrostatically tested and valve coatings shall be holiday
detected prior to shipment to the field in accordance with the testing procedures shown in Appendix
A. Valves delivered to the site prior to successful hydrostatic testing and holiday detection shall be
subject to rejection.

1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C550. The port openings shall be
covered with plastic, cardboard or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These
covers shall remain in place until valves are ready to be installed. Valves shall not be stored in
contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked.

1.10 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Resilient Wedge Gate Valves used for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored
coating, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section 15151.

1.11 POLYETHYLENE WRAP

Polyethylene wrap shall be used for the buried installation of resilient wedge gate valves in
accordance with Section 15000.

Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV’s)

Standard Specifications 15100 - 2 of 5 Revised 03/01/2001
PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVES (RWGV’s)

A. Resilient wedge gate valves and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected
from the Approved Materials List.

B. RWGV’s shall be ductile-iron in accordance with AWWA C509 and C515 except as
modified herein.

C. Each valve shall have a smooth unobstructed waterway free from any sediment pockets.

D. All RWGV’s shall be leak-tight at their rated pressure.

E. RWGV’s shall have a non-rising low-zinc bronze or stainless steel stem, opened by turning
left (counterclockwise).

F. Stem seals shall be the O-ring type incorporating a minimum of two rings as required by
AWWA C509.

G. Low-friction torque-reduction thrust washers or bearings shall be provided on the stem

collar.

H. Wedge (gate) shall be fully encapsulated with a bonded-in-place Nitrile elastomer covering.
Minimum thickness of the rubber seating area shall be 6.35mm (¼").

I. Valves for buried applications shall be provided with a 50mm (2") square operating nut,
and valves located above ground or in structures shall be equipped with a hand wheel in
accordance with AWWA C509 unless otherwise indicated on the Approved Plans.

J. RWGV interior and exterior surfaces (except for the encapsulated disc) shall be coated as
described below.

K. All bolts and nuts used in the construction of RWGV’s shall be Type 316 stainless steel.

2.02 EPOXY LINING AND COATING

Epoxy linings and coatings for valves shall be provided in accordance with AWWA C210, C213
and C550, with the following modifications:

A. Epoxy lining and coating of valve surfaces shall be performed by the manufacturer in a
facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. Epoxy lining
and coating of valves in the field is prohibited.

B. Repairs made to manufactures applied coatings shall be performed in a facility with

qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. The facility shall be
approved by the valve manufacturer.

C. Surface preparation shall be as detailed in SSPC-SP5, White-Metal Blast Cleaning.

D. Liquid epoxy lining and coating materials shall be listed in the NSF Listing for Drinking
Water Additives, Standard 61, certified for use in contact with potable water.

Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV’s)

Standard Specifications 15100 - 3 of 5 Revised 03/01/2001
 E. The minimum dry film thickness for epoxy linings shall be 0.203mm (0.008” or 8 mils).
Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in two (2) coats in accordance AWWA C210.

F. Powder epoxy coating materials shall contain one hundred percent (100%) solids, in
accordance with AWWA C213.

2.03 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS

Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and
selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.04 CONCRETE

Concrete used for anchor or thrust blocks shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

2.05 POLYETHYLENE WRAP

Polyethylene wrap shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved
Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install valves with the bolt holes straddling the vertical centerline of pipe and the operating
nut in the vertical position unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans.

B. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the
applicable section of these specifications for the piping material and joint type being used.

C. Joints shall be cleaned and installed in accordance with Section 15056.

3.02 POLYETHYLENE WRAP

Installation of polyethylene wrap for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000.

3.03 CONCRETE

Concrete thrust, anchor, and support blocks shall be installed in accordance with Section 03000
and the Standard Drawings. The concrete shall be placed so that valves and valve operators will be
accessible for repairs or replacement. Prior to filling the pipeline with water, refer to Section
03000 for the minimum concrete curing time required.

3.04 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS

Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be installed in accordance with Section
15000 and the Standard Drawings.

Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV’s)

Standard Specifications 15100 - 4 of 5 Revised 03/01/2001
3.05 DISINFECTION OF VALVES

Disinfection and flushing of valves shall be in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the
process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The valves shall be operated during the disinfection
period to completely disinfect all internal parts.

3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Valves shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipeline in which they are installed in
accordance with Section 15044.

3.07 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

The exterior of valves installed above ground or exposed in vaults or enclosures shall be field
painted in accordance with Section 09910.

END OF SECTION

Resilient Wedge Gate Valves (RWGV’s)

Standard Specifications 15100 - 5 of 5 Revised 03/01/2001
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15102 BUTTERFLY VALVES (BFV’s)

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated butterfly valves
(BFV).

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. References shall be made to the latest
edition of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA C210 Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water
Pipelines
AWWA C213 Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water
Pipelines
AWWA C504 Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves
AWWA C550 Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 02223, 03000, 09910, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15061 and
15064

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

A. Butterfly valves (BFV) shall be installed on potable and recycled water mains and
appurtenances where shown on the Approved Plans and in accordance with the
Standard Drawings.

B. Butterfly valves shall be used for open/closed operations and throttling service and
frequent operation after long periods of inactivity.

C. In general butterfly valves shall be used when valves are required on pipelines 400mm
(16”) and larger and where the use of a motor-operated valve is required as shown on
the Approved Plans. Butterfly valves smaller than 400mm (16”) shall only be used as
indicated on the Approved Plans or with the prior approval of the District Engineer.

D. Valves for pipelines sized 300mm (12”) and smaller generally require resilient wedge
gate valves (RWGV’s) in accordance with Section 15100.

Butterfly Valves (BFV’s)

Standard Specifications 15102 - 1 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
1.05 SUBMITTALS

The following items shall be submitted for review and approval by the District Engineer prior to
ordering or delivery of butterfly valves.

A. An affidavit from the valve manufacturer showing the following:

1. Actuators used were furnished and installed by the valve manufacturer.

2. Valves have successfully passed hydrostatic testing per AWWA C504 and
coatings testing by the valve manufacturer.

B. The valve manufacturer’s catalog data showing the size to be used, valve dimensions,
pressure rating and materials of construction.

C. Actuator manufacturer’s catalog data and detail construction sheets showing the
dimensions, materials, number of turns, and required torque input of the actuator to be
used.

D. Manufacturer’s catalog data and proof of NSF certification on the lining materials to be
used.

1.06 SIZING OF VALVES

Valves shall be the same size as the line in which they are installed unless otherwise shown on
the Approved Plans.

1.07 VALVE ENDS

Valve ends shall be flanged ductile-iron unless otherwise called for on the Approved Plans or as
directed by the District Engineer.

Ductile-iron flanges shall generally be in accordance with AWWA C115, rated at a working
pressure of 1,724 KPa (250 psi). When Class 250 butterfly valves are shown on the Approved
Plans or are otherwise required, ductile-iron flanges shall be compatible with AWWA C207, Class
“F”.

Maximum working pressure of the flange shall as specified in AWWA or ASME/ANSI. Flanges
shall be integrally cast per AWWA C110.

1.08 VALVE TESTING

Butterfly valves shall be hydrostatically tested and coatings holiday detected prior to shipment to
the field per testing procedures shown in Appendix A. Valves delivered to the site prior to
successful hydrostatic testing and holiday detection will be subject to rejection.

1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C504 and AWWA C550. The
port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard or wood while in transit and during storage
in the field. These covers shall remain in place until the valve is ready to be installed. Valves
shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked.

Butterfly Valves (BFV’s)

Standard Specifications 15102 - 2 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
1.10 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Butterfly Valves for recycled water shall be identified with purple-colored coating, identification
labels or signs in accordance with Section 15151.

1.11 POLYETHYLENE WRAP

Polyethylene wrap shall be used for buried installation of butterfly valves in accordance with
Section 15000.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 BUTTERFLY VALVES (BFV)

A. Butterfly valves and appurtenant components and materials shall be selected from the
Approved Materials List.

B. Butterfly valves shall be short body, leak-tight closing, and rubber-seated in accordance
with AWWA C504 except as modified herein.

C. Butterfly valve bodies shall be ductile-iron as defined within AWWA C504.

D. Except as modified below, BFV’s shall be Class 150B in accordance with AWWA C504,
rated for a flow velocity of 4.9m/s (16ft/s).

E. Where the static pressure of the pipeline in which the BFV is to be installed exceeds
1.03 Pa (150psi), a Class 250B butterfly valve in general conformance with AWWA C504
shall be required. Class 250B butterfly valves shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval prior to ordering or delivery.

F. Butterfly valves shall open by turning left (counterclockwise). Valve disc shall rotate
ninety degrees (90°) from the full open position to the tight shut position.

G. Butterfly valve interior and exterior surfaces shall be coated as described below.

2.02 MANUAL VALVE ACTUATORS

A. General:

1. All valve actuators shall be watertight, designed for buried or submerged uses.
Actuators shall be fully gasketed, sealed, and factory packed with grease.

2. As directed by the District Engineer, actuators for valves located above ground or
in vaults and structures may have hand wheels or chain wheels. Minimum hand
wheel diameter shall be 300mm (12"). The actuator shall be equipped with a dial
indicator, which shows the position of the valve disc. The District Engineer may
require the use of a 50mm (2”) square-operating nut in some cases.

3. Actuators for valves shall be provided with a 50mm (2") square-operating nut
when buried or when indicated on the Approved Plans.

Butterfly Valves (BFV’s)

Standard Specifications 15102 - 3 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
 4. Actuators shall have travel stops, which can be adjusted in the field without
having to remove the actuator from the valve.

5. Actuators shall be sized for opening and closing the valve at the valve's full rated
working pressure and at a flow velocity of 4.9m/s (16 ft/s).

6. Actuators shall accept a minimum of 407Nm (300 foot-pounds) of input torque at

the full open and full closed positions without damage to the actuator or the
valve.

7. Actuators equipped with 50mm (2”) operator nuts shall require a maximum input
torque of 203Nm (150 foot-pounds) to operate the valve. A maximum input
torque of 108Nm (80 foot-pounds) shall be required to operate valves with hand
wheels.

8. Actuators shall be of the same manufacturer as the valve where possible or as

directed by the District Engineer.

9. Actuators shall be installed, adjusted, tested and certified by the valve

manufacture prior to shipping.

10. Actuators shall require a maximum of one hundred (100) input turns for the
complete ninety-degree (90°) movement of the disc.

11. Actuators shall receive an epoxy coating on the exterior surface as described
below.

B. Traveling Nut Actuators:

1. Actuators for butterfly valves sizes 400mm (16") through 600mm (24") may be
the manual traveling nut type. Traveling nut actuators shall not be used on
valves requiring motor driven actuators or where the District has specified a
worm gear type actuator.

2. Actuators shall be capable of producing the below listed output torque at the
closed position:

Valve Size in mm (inches) Output Torque Nm (foot-pounds)

400 (16”) 2779 (2050)
450 (18”) 3729 (2750)
500 (20”) 3729 (2750)
600 (24”) 6372 (4700)

C. Worm Gear Type Actuators:

1. Actuators for butterfly valves 750mm (30") or larger shall be the worm gear type.
In addition, worm gear type actuators shall be used on butterfly valves requiring
motor driven actuators or where the District has specified a worm gear actuator.

2. Worm gear actuators shall be totally enclosed and self-locking.

Butterfly Valves (BFV’s)

Standard Specifications 15102 - 4 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
2.03 EPOXY LINING AND COATING

Epoxy linings and coatings for valves and actuators shall be provided in accordance with AWWA
C210, C213 and C550, with the following modifications:

A. Epoxy lining and coating of valve surfaces shall be performed by the manufacturer in a
facility with qualified personnel, where the environment can be controlled. Epoxy lining
and coating of valves in the field is prohibited.

B. Repairs made to shop-applied coatings shall be performed in a facility with qualified

personnel, where the environment can be controlled. The facility shall be one that is
approved by the valve manufacturer.

C. Surface preparation shall be as detailed in SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast Cleaning.

D. Liquid epoxy lining and coating materials shall be listed in the NSF Listing for Drinking
Water Additives, Standard 61, certified for use in contact with potable water.

E. The minimum dry film thickness for epoxy linings shall be 0.203mm (0.008” or 8 mils).
Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in two (2) coats in accordance AWWA C210.

F. Powder epoxy coating materials shall contain one hundred percent (100%) solids, in
accordance with AWWA 213.

2.04 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS

Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and
the Approved Materials List.

2.05 CONCRETE

Concrete used for anchor or thrust blocks shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

2.06 POLYETHYLENE WRAP

Polyethylene wrap shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install valves with the bolt holes straddling the vertical and horizontal centerlines of pipe,
with the operating nut in the vertical position, unless otherwise noted on the Approved
Plans.

B. Valves shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendation in accordance with the
applicable specification for the piping material and joint type being used for the valve and
the water main.

C. Joints shall be cleaned and installed in accordance with Section 15056.

Butterfly Valves (BFV’s)

Standard Specifications 15102 - 5 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
3.02 FLANGE INSULATING KITS

Flange insulating kits shall be installed only where shown on the Approved Plans in accordance
with Section 13110.

3.03 WAX TAPE COATINGS

Wax tape coatings shall be installed only where shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by
the District Engineer in accordance with Section 13110.

3.04 POLYETHYLENE WRAP

Installation of polyethylene wrap for buried valves shall be performed in accordance with Section
15000.

3.05 CONCRETE

Concrete thrust, anchor, and support blocks shall be installed as called for in Section 03000 in
accordance with the Standard Drawings. The concrete shall be placed so that valves and valve
operators will be accessible for repairs or replacement. Prior to filling the pipeline with water,
refer to Section 03000 for minimum concrete curing time required.

3.06 GATE WELLS AND EXTENSION STEMS

Gate wells and extension stems for buried valves shall be installed in accordance with Section
15000 and the Standard Drawings.

3.07 DISINFECTION OF THE VALVES

Disinfection and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the
process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The valves shall be operated during the disinfection
period to completely disinfect all internal parts.

3.08 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Valves shall be hydrostatically tested in conjunction with the pipeline in which it is connected in
accordance with Section 15044 and Appendix “A”.

3.09 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

The exterior of valves installed above ground or exposed in vaults or enclosures shall be field
painted in accordance with Section 09910.

END OF SECTION

Butterfly Valves (BFV’s)

Standard Specifications 15102 - 6 of 6 Revised: 07/30/2007
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15108 AIR RELEASE VALVE, AIR AND VACUUM VALVE, AND COMBINATION AIR
VALVE ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes the materials and installation instructions for above ground air release
valve, air and vacuum valve, and combination air valve assemblies.

The term "air valve" is used generically in this specification to refer to requirements common to all
of the specified air release valves, air and vacuum valves, and combination air valves.
Otherwise, the various types of air valves are addressed by the individual designations commonly
used in AWWA and industry standards.

1.02 REFRERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA C512 - Air-Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for Waterworks
Service
AWWA C550 - Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 02223, 03000, 09910, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061,
15064, 15100, 16640

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

A. Combination air valves are generally installed on all potable and recycled water mains
where shown on the Approved Plans and in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

B. Unless otherwise directed by the District Engineer, combination air valves will be
required as indicated below:

1. 50mm (2”) combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes
150mm (6”) through 300mm (12”).

2. 100mm (4”) combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes
400mm (16”) and 500mm (20”).

Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve,

and Combination Air Valve Assemblies
Standard Specifications 15108 - 1 of 5 Revised: 03/01/2006
 3. 150mm (6”) combination air valve assemblies shall be installed on pipeline sizes
600mm (24”) through 900mm (36”).

C. Air release valves and air and vacuum valves shall be installed in accordance with the
Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Valves shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C550. The port openings shall
be covered with plastic, cardboard, or wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These
covers shall remain in place until the valve is ready to be installed. Valves shall not be stored in
contact with bare ground. Valves shall not be stacked.

1.06 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Air valve assemblies and enclosures used for recycled water shall be identified with purple-
colored coating, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section 15151.

1.07 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed for air valve assemblies in accordance with Section 15000 and the
Standard Drawings.

1.08 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for air valve assemblies in accordance with Section
15000.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 COMBINATION AIR VALVES

A. Combination air valves and appurtenant components and materials suitable for the
system pressure shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

B. Combination air valves shall comply with AWWA C512 except as modified herein.

C. 50mm (2”) combination air valves shall be the single-body type incorporating stainless
steel internal components and suction screen. National Pipe Threaded (NPT) inlet and
outlet configurations.

D. 100mm (4”) and 150mm (6”) Combination Air Valves shall be the single-body type
incorporating stainless steel internal components, protective hood, suction screen and
flanged inlet.

E. Internal protective epoxy coatings shall be provided in accordance with AWWA C550.

2.02 AIR RELEASE VALVES AND AIR AND VACUUM VALVES

Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve,
and Combination Air Valve Assemblies
Standard Specifications 15108 - 2 of 5 Revised: 03/01/2006
 A. Air release valves and air and vacuum valves shall be provided only as specifically
shown on the approved drawings. Air release valves, air and vacuum valves and
appurtenant components and materials suitable for the system pressure, shall be
selected from the Approved Materials List.

B. Air release valves and air and vacuum valves shall comply with AWWA C512 except as
modified herein.

C. 50mm (2”) air release valves and air and vacuum valves shall be the single-body type
incorporating stainless steel internal components and suction screen. National Pipe
Threaded (NPT) inlet and outlet configurations.

D. 100mm (4”) and 150mm (6”) air release valves and air and vacuum valves shall be the
single-body style. Valves shall incorporate stainless steel internal components, suction
screen, protective hood and flanged inlet.

E. Epoxy linings and coatings for valves shall be provided in accordance with AWWA C550.

1. Liquid epoxy lining and coating materials shall be listed in the NSF Listing for
Drinking Water Additives, Standard 61, certified for use in contact with potable
water.

2. The minimum dry film thickness for epoxy linings shall be 0.203mm (0.008” or 8
mils). Liquid epoxy lining shall be applied in two (2) coats in accordance with
AWWA C210.

2.03 ENCLOSURES

Air Valve Enclosures shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.04 CONCRETE

Concrete used for anchor or thrust blocks and equipment pads shall be in accordance with
Section 03000.

2.05 BREAK-AWAY BOLTS

Combination air valves, air release valves and air and vacuum valves sized 100mm (4”) and
larger shall be installed with break-away bolts in accordance with the Standard Drawings and
selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.06 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the Approved
Materials List.

2.07 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and selected from the
Approved Materials List.
Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve,
and Combination Air Valve Assemblies
Standard Specifications 15108 - 3 of 5 Revised: 03/01/2006
2.08 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with Section 09910 and 09915 and
selected from the Approved Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Air valve assemblies shall be provided as shown on the Approved Plans. Additional air
valve assemblies may be required in areas of potential air entrapment, at the discretion
of the District Engineer.

B. Air valve assemblies shall be installed relative to street improvements in accordance with
the Standard Drawings.

C. Connections for the air valve assemblies shall be made within a section of the main line
no closer than 600mm (24”) to a bell, coupling, joint or fitting.

3.02 CONCRETE

Concrete thrust or anchor blocks and equipment pads shall be installed in accordance with
Section 03000 and the Standard Drawings. Refer to Section 03000 for the minimum concrete
curing time required.

3.03 TRACER WIRE

Tracer Wire shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard Drawings.

3.04 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings.

3.05 DISINFECTION

Air valve assemblies shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041 in conjunction with
disinfecting the main to which it is connected. The assembly valves shall be operated and the
assembly flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts.

3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Air valve assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in
conjunction with the pipeline to which they are connected.

Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve,

and Combination Air Valve Assemblies
Standard Specifications 15108 - 4 of 5 Revised: 03/01/2006
3.07 FIELD PAINTING AND COATINGS

A. Air valve assemblies shall be color coded, if required, in accordance with Section 09910.
B. Field repairs to the enclosure shall not be permitted. Enclosures requiring repairs to the
coating shall be returned to the supplier or coating vendor for repairs or recoating in
accordance with Section 09915.

END OF SECTION

Air Release Valve, Air and Vacuum Valve,

and Combination Air Valve Assemblies
Standard Specifications 15108 - 5 of 5 Revised: 03/01/2006
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15112 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials, installation, and testing of reduced-pressure backflow prevention
devices and check valve and double check valve assemblies.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

State of California Department of Health Services Division of Drinking Water and Environmental
Management, Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies for Service Isolation
AWWA C510 - Double Check Valve Backflow-Prevention Assembly
AWWA C511 - Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow-Prevention Assembly
AWWA M14 - Recommended Practice for Backflow Prevention and Cross-Connection
Control
AWWA Publication Cross-Connection and Backflow Prevention

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

Agencies of Jurisdiction Rules and regulations regarding “Cross Connection Control and Backflow
Prevention”
WAS Standard Drawings
WAS Standard Specifications 02223, 03000, 09910, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15057, 15061,
15064 and 15100.

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

A. Reduced-pressure backflow prevention assemblies shall be provided on all commercial and

industrial water services. Depending on degree of hazard, a double check valve assembly
may be required in place of a reduced-pressure backflow assembly.

B. Reduced-pressure backflow prevention assemblies shall be provided on irrigation services

where served by potable water.

C. Reduced-pressure backflow prevention assemblies shall be provided on potable water

services where recycled water, well water or any other water supply is served to the same
property.

Backflow Preventers
Standard Specifications 15112 - 1 of 4 Revised: 09/03/2001
 D. Double check valve assemblies shall be provided at all points of connections to District
sources at construction sites.

E. Reduced-pressure detector assemblies shall be provided on all fire services. Backflow

prevention on fire services shall be as required by the Water District of jurisdiction.

F. The District shall be the final authority as to the location, installation, and type of backflow
prevention device required.

1.05 GENERAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS

A. The Design and construction of the backflow prevention assembly shall meet the
requirements called for in this specification except that any modifications specifically
shown on the Approved Plans shall take precedence over these general standards.

B. The nominal size of the backflow prevention device shall be equal to or greater than the
size of the purchased meter. For example, a 25mm (1") meter shall have a 25mm (1") or
larger backflow device.

C. The assembly shall include same size valves located on either side of the backflow
prevention assemblies. Four test cocks shall be appropriately located on the assembly for
testing and certification.

D. The nominal size of reduced-pressure principle detector assemblies shall be as shown on

the Approved Plans or as directed by the Fire Department of jurisdiction.

E. Enclosures and concrete slabs shall be provided only as shown on the Approved Plans or
as required by the agency of jurisdiction.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Backflow prevention assemblies shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C210,
AWWA C213, and AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard, or
wood while in transit and during storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until the
backflow assembly is ready to be installed. Backflow assemblies shall not be stored in contact with
bare ground. Backflow assemblies shall not be stacked.

1.07 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Backflow prevention assemblies and enclosures, if required, for recycled water shall be identified
with purple-colored coating, identification labels, or signs in accordance with Section 15151.

1.08 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for backflow prevention assemblies in accordance

with Section 15000.

Backflow Preventers
Standard Specifications 15112 - 2 of 4 Revised: 09/03/2001
PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES

Backflow prevention assemblies shall be among those listed on the list of “Approved Backflow
Prevention Assemblies for Service Isolation" as issued by the State of California Department of
Health Services, Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Management.

2.02 CONCRETE

Concrete used for slabs and anchor or thrust blocks shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

2.03 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials
List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall comply with the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code, applicable
local agency and District requirements.

B. Backflow prevention assemblies shall be installed in accordance with the Standard

Drawings.

C. Water service and fire service shut-off valves will be secured closed during installation until
an approved backflow prevention device is installed and tested in compliance with this
specification.

D. When static pressure exceeds 1.03MPa (150psi), or when recommended by the backflow
device manufacture, a pressure-reducing valve shall be installed as shown on the Standard
Drawings.

3.02 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings.

3.03 CONCRETE

Concrete thrust or anchor blocks and slabs shall be installed in accordance with Section 03000
and the Standard Drawings. Refer to Section 03000 for the minimum concrete curing time
required.

Backflow Preventers
Standard Specifications 15112 - 3 of 4 Revised: 09/03/2001
3.04 ENCLOSURES

Enclosures shall be installed where shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the Agency of
jurisdiction in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

3.05 DISINFECTION

Disinfection and flushing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the
process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The backflow assemblies shall be operated during the
disinfection period to completely disinfect all internal parts.

3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Backflow assemblies shall not be hydrostatically tested as part of or in conjunction with the pipeline
to which they are connected.

3.07 TESTING

The District will inspect and initially test each backflow prevention assembly after inspection of its
proper installation is complete.

Required maintenance of the backflow prevention device and appurtenances and annual testing of
the device shall be the owner’s responsibility.

END OF SECTION

Backflow Preventers
Standard Specifications 15112 - 4 of 4 Revised: 09/03/2001
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15121 OPEN TRENCH PIPE CASING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials for and installation of open trench pipe casings. Jacked casings
or specially-installed pipe casings shall be installed as detailed in Section 15125.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARD

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. References shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

ASTM A 36/A 36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel

ASTM A 283/A 283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength
Carbon Steel Plates
ASTM A 568/A 568M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-
Rolled, and Structural Quality Cold Rolled
AWWA C 905 - Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water Transmission Pipe,
350 mm (14" through 900 mm (36")

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 15000, 15056, 15061, and 15064

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

Generally, pipe casings are used for protection of utilities (carrier pipes) and may be installed for
future utility installations. Pipe casings shall be used for the installation of potable water,
reclaimed water, and sewer mains where shown on the Approved Drawings or as required by the
District.

1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Pipe casings shall be provided for carrier piping where shown on the Approved Drawings
or as required by the District. The sizes and material type for pipe casing shall be as
detailed in Part 2 of this Section.

B. The District Engineer may select a greater steel thickness and diameter as appropriate for
the intended application.

Open Trench Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15121 - 1 of 6 Revised: 11/01/2002
1.06 SUBMITTALS

The following items shall be submitted for review and approval by the District Engineer prior to the
start of the casing work:

A. Casing pipe.

B. Casing spacers and end seals.

C. Installation procedure.

D. Method of restraint to be used for the casing and carrier pipes.

E. Welding procedure.

F. Cathodic Protection.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. PVC pipe casing shall be stored in suppliers' yards and on the job site in accordance
AWWA M23 and the manufacturer's recommendations. PVC pipe casing which has been
subjected to excessive ultraviolet radiation from the sun shall not be used. The
determination as to the acceptability of PVC pipe casing faded by the sun's radiation shall
rest solely with the District.

B. Store PVC pipe casing in the field by the supporting the pipe uniformly per AWWA M23.
Do not stack pipe higher than 1.22m (4’) high or stack the pipe with weight on the bell
ends. Cover stored PVC pipe casing to protect it from the sun's ultraviolet radiation. Pipe
which has been contaminated with any petroleum products (inside or outside) shall not be
installed.

C. Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving and placing the pipe
casing. All pipe casing materials shall be lowered into the trench in a manner that
prevents damage. The pipe casing shall not be dropped, dragged or handled in a manner
that will cause bruises, cracks, or other damage.

1.08 CASING SPACERS AND END SEALS

Casing spacers and end seals shall be used for all carrier pipe installations within casings.

1.09 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed atop all potable and recycled water carrier pipe in accordance with
Section 15000.

1.10 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000.

Open Trench Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15121 - 2 of 6 Revised: 11/01/2002
1.11 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

A. PVC pipe casing for recycled water system applications shall be purple. The pipe
markings shall include the designation "RECYCLED WATER" in addition to the standard
factory labels required by AWWA.

B. Fittings and pipe appurtenances installed with PVC mains for recycled water shall be
identified with purple-colored coating, purple polyethylene sleeve, identification labels or
signs in accordance with Section 15151.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 PIPE CASING

Pipe casing materials shall be as indicated below and shall be selected from the Approved
Materials List. The size of the pipe casings required for the various sizes of carrier pipe is as
follows:

Carrier Minimum
Pipe Size Casing Size
150mm (6”) 350mm (14”)
200mm (8”) 400mm (16”)
250mm (10”) 450mm (18”)
300mm (12”) 500mm (20”)
400mm(16”) 750mm (30”)
500mm (20”) 900mm (36”)
600mm (24”) 1,050mm (42”)

Pipe Casing for Carrier Pipe larger than 600mm (24”) shall be as determined by the District
Engineer.

A. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC) casings shall be as follows:

1. Casing pipe sizes 350mm (14") through 900mm (36") shall be in accordance with
AWWA C905, pressure rated 235 (DR18).

2. The color for PVC casing pipe be shall be blue or white for potable water carrier
pipe and purple for recycled water carrier pipe.

B. Steel Pipe casings shall be as follows:

1. Steel pipe casings, unless otherwise approved by the District, shall be butt-
welded sheets (spiral welding of pipe not allowed) conforming to ASTM A 36/A
36M, ASTM A 283/ A 283M, Grade D, or ASTM A 568/A 568M, Grade 33. Other
steel grades may be used upon approval of the District. Steel casings sized
500mm (20”) or smaller shall have a minimum wall thickness of 9.53mm (3/8”).
Steel casings sized larger than 500mm (20”) shall have a minimum wall thickness
of 12.70mm (1/2”).

2. Steel pipe casings shall not be lined or coated with any material unless otherwise
directed by the District Engineer.

If required, steel pipe casing shall be lined and coated with liquid epoxy paint per

Open Trench Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15121 - 3 of 6 Revised: 11/01/2002
 AWWA C210. Liquid epoxy shall be applied in three coats to a minimum
thickness of 0.305mm (0.012” or 12 mils). The final coat of the liquid epoxy shall
be blue for potable water and purple for recycled water steel casing pipe.

3. Steel pipe casings shall include the installation of an anode in accordance with
the Standard Drawings, unless otherwise directed by the District Engineer.

2.02 CASING SPACERS

Casing spacers shall be stainless steel, centered-position type with PVC liner and non-metallic
anti-friction runners selected from the Approved Materials List.

2.03 CASING END SEALS

Casing end seals, selected from the Approved Materials List, shall wrap around the casing and
carrier pipe to provide a barrier to backfill material and seepage. The casing end seal shall be a
minimum 6.25mm (¼”) thick styrene butadiene rubber sheet attached to the carrier pipe and
casing with 25mm (1”) wide stainless steel bands. Zippered casing end seals with stainless steel
bands may also be used.

2.04 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials List.

2.05 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved
Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION

Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compaction operations shall be performed in accordance with
Section 02223.

3.02 DEWATERING

The Contractor shall provide, and maintain at all times during construction, ample means and
devices to promptly remove and dispose all water from any source entering trench excavations or
other parts of the work in accordance with Section 02223. Any damage caused by flooding of the
trench shall be the Contractor’s responsibility.

Dewatering shall be performed by methods that will maintain a dry excavation, preservation of the
final lines and grades and protection of all utilities. If flooding of the trench does occur, the
Contractor shall immediately dewater and restore the trench. Damaged or altered pipeline
appurtenances or trench materials shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer.

Open Trench Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15121 - 4 of 6 Revised: 11/01/2002
3.03 PIPE CASING INSTALLATION

Installation of pipe casing and carrier pipe shall be as described below and in accordance with the
Standard Drawings.

A. Pipe casing shall be installed in an open trench type excavation.

B. Pipe casings shall be lowered onto the bedding of the proper lines and grades called for
on the Approved Plans.

C. Pipe casings shall have firm bearing along their full length.

D. Pipe casing sections shall be bell and spigot joint connection for PVC. PVC casing
sections shall be restrained by mechanical means or by the use of splined gaskets. Steel
casing sections shall be jointed by full-circumference butt welding in the field. Steel
casing shall have all areas of damaged coating repaired.

E. Carrier pipe shall be pushed into the casing incorporating the use of casing spacers as
described below.

F. PVC or ductile-iron carrier pipe joints shall be restrained either by mechanical means or
by use of splined gaskets.

G. Steel carrier pipe sections shall be lap joint welded per Section 15061.

H. Upstream and downstream elevations of the carrier pipe shall be verified prior to installing
the end seals.

I. The portion of carrier pipes installed within casings shall have pressure, leakage, and
infiltration testing completed in accordance with Sections 15043 and 15044 prior to
installation of the end seals.

J. The annular space between the carrier pipe and casing shall not be filled with any
material unless otherwise noted on the Approved Plans.

3.04 CASING SPACERS

Casing spacers shall be used to prevent the carrier pipe bell from touching the casing and to
maintain a uniform space between the carrier pipe and casing interior. A minimum of three casing
spacers shall be installed, equally spaced, on each pipe section at intervals recommended by the
manufacturer.

3.05 CASING END SEALS

Casing end seals shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

Carrier pipe shall pass hydrostatic or leakage tests in accordance with Sections 15044 or Section
15043 prior to the installation of casing end seals or backfilling operations.

3.06 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed on the carrier pipe in accordance with Section 15000 and the
Standard Drawings.

Open Trench Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15121 - 5 of 6 Revised: 11/01/2002
3.07 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed above the casing pipe in accordance with Section
15000 and the Standard Drawings.

END OF SECTION

Open Trench Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15121 - 6 of 6 Revised: 11/01/2002
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15125 JACKED PIPE CASING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes materials and installation of jacked pipe casings. Where the contractor proposes to
install pipelines using directional drilling or boring, a complete submittal of the methods and materials shall
be made to the District prior to the initiation of the work.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are referred to in the
text by the basic designation only. References shall be made to the latest edition of said standards unless
otherwise called for.

ASTM A 36/A 36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel

ASTM A 283/A 283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength
Carbon Steel Plates
ASTM A 568/A 568M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled,
and Structural Quality Cold Rolled

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 15000, 15056, 15061, 15064, and 15065

1.04 SERVICE APPLICATION

Generally, pipe casings are used for protection of utilities (carrier pipes) and may be installed for future utility
installations. Pipe casings shall be used in conjunction with the installation of potable water, recycled water,
and sewer mains in areas shown on the Approved Plans or as directed by the District Engineer.

1.05 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITES AND FACILITIES

The contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all existing utilities, facilities, and structures
that may be encountered in or near the area of the work per Section 01000.

1.06 SAFETY AND PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Pipe jacking and boring projects 750mm (30”) in diameter or larger are required to be classified by
the State of California, Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Occupational Safety and
Health.

Jacked Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15125 - 1 of 6 Revised: 03/01/2001
 B. Protection of workers in trench excavation shall be as required by the State of California
Construction Safety Orders, the State of California State Health and Safety Code, the requirements
of CAL-OSHA and in accordance with Section 01000.

C. All excavations shall be performed, protected, and supported as required for safety and in the
manner set forth in the operation regulations prescribed by CAL-OSHA.

D. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain excavation permits, traffic control permits, or other
applicable permits from the local agency which has jurisdiction

E. A pre-job safety conference with representatives of the Division of Occupational Safety, CAL-
OSHA, the District, the Contractor and Contractor’s employees shall be held before the work
begins.

F. Contractors performing this type of work are required to hold a current C -34 or General Engineering
Contracting License from the State of California.

1.07 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Pipe casing shall be provided for the carrier piping where shown on the Approved Plans or as
required by the District Engineer. The sizes and material type for pipe casing shall be as detailed in
Part 2 of this Section.

B. The District Engineer may select a greater steel thickness and diameter as appropriate for the
intended application.

1.08 SUBMITTALS

The contractor shall provide to the District and the agency, or agencies, of jurisdiction a drilling, boring, and
jacking plan prior to commencing boring operations. The submittal shall include:

A. Configuration of the jacking pits and jacking pit bracing or shoring. Pit excavations deeper than
6.1m (20’) require the shoring system to certified by a Registered Civil Engineer.

B. The pipe casing material to be used. Include pipe material type, wall thickness, and welding details.

C. Casing spacers and end seals.

D. Jacking plan and profile drawing detailing the placement of the jacked casing.

E. Installation procedure.

F. Manufacturer and type of liquid epoxy paint, including proposed steel preparation and application
methods to be used.

G. The jacking machinery and jacking head proposed to be used.

H. Summary of the backfilling method to be used.

I. Worker Protection and Safety Plan.

J. Cathodic Protection.

Jacked Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15125 - 2 of 6 Revised: 03/01/2001
1.09 DELIVERY AND HANDLING

Proper care shall be used to prevent damage in handling, moving and placing the pipe casing. All pipe-
casing materials shall be lowered into the trench in a manner that prevents damage. The pipe casing shall
not be dropped, dragged or handled in a manner that will cause dents, cracks, or other damage to the pipe
casing.

1.10 CASING SPACERS AND END SEALS

Casing spacers and end seals shall be used for all pipe installations within casings.

If the carrier pipe is not installed within the casing, as a continuous operation, following completion of jacking,
then bulkhead the portals and backfill the approach trenches. Bulkheads will be removed at a later time to
allow for the installation of the carrier pipe.

1.11 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed atop all potable and recycled water carrier pipe in accordance with Section
15000.

1.12 RECYCLED WATER IDENTIFICATION

Fittings and pipe appurtenances installed for recycled water shall be identified with purple color coating,
purple polyethylene sleeve, identification labels or signs in accordance with Section 15151.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 PIPE CASINGS

Jacked pipe casings shall be steel.

A. The minimum size and wall thickness of jacked steel pipe casings shall be as follows, unless
otherwise required by the agency having jurisdiction over the road, utilities, or improvements.

Carrier Minimum Min. Steel Casing

Pipe Size Casing Size Wall Thickness
150mm (6”) 350mm (14”) 9.53mm (3/8”)
200mm (8”) 400mm (16”) 9.53mm (3/8”)
250mm (10”) 450mm (18”) 9.53mm (3/8”)
300mm (12”) 500mm(20”) 9.53mm (3/8”)
400mm (16”) 750mm (30”) 12.7mm (1/2”)
500mm (20”) 900mm (36”) 12.7mm (1/2”)
600mm (24”) 1,050mm (42”) 12.7mm (1/2”)

B. Pipe casing for carrier pipe sizes larger than 600mm (24”) shall be determined by the District
Engineer.

C. The Contractor may submit a greater steel thickness and diameter as appropriate for the method of
work and loadings involved, as suitable for the site and as limited by possible interferences. The
Contractor shall submit any deviations in the approved design to the District fourteen (14) working
days in advance of jacking operations, and may not proceed with any work until the District Engineer
has approved the alternate methods proposed.

Jacked Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15125 - 3 of 6 Revised: 03/01/2001
 D. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to choose a size of casing at or above the minimum specified,
and to insure that the jacking is done with a high degree of accuracy to permit installation of the
carrier pipe to the lines and grades shown on the approved plans.

E. Steel pipe casings, unless otherwise approved by the District, shall be butt-welded sheets (spiral
welding of pipe not allowed) conforming to ASTM A 36/A 36M, ASTM A 283/ A 283M, Grade D, or
ASTM A 570/A 570M, Grade 33. Other steel grades may be used upon approval of the District
Engineer.

F. Steel pipe casings shall include the installation of an anode in accordance with the Standard
Drawings, unless otherwise directed by the District Engineer.

2.02 CASING SPACERS

Casing spacers shall be stainless steel, centered-position type with PVC liner and non-metallic anti-friction
runners in accordance with the Approved Materials List.

2.03 CASING END SEALS

Casing end seals, in accordance with the Approved Materials List, shall wrap around the casing and carrier
pipe to provide a barrier to backfill material and seepage. The casing end seal shall be a minimum 6.25mm
(¼”) thick styrene butadiene rubber sheet attached to the carrier pipe and casing with 25mm (1”) wide
stainless steel bands. Zippered casing end seals with stainless steel bands may also be used.

2.04 TRACER WIRE (CARRIER PIPE)

Tracer wire materials shall be in accordance with Section and the Approved Materials List.

2.05 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved Materials
List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION

Trenching, bedding, backfilling and compaction operations shall be performed in accordance with Section
02223.

3.02 JACKING PIT

A. The approach trench for jacking or boring operations shall be adequately shored to safeguard
existing substructures and surface improvements and to ensure against ground movement in the
vicinity of the casing portal.

B. Placement of equipment in the approach trench of the jacking pit shall be firmly bedded on the
required line and grade using heavy timbers, structural steel, or concrete cradles of sufficient length
to provide accurate control of jacking alignment. Provide space to insert the casing lengths to be
jacked. Anchor the timbers and structural steel sections to ensure action of the jacks in line with the

Jacked Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15125 - 4 of 6 Revised: 03/01/2001
 axis of the casing. Place a timber or structural steel bearing block between the jacks and the end of
the casing to provide uniform bearing upon the casing end evenly distribute the jacking pressure.

C. After jacking equipment and debris from the tunnel have been removed from the approach trench of
jacking pit, prepare the bottom of the jacking pit as a pipe foundation. Remove all loose and
disturbed materials below pipe grade to undisturbed earth and re-compact the material in
accordance with Section 02223.

3.03 PIPE CASING INSTALLATION

Installation of pipe casings shall be as described below and in accordance with the Standard Drawings. Only
workers experienced in jacking operations shall be used in performing the work of jacking and boring.

A. The Contractor’s attention is called to the fact that extreme care is required in placing the casing so
as to permit the installation of the carrier pipe to the lines and grades shown on the Approved Plans.

B. Gravity flow pipelines are designed at grades that do not permit variance from the lines and grade
as shown on the Approved Plans.

C. Fit a sectional shield or steel jacking head to the leading section of the casing. The shield or head
shall extend around the outer surface of the upper two-thirds of the casing and project at least
450mm (18") beyond the driving end of the casing. It shall not protrude more than 13mm (½")
beyond the outer casing surface.

D. The leading section of casing shall be equipped with a jacking head securely anchored thereto to
prevent any wobble or variation in alignment during the jacking operation.

E. To avoid loss of ground outside the casing, carry out excavation entirely within the jacking head and
not in advance of the head. In general, excavated materials shall be removed from the casing as
jacking progresses and no accumulation of excavated material within the casing will be permitted.

F. A jacking band to reinforce the end of the pipe receiving the jacking thrust will be required.

G. Control the application of jacking pressure and excavation of material ahead of the advancing
casing to prevent it from becoming friction-bound or deviating from required line and grade. Do not
encroach upon the minimum annular space detailed. Restrict the excavation of material to the least
clearance to prevent binding in order to avoid settlement or possible damage to overlying structures
or utilities.

H. Steel casing sections shall be full-circumference butt-welded in the field. It shall be the Contractors
responsibility to provide stress transfer across the joints capable of resisting the jacking forces
involved.

3.04 CARRIER PIPE INSTALLATION

A. Carrier pipe shall be pushed into the casing incorporating the use of casing spacers as described
below.

B. PVC or ductile-iron carrier pipe joints shall be restrained either by mechanical means or by use of
splined gaskets.

C. Steel carrier pipe sections shall be lap joint welded in accordance with Section 15061.

D. Upstream and downstream elevations of the carrier pipe shall be verified prior to installing the end
seals.

Jacked Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15125 - 5 of 6 Revised: 03/01/2001
 E. The portion of carrier pipe installed within a casing shall have pressure, leakage, and infiltration
testing completed in accordance with Section 15043 and 15044 prior to installation of the end
seals.

F. The annular space between the carrier pipe and casing shall not be filled with any material unless
otherwise noted on the Approved Plans.

3.05 CASING SPACERS

Casing spacers shall be used to prevent the carrier pipe bell from touching the casing and to maintain a
uniform space between the carrier pipe and casing interior. Casing spacers shall be installed on the carrier
pipe at intervals per the manufacturer's recommendations with a minimum of three spacers per pipe section
equally spaced.

3.06 CASING END SEALS

Casing end seals shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

Carrier pipe shall pass hydrostatic or leakage tests in accordance with Sections 15044 or 15043 prior to the
installation of casing end seals or backfilling operations.

3.07 TRACER WIRE

Tracer wire shall be installed on the carrier pipe as required in Section 15000 in accordance with the
Standard Drawings.

END OF SECTION

Jacked Pipe Casing

Standard Specifications 15125 - 6 of 6 Revised: 03/01/2001
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15151 RECYCLED WATER FACILITIES (OFFSITE)

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes special provisions, materials, and identification of offsite recycled water
systems.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA Guidelines for Distribution of Nonpotable Water

California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 22 and Title 17
County of San Diego, Department of Environmental Health Recycled Water Plan Check and
Inspection Manual

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 02202, 02223, 03000, 09910, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056,
15057, 15061, 15064, 15074, 15100, 15102, 15108, and 15112.

1.04 APPROVED USE

All potential applications of recycled water shall be reviewed and approved by the District prior to
installation of facilities. The facilities shall be constructed in accordance with the procedures and
requirements of the District. No connections to recycled water main(s) shall be installed unless
shown on the Approved Plans or permission has otherwise been granted in writing by the District.

1.05 OFFSITE AND ONSITE CRITERIA

Recycled water facilities are separated into two categories:

A. "Offsite" (pre-meter, public) recycled water facilities consist of those facilities which are on
the upstream side of the meter. These facilities are, or will be, owned, operated and
maintained by the District. This Specification Section will detail the requirements for
construction of Offsite Recycled Water Facilities.

B. "Onsite" (post-meter, private) recycled water facilities consist of those facilities which are
on the downstream side of the water meter. These are facilities which will be owned,

Recycled Water Facilities (Offsite)

Standard Specifications 15151 - 1 of 5 Revised: 11/01/2002
 operated and maintained by the customer. Refer to Section 15152 for the detailed
requirements of onsite irrigation and plumbing systems.

1.06 DESIGN CRITERIA

A. A licensed Civil Engineer registered in the State of California shall be responsible for the
design of offsite recycled water facilities, including the preparation of plans and
specifications.

B. Plans for offsite potable and recycled water systems in the same street or easement shall
show both potable and recycled water mains on the same sheets of plans.

C. The minimum depth of cover for recycled water mains shall be in accordance with Section
02223 or as shown on the Approved Plans. In general, where both recycled and potable
water mains are to be installed in the same street or easement, the top of pipe of the
recycled water main shall be 300mm (12”) below the top of the potable water main.

D. A horizontal separation of 3.05m (10'), and a vertical separation of 300mm (12") shall be
maintained between recycled water lines and potable water lines, and between recycled
lines and sanitary sewers. Recycled water lines shall be designed to cross under potable
water mains and above sanitary sewers.

E. In the event that it is not possible to maintain the required separation and relative
positions between recycled water lines, potable water lines, and sanitary sewers, special
construction shall be required in accordance with the Standard Drawings and as directed
by the District Engineer.

F. The minimum size distribution main shall be 100mm (4”). The District shall be the final
authority concerning the size and pressure rating of the distribution main.

G. Offsite recycled water mains shall typically be located on the opposite side of the street or
easement from the potable water main.

H. Offsite recycled water mains shall be designed with service laterals perpendicular to the
main. Service laterals shall be a minimum of 25mm (1”) in size. Larger sized laterals
may be required. A service lateral shall be designed for each lot or area to be served with
recycled water. A service lateral shall not be designed to serve opposite sides of a street
or easement and shall not be located in street medians or center islands..

I. Offsite recycled water systems shall not be designed with fire hydrants, wharf heads, or
other appurtenances which would allow recycled water to be used for other than the
approved uses unless the appurtenances are expressly approved by the District.

J. Offsite recycled water mains shall not be designed with temporary connections unless
expressly approved by the District. When permitted, temporary connections shall be
located, sized, and designed according to the requirements of the District.

1.07 PROVISIONS FOR FUTURE USE OF RECYCLED WATER

In those areas where the District has determined that recycled water will be supplied to the subject
area in the future but is not currently available, recycled facilities shall be installed as detailed in
this Section. Provisions for future connection to the permanent recycled water system shall be
included in the initial installation of the system as directed by the District. In the interim, the new
recycled system will be supplied with potable water via a temporary connection performed by the

Recycled Water Facilities (Offsite)

Standard Specifications 15151 - 2 of 5 Revised: 11/01/2002
 Contractor as directed by the District. This temporary service connection shall be provided in
accordance with the Standard Drawings and shall incorporate a master backflow prevention
device located and installed in accordance with Section 15112. Connections between offsite
recycled water mains and potable water mains shall only be permitted when the recycled water
main is to temporarily convey potable water. No connection of any other kind shall be permitted
between the potable water and recycled water mains. In the future, the Owner shall be
responsible to remove the temporary service and transfer the main to a permanent connection to
the recycled system when it becomes available.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 OFFSITE RECYCLED WATER FACILITIES

A. Materials for offsite recycled water systems shall generally consist of those specified for
potable water systems as detailed within these Standard Specifications, the Standard
Drawings, the Approved Materials List, and as modified herein.

B. Recycled water mains sized 150mm (6") and larger shall be PVC in accordance with
Section 15064. PVC pipe for recycled water system applications and related gate well
casings shall be manufactured in the purple color. Pipe markings shall include the
designation "RECYCLED WATER" in addition to the standard factory labeling required by
AWWA.

C. Devices and appurtenances such as air valve assemblies, backflow preventers, blowoff
assemblies, butterfly valves, gate valves, services and other items shall be provided in
accordance with the various applicable Sections of these Standard Specifications, the
Standard Drawings and the Approved Materials List. Color coding and other identification
shall be provided as indicated below.

D. Miscellaneous materials such as gate wells, meter boxes, warning tape, tracer wire,
copper tubing, ductile iron fittings, brass and bronze fittings and devices, and all related
items shall be provided in accordance with the various applicable Sections of these
Standard Specifications, the Standard Drawings and the Approved Materials List. Color
coding and other identification shall be provided as indicated below.

E. Warning/Identification Tape shall be as specified in Section 15000 in accordance with the

Approved Materials List.

F. Paint products for protection and identification shall be provided as specified below and in
accordance with Sections 09910, 09915 and the Approved Materials List.

G. Warning signs and labels shall be post mounted aluminum or vinyl, self adhesive with
peel off paper backing, bearing the warning "RECYCLED WATER - DO NOT DRINK" or
the equivalent, in English and Spanish, along with the international "Do Not Drink" symbol.
Warning labels and signs shall have a purple background with contrasting lettering and
markings.

H. Utility identification tape shall be 0.102mm (0.004” or 4 mils) PVC, pressure-sensitive

adhesive-backed tape in rolls of various widths. The tape shall be colored-coded purple
and shall bear the designation "RECYCLED WATER" or the equivalent, in contrasting
permanent lettering at approximately 300mm (12") intervals. Identification tape will
generally be used in the 50mm (2") width to identify buried materials and components as
detailed below.

Recycled Water Facilities (Offsite)

Standard Specifications 15151 - 3 of 5 Revised: 11/01/2002
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 OFFSITE RECYCLED WATER FACILITIES

In general, offsite recycled water facilities shall be installed in accordance with the requirements
for potable water materials and facilities within these Specifications, the Standard Drawings and
the Approved Plans.

3.02 FIELD IDENTIFICATION - PIPING AND APPURTENANCES

Recycled water mains and appurtenances shall be identified with purple-colored coding and
identification labels and signs as specified herein.

A. PVC pipe and related gate well casings shall be colored purple as manufactured. If
purple-colored PVC pipe in the specified size or class is not readily available from
suppliers, standard colored PVC pipe may be used and sleeved with a 0.203mm (0.008”
or 8 mils) purple-colored, high-density polyethylene encasement sleeve which totally
encloses the pipe.

B. Buried items that are not available from the manufacturer in the purple color shall be
identified in the field by means of utility identification tape applied to the surface of the
items. Valves, ductile iron fittings and similar items shall receive a band of the tape
applied circumferentially at the ends of the fittings adjacent to connections to the adjoining
piping sections, and to the operator portions of gate and butterfly valves. The
identification tape shall also be used to secure the polyethylene wrap specified for the
various piping materials and appurtenances. Copper tubing and appurtenant bronze
fittings shall be identified by means of utility identification tape applied continuously along
the upper surface of the entire length of the line.

C. Meter and blowoff boxes shall be colored purple as manufactured.

D. Accessible items that are not available from the manufacturer in the purple color, such as
those located at grade, above ground and within meter boxes and vaults shall be
identified in the field by means of a paint coating in the purple color. Meters, blowoff
piping and blowoff box covers or blowoff manhole covers, valve box lids, air valves and
enclosures, piping, valves, backflow devices and all other items either accessible or
exposed to view, shall be identified by means of the purple coating or integral purple
color. The coating system shall be suitable for the substrate material and the degree of
protection required for the various items, in accordance with Section 09910 and the
Approved Materials List.

E. Tracer wire shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings.

F. Warning/Identification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the
Standard Drawings.

3.03 LABELS AND SIGNAGE

Labels shall be installed on recycled facilities exposed to view including above ground piping and
appurtenances, meter and blowoff box covers, and where indicated on the Standard Drawings
and the Approved Plans. Signs shall be installed where necessary and as indicated on the
Approved Plans.

Recycled Water Facilities (Offsite)

Standard Specifications 15151 - 4 of 5 Revised: 11/01/2002
3.04 DISINFECTION AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING

In the event the recycled water mains are installed with provisions for future use for transporting
recycled water, but, will initially transport potable water, (see item above), disinfection, flushing
and bacteriological testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15041.

3.05 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Potable water shall be used for filling, flushing, and hydrostatic testing. Field hydrostatic testing
shall be performed in accordance with Section 15044.

3.06 BACKFLOW PREVENTION

During the course of flushing and disinfection and hydrostatic testing of the recycled water mains,
an appropriate backflow prevention device shall be installed on the potable source piping to
isolate the potable from the non-potable system in accordance with Section 15044 and 15112.

END OF SECTION

Recycled Water Facilities (Offsite)

Standard Specifications 15151 - 5 of 5 Revised: 11/01/2002
WATER AGENCIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15152 RECYCLED WATER FACILITIES (ONSITE)

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes special provisions, materials, and identification of onsite (post meter,
private) recycled water irrigation or plumbing systems. The purpose of this section is to provide
Rules and Regulations and establish procedures and specifications for the development and
operation of recycled water systems in the District’s service area.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA - American Waterworks Association Guidelines for Distribution of Non-

potable Water
CCR - California Code of Regulations Title 22 and Title 17.
DOHS - Department of Health Services
Recycled Water Plan Check and Inspection Manual, County of San Diego, Department of
Environmental Health

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specification 01000

1.04 OFFSITE AND ONSITE CRITERIA

Recycled water facilities are separated into two categories:

A. "Offsite" (pre-meter, public) recycled water facilities consist of those facilities which are
on the upstream side of the meter. These facilities are, or will be, owned, operated and
maintained by the District. Specification Section 15151 details the requirements for
construction of Offsite Recycled Water Facilities.

B. "Onsite" (post-meter, private) recycled water facilities consist of those facilities which are
on the downstream side of the water meter. These are facilities which will be owned,
operated and maintained by the customer. This specification will detail the requirements
for the design, installation and testing of onsite recycled irrigation and plumbing systems.

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 1 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
1.05 POLICY

The District operates and maintains a recycled water distribution system within its service area
enabling it to provide disinfected tertiary treated recycled water for a variety of beneficial uses.
Recycled Water usage as an alternate will conserve an equal amount of potable water for
domestic use.

The beneficial use of recycled water is regulated by the California State Water Resources Control
Board (CWRCB). California Water Code Section 13551 establishes a State policy to encourage
the use of recycled water. Permission to use recycled water is based on the ability to adequately
treat wastewater to the point that the recycled water (effluent) meets or exceeds the requirements
of existing Title 22, Chapter 3, regulations of the California Code of Regulations. Title 22 was
promulgated by the State of California Department of Health Services (DOHS) to ensure proper
health protection and specify the treatment degree to match the intended applications.

In accordance with waste discharge requirements for water reclamation projects, the Regional
Water Quality Control Board, San Diego Region, (RWQCB) requires that Rules and Regulations
for facilities using recycled water be established.

1.06 APPROVED USE

These Rules and Regulations pertain to recycled water service to lands and/or improvements
lying within the legal boundaries of the District unless otherwise stated. It is the intent of the
District to provide recycled water service in accordance with these Rules and Regulations to all
areas identified in the District’s Water Reclamation Master Plan, including all subsequent
revisions for the use of recycled water. Recycled water service shall be provided to the service
area when related transmission distribution facilities are completed and service becomes
available.

In accordance with the goals of the District, the uses of recycled water include only those uses
approved by the State of California Department of Health Services (DOHS), the County of San
Diego Department of Environmental Health (DEH) and for which Title 22 of the California Code of
Regulations provides treatment requirements. All potential applications of recycled water shall be
reviewed and approved by the District prior to installation of facilities. Prior to approval and at its
discretion, the District may set forth specific requirements as conditions for providing service
and/or require specific prior approval from the appropriate regulatory agencies.

The facilities shall be constructed in accordance with the procedures and requirements of the
District. No recycled water mains or connections to the recycled water mains shall be installed
unless shown on the Approved Plans.

1.07 CONDITIONS OF SERVICE

Recycled water service shall be provided by the District only if such service is obtained in the
manner provided in these Rules and Regulations. Recycled water service shall be available,
provided, and used in accordance with other codes, rules, and regulations referenced in this
specification.

If any of the following conditions of service are not satisfied at all times recycled water service
may be revoked by the District.

A. Financial: Conditions relating to service rates, fees and billing shall be established by the
Board of Directors.

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 2 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 B. Operational:

1. Liability: The District shall not be liable for any water-related damage resulting
from, but not limited to:

a. defective plumbing

b. broken or faulty services

c. onsite facilities failures

d. high or low pressure conditions

e. interruptions of service

f. unauthorized connections

2. Service: All recycled water will be provided to the user as specified in the
Application/Permit For Recycled Water Service. Recycled water use will be
subject to the same restrictions as stated in these specifications and the
regulatory requirements of DOHS and DEH.

C. Regulatory: Recycled water service may be suspended whenever the quality of the
recycled water does not comply with the requirements of the regulatory agencies or at
any time these Rules and Regulations For Recycled Water Service are violated.

1.08 DESIGN CRITERIA - ONSITE RECYCLED SYSTEMS

A. The design of onsite recycled water facilities, including the preparation of plans and
specifications, shall be under the responsibility of a licensed Landscape Architect or Civil
Engineer registered with the State of California. A Declaration of Responsible Charge
shall appear on the title sheet of the plans.

B. The design of onsite recycled facilities shall conform to the most current provisions set
forth herein and to any other conditions, standards, and requirements set forth by the
District.

C. In those areas where recycled water is not immediately available, and the District has
determined that recycled water will be supplied in the future, the onsite facilities shall be
designed to use recycled water. Provisions shall be made, as directed by the District, to
allow for connection to the recycled distribution main when it becomes available. In the
interim, potable water shall be supplied through a temporary potable water connection
using a master reduced pressure principal backflow device installed per these Standard
Specifications. When recycled water becomes available, the Owner shall remove the
backflow prevention device in the presence of, and as directed by, the District Engineer.
The onsite system will be connected to the recycled water distribution main per the
requirements of the Standard Specifications at the time the connection is made.

D. Onsite recycled water systems shall be designed to include backflow prevention per the
requirements of the Standard Specifications. In some cases, more stringent backflow
protection may be required.

E. The recycled water system shall be separate and independent of any potable water
system. Cross connections between potable water facilities and recycled water facilities
are prohibited.

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 3 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 F. Hose bibs on recycled water facilities are prohibited.

G. Fire hydrants, wharf heads, or other appurtenances shall only be included in the design
when these appurtenances are expressly approved by the District and DOHS.

H. Drinking fountains shall be protected from the spray of recycled water. There shall be no
direct contact of recycled water with a drinking fountain. Protection of drinking fountains
can be accomplished either by maintaining a horizontal separation of at least 9m (30’)
between the drinking fountain and the nearest spray type emitter, spray head
modification, or by the use of a covered fountain. The manner used to protect drinking
fountains from the spray of recycled water shall be approved by the District and DOHS.

I. Potable and recycled lines shall not to be installed in the same trench. Recycled lines
shall be designed to be installed below the potable lines where the two pipelines run
parallel to each other. Where this is not possible, the recycled line shall be installed in a
casing. Details of this installation shall be clearly drawn on the plans.

J. Onsite recycled water irrigation systems shall be designed to meet the peak moisture
demand of the plant material to be irrigated. The use of moisture sensors is encouraged,
but not mandatory.

K. Onsite recycled water irrigation systems shall be designed to apply irrigation water in a
manner compatible with the infiltration rates of the soil types within the approved use
area. Evidence that infiltration rates have been assessed shall be included with the
design. Where varying soil types are present, the system design shall be compatible with
the lowest infiltration rate present.

L. Onsite recycled water systems shall be designed to prevent discharge onto areas not
under control of the Owner. Appropriate sprinklers, bubblers, emitters, rotors, etc., shall
be employed in the design to confine the discharge to the approved use area. The
design shall avoid spray patterns which discharge onto obstructions that tend to
concentrate water which results in ponding and/or runoff.

M. Onsite recycled irrigation systems shall be designed to provide a physical separation

between adjacent areas irrigated with potable water. The means of separation shall be
provided by either a distance of 3m (10’), concrete mow strips, approved fence or other
approved means. Where concrete mow strips or other means are used, they shall be
shown on the plans.

N. Onsite recycled water systems shall be designed to operate during periods of minimal
public use of the area. The total time required to irrigate the design area shall not exceed
nine (9) hours in any twenty four (24) hour period. The system shall be designed to
operate between the hours of 9 PM and 6 AM.

O. Onsite recycled water system designs shall include automatic system control devices
which can be easily adjusted to minimize ponding and runoff.

P. Onsite recycled water system design plans shall contain the following information for
each meter requested:

1. Meter location and size

2. Gross and net irrigation area served by each meter (sq ft or acres)

3. Peak flow through the meter in liters/minute (gpm)

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 4 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 4. Estimate of the yearly demand (acre-feet)

5. Design operating pressure at the meter in Kpa (psi)

Q. Onsite recycled water system design plans shall contain a legend showing the pertinent
data for the materials to be used in the system construction. Included shall be a pipe
schedule (listing pipe sizes and materials of construction), valve types (including quick-
coupling type valves), and the following information for each type of sprinkler device:

1. Manufacturer and model number

2. Sprinkler radius in meters (feet)

3. Operating pressure in Kpa (psi)

4. Flow in liters/minute (gpm)

5. Sprinkler pattern

R. Onsite recycled water design plans shall contain the following detailed information:

1. Points of connection

2. Routing of all pipes

3. Gate valves

4. Control valves

5. Quick-coupling valves

6. Routing of control wires

7. Control stations

8. The area controlled by each control station

9. Signage plan and sign detail

10. Cross connection test station locations and detail

11. Location of mow strips, fences, walls, or other barriers

12. Adjacent parcels, lots or home sites irrigated with potable water

S. Onsite recycled water design plans shall clearly detail backflow prevention devices, all
potable water lines, buildings, walls, exterior drinking, and decorative fountains,
swimming pools, playgrounds, or any other permanent facilities in the design area. If
none of the items listed in this paragraph are present in the design area, it shall be
specifically stated on the plans that none exist.

T. Onsite recycled water design plans shall clearly indicate the following minimum top of
pipe depth requirements:

1. Intermittent pressure lines 50mm (2”) in diameter and smaller: 300mm (12”)
deep.

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 5 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 2. Constant pressure lines less than 150mm (6”) in diameter: 450mm (18”) deep.

3. Constant pressure lines 150mm (6”) in diameter and larger: 750mm (30”) deep.

U. The District’s Recycled Water Use Notes are to be included on all onsite recycled water
system design plans. These notes, as appended, may be expanded or otherwise
modified as directed by the District.

V. The name(s) and 24-hour contact telephone number for the party responsible for
operation and maintenance of the system shall appear on the cover sheet of the design
plans..

W. An Inspection Note shall be shown on each page of the design plans. The note shall be
as follows: The District Inspection Division shall be notified 48 hours (2 working days)
prior to the start of construction. All work performed without benefit of inspection shall be
subject to rejection and removal.

1.09 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

All irrigation pipe, both potable and recycled, shall include the installation of
Warning/Identification
Tape.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 ONSITE RECYCLED WATER FACILITIES

A. Pipe shall be solid purple-colored PVC material conforming to the following:

1. 75mm (3”) or smaller pipe shall conform to ASTM-D1784, Type 1, Grade 1, PVC-
1120 for schedule 40 or 80, or ASTM-D2241, Type 1, Grade 1, PVC-1120 for
SDR rated pipe. Ends shall be solvent welded joints conforming to ASTM-
D2672.

2. 100mm (4”) and larger pipe shall conform to either AWWA C900 or C905 with
elastomeric ring bell-type pipe ends, conforming to ASTM-D3139. Where purple
pipe is unavailable, 0.203mm (0.008” or 8 mils) purple plastic sleeve material
maybe used in accordance with Section 15151.

3. Identification markings shall be continuous on two sides of the pipe. Markings

shall include the nominal pipe size, PVC type, ASTM or AWWA designation,
pressure rating and the words "CAUTION-RECYCLED WATER".

B. Fittings for PVC pipe shall conform to the following:

1. 75mm (3”) and smaller pipe shall use solvent weld joint type fittings, minimum
Schedule 40, with a working pressure rating no lower than that of the pipe.
Schedule 40 fittings shall conform to ASTM-D2466 and Schedule 80 fittings to
ASTM-D2464 and D-2467. PVC solvent cement shall conform to ASTM-D2564.

2. 100mm (4”) and larger pipe shall use either mechanical joint ductile-iron Class
350 fittings conforming to AWWA C153; or grip tite fittings conforming to AWWA

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 6 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 C110 and C111.

C. Warning tape shall be an inert plastic film formulated for prolonged underground
conditions. The minimum thickness shall be 0.102mm (0.004” or 4 mils) and the overall
width shall be a minimum of 75mm (3”). The tape shall have purple printing on a silver
background or black printing on a purple background with the words "CAUTION:
RECYCLED WATERLINE BELOW".

D. Quick-coupling valves shall be acme thread type for operation with a special coupler key.
They shall be constructed of brass with a solid purple-colored locking rubber or vinyl
cover. The locking cover shall have the warning "NON-POTABLE-DO NOT DRINK" in
English and Spanish, and the International "DO NOT DRINK" symbol. The warnings
shall be permanently molded into the cover.

E. Sprinklers, rotor heads and other types of dispersion heads shall have the exposed
surface colored purple. The exposed surface shall be colored through the use of
integrally molded purple plastic or permanently attached purple plastic ring or disc.

F. Valve boxes shall be per industry standards with solid purple-colored lids as a minimum.
The entire box may be molded from purple-colored PVC. The lids shall have the warning
"NON-POTABLE- DO NOT DRINK" in English and Spanish and the International "DO
NOT Drink" symbol. The warnings shall be permanently molded into the lid.

G. Valves shall have their exterior surface painted purple and be tagged with identification
tags. The purple paint shall be as listed on the Approved Materials List. Identification
tags shall be 75mm x 100mm (3” x 4”) weatherproof purple plastic. The plastic tags shall
be imprinted in black permanent markings with the words “Caution: Recycled Water- Do
Not Drink” on one side and “Peligro: Agua Impura- No Beber” on the opposite side.

H. Warning labels and signs shall be required and installed per the approved signage plans.
Labels and signs shall be submitted to the District Engineer for approval prior to
installation. The labels and signs shall notify that the system contains recycled water that
is unsafe to drink. They shall be in English and Spanish with the international “Do Not
Drink” symbol. As a minimum, signs shall be installed at impoundments, ingress and
egress points, and on the exterior front panel of irrigation controllers.

I. Strainers shall be the same nominal size as the service meter and shall have a ball valve
on the strainer leg for flushing. 50mm (2”) and smaller wye pattern strainers shall be
bronze body, in-line type with stainless steel screens. Strainers shall have a 13mm (1/2”)
bronze ball valve installed on the strainer’s wye leg. 75mm (3”) and larger wye pattern
strainers shall be cast-or ductile-iron and have the size ball valve recommended by the
manufacturer installed on the strainer’s wye leg

J. Check valves shall be in-line, spring-loaded, bronze-body construction. Check valves

shall be globe, wafer, or dual check type valves with stainless steel springs. Check
valves shall be the same size as the service meter.

K. A more stringent method of backflow prevention may be required when a fertilizer or

pesticide injection system is shown on the Approved Plans.

2.02 ONSITE POTABLE WATER FACILITIES

A. Pipe shall be white-or blue-colored PVC material conforming to this specification.

B. Quick-coupling valves shall not be acme thread type. They shall have a cover made of

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 7 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 brass, yellow rubber or vinyl.

C. Onsite systems distributing potable water shall not have purple markings.

2.03 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification Tape materials shall conform to Section 15000.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ONSITE RECYCLED WATER FACILITIES

A. Onsite recycled water facilities shall not be installed until the plans have been approved
by the District Engineer and the San Diego County, Department of Environmental Health
Services (DOHS), and a pre-construction meeting has been held with the District
Inspection Division. If any portion of the onsite recycled system is installed prior to plan
approval and/or inspection, all or any portion of the system shall be exposed and
corrected as directed by the District Engineer.

B. Onsite recycled water facilities shall be installed as shown on the approved plans.
Deviations from these plans by the installer shall not be permitted until the revised plans
have been submitted to, and approved by, the governing regulatory agencies.

C. Installation of onsite recycled water facilities shall conform to the following:

1. The recycled water system shall be separate and independent of any potable
water system. Cross connections between potable water facilities and onsite
recycled water facilities are prohibited.

2. Hose bibs on recycled water facilities are prohibited.

3. Drinking fountains shall be protected from the spray of recycled water in a

manner approved by the governing regulatory agencies and as directed by the
District Engineer.

4. Conditions that cause overspray, ponding and runoff shall be limited or

prevented.

D. Onsite recycled water and potable water facilities shall be installed in accordance with
the following criteria:

1. The horizontal separation between onsite recycled and potable lines shall be a
minimum of 1200mm (48”), measured between outside diameters.

2. In general, onsite recycled water lines shall be installed below potable water
lines, with a minimum vertical separation of 300mm (12”), measured between
outside diameters. Exceptions to this general requirement are as follows:

a. Recycled water lines may be installed above potable water lines where
the recycled lines (laterals) are intermittently pressurized. No special
construction requirements are necessary, provided the 300mm (12”)
vertical separation is maintained.

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 8 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 b. Constantly pressurized recycled water lines may be installed above
potable water lines providing the recycled pressured line has an
automatic flow control/shut-off device installed, or the recycled line is
sleeved. An automatic flow control/shut-off device shall terminate all flow
to a lateral automatically should the flow exceed a preset maximum Kpa
(gpm). Sleeving shall extend 1.5m (5’) each side from the center-line of
the potable line, for a total length of 3m (10’). The sleeve shall be purple
PVC. In all cases, the 300mm (12”) vertical separation shall be
maintained.

E. Onsite recycled water systems shall be installed to prevent discharge onto areas not
under control of the Owner. Appropriate irrigation components shall be employed in the
installation to confine the discharge to the approved use area. The installation shall
avoid spray patterns which discharge onto obstructions that tend to concentrate water to
produce ponding and/or runoff.

F. Onsite recycled water systems shall be installed to operate during periods of minimal
public use of the area. The total time required to irrigate the design area shall not exceed
nine (9) hours in any 24-hour period. The system shall be installed to operate between
the hours of 9 PM and 6 AM.

G. Onsite recycled water systems shall be installed to the following minimum top of pipe
depth requirements:

1. Intermittent pressure lines 50mm (2”) and smaller – 300mm (12”).

2. Constant pressure lines smaller than 150mm (6”) – 450mm (18”).

3. Constant pressure lines 150mm (6”) and larger – 750mm (30”).

H. Warning/Identification Tape shall be installed on all onsite potable and recycled lines as
called for in Section 15000.

I. Hydrotesting shall be performed on all constant pressure lines in the presence of the
District Engineer. The test pressure shall be a minimum of 345 Kpa (50 psi) above the
rating of the pipe, and shall be maintained for a minimum duration of 2 hours. No
leakage (drop in pressure) shall be allowed. If leakage exceeds this rate, the leak points
shall be located and repaired, and the hydrotest repeated until there is zero leakage.

J. Only potable water shall be used for hydrotesting, flushing, the operational test and the
cross connection test (if required). Potable water shall be supplied through a separate
temporary water meter obtained from the District and located at a District-approved
potable water source. A reduced pressure principal backflow device shall be installed at
ground level immediately downstream of the temporary potable water meter. A
temporary high line shall be installed to supply the proposed recycled irrigation system
during the construction and testing period.

K. A wye strainer and check valve shall be installed in accordance with Standard Drawing
WR-03 selected from the Approved Materials List.

1. For meter sizes 19mm (¾”) through 50mm (2”), the strainer and check valve
shall be installed in a separate 25mm (1”) meter box abutted to the service meter
box.

2. For meter sizes larger than 50mm (2”), the strainer and check valve shall be

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 9 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 installed in a separate vault adjacent to meter vault. The vault shall be of
sufficient size to provide adequate room for maintenance and removal of the
strainer and check valve.
3. The strainer and check valve shall be installed and inspected prior to service
being established.

L. Cross connection test stations shall be installed at the locations shown on the Approved
Plans and detailed on the Standard Drawings. In general, one test station shall be
installed directly downstream of each point of connection, downstream of any pressure
reducing valves. Additional cross connection station(s) may be required as indicated on
the Approved Plans.

M. A controller recycled irrigation map shall be prepared and submitted to the District prior to
commencing service. The map shall be prepared as follows:

1. Provide one map for each automatic controller showing the area covered. The
map shall be 275mm x 425mm (11” x 17”) in size.

2. The map is to be a reduced drawing of the actual system. The line weights and
lettering on the original controller map drawing shall be so drawn that, when
reduced, it is clearly legible.

3. The map shall be a blackline print with a different color used to show area of
coverage for each station and subsystem.

4. When completed and approved, the maps shall be hermetically sealed between
two pieces of clear, colorless plastic, each piece being a minimum of 0.254mm
(0.010” or 10 mils) thick.

N. The owner or owner's representative shall contact the District's Inspection Division and
arrange for a coverage test inspection. The owner or owner's representative must be in
attendance along with persons capable of making system adjustments. If modifications
to the system are required, other than minor adjustments, the owner will be notified in
writing of the changes required. To avoid suspension of service, the modifications must
be made in a timely manner. All modifications to the system are the responsibility of the
owner, applicant, or customer and said owner, applicant or customer shall pay all costs
associated with such modifications.

O. Either prior to or at the time of the coverage test, a Final Inspection shall also be
performed. The following items must be completed to the satisfaction of the District
Engineer before permanent service will be established:

1. Application for recycled service has been made to the District.

2. Warning signs and labels are installed.

3. Quick coupling valves, valve boxes, controllers and other system components
are clearly identified with the proper markings indicating distribution of either
recycled or potable water.

4. Windblown spray, runoff and ponding have been limited or prevented.

5. Controller clocks are set to operate during the approved hours.

6. Controller maps have been submitted to the District.

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 10 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 7. Site supervisor and twenty four (24) hour contact phone number identified.

P. In those areas where recycled water is not immediately available, but the District has
determined that recycled water will be supplied in the future, the onsite facilities shall be
installed to use recycled water. Provisions shall be made, as directed by the District, to
allow for connection to the recycled distribution main when it becomes available. In the
interim, potable water shall be supplied through a temporary potable water connection
installed in accordance with the District’s Standard Specifications. When recycled water
becomes available, the Owner shall remove the backflow prevention device in the
presence of and as directed by the District Engineer, and shall connect the onsite system
to the recycled water service lateral.

3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

A. General:

1. The operation, surveillance, maintenance, and repair of all onsite recycled water
facilities are the responsibility of the customer. The customer's designated "On-
Site Recycled Water Supervisor" shall bear the responsibility for the distribution
of recycled water in accordance with the District Rules and Regulations. The
District shall receive the following information regarding the individual designated
as "On-Site Supervisor": their name, address and telephone number of their
location during normal working hours, and a telephone number at which they can
be reached during off hours.

2. The District must be notified in writing of any change in the information in Section
15152.3.02.A.1 within ten (10) working days.

B. The customer shall have the following responsibilities pertaining to operation of onsite
facilities:

1. To ensure that all operations and maintenance personnel are trained and
familiarized with the use of recycled water.

2. To ensure precautionary measures be taken to minimize direct contact with

recycled water. For work involving more than a casual contact with recycled
water, employees must be provided with proper protective equipment. Adequate
first aid supplies should be available on the premises. All cuts and abrasions
should be promptly treated to prevent infection.

3. To furnish their operations and maintenance personnel with maintenance

instructions, irrigation schedules, controller charts, and as-built plans to ensure
proper operation in accordance with these Rules and Regulations.

4. To ensure all recycled water facilities are operated and maintained in accordance
with these Rules and Regulations and other documents governing recycled water
systems within the District.

C. The customer shall be responsible for any and all subsequent uses of the recycled water.
Operation, maintenance and control measures to be utilized in this regard, where
appropriate, shall include but are not limited to the following::

1. Operation of onsite recycled water facilities shall be operated to prevent or

minimize discharge onto areas not under control of the customer so as to
minimize public contact.

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 11 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 2. Operation of the onsite recycled water facilities shall be during periods of minimal
human use of the service area. Consideration shall be given to allow a
maximum dry-out time before the irrigated area will be used by the public.

3. Utilization of automatic controller systems to minimize ponding and runoff of

recycled water. Total sprinkler run times shall not be greater than the time
needed to supply the landscape's water requirement. If runoff occurs before the
landscape's water requirements are met, the automatic controllers shall be
reprogrammed with a greater number of water cycles of shorter duration to meet
the requirements. This method of operation is intended to minimize ponding and
runoff.

4. The customer reporting to the District any and all failures in the recycled water
system that cause an unauthorized discharge of recycled water.

5. Protection of all drinking fountains located within the approved use area from
contact with windblown recycled water spray, direct application through irrigation
or other approved uses by location and/or a protecting structure. Protection shall
be by design, construction practice and system operation.

6. Protection of facilities that may be used by the public. They include but are not
limited to, eating surfaces and playground equipment located within the approved
use areas. These shall be protected by siting and/or shelter from contact with
recycled water to the maximum extent possible. Windblown spray, direct contact
through wash down or by irrigation application, or other approved uses are
considered sources of recycled water. Protection shall be by design,
construction practice and system operation.

7. Notification of the District of all updates and proposed changes. Approval by the
District and DOHS shall be obtained prior to construction in accordance with
District procedures. All updates and proposed changes shall comply with these
Rules and Regulations and the governing documents of all other regulatory
agencies.

D. The customer shall enforce the following prohibitions:

1. Cross-connections: Cross-connections, as defined by the California Code of

Regulations, Title 17, resulting from the use of recycled water or from the
physical presence of a recycled water service, whether by design, construction
practice or system operation, are strictly prohibited.

2. Hose Bibs: Use or installation of permanent hose bibs on any customer water
system that presently operates or is designed to operate with recycled water,
regardless of the hose bib construction or identification, is prohibited.

3. Runoff: Conditions that directly or indirectly cause runoff of recycled water either
within or outside of the approved use area, whether by design, construction
practice or system operation, are prohibited.

4. Ponding: Conditions that directly or indirectly cause recycled water to pond either
within or outside of the approved use area, whether by design, construction
practice, or system operation, are prohibited.

5. Windblown Spray: Conditions that directly or indirectly permit windblown spray to

pass outside of the approved use area, whether by design, construction practice,

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 12 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 or system operation, are prohibited.

6. Disposal in Unapproved Areas: Disposal of recycled water for any purposes,

including approved uses, in areas other than those specifically approved by the
District and without the prior knowledge and approval of the governing regulatory
agencies, is prohibited.

7. Unapproved Uses: Use of recycled water for any purposes other than those
specifically approved by the District, is prohibited.

3.03 MONITORING AND INSPECTION

The District shall monitor and inspect the entire recycled distribution facility, including both offsite
and onsite facilities. The District shall conduct monitoring programs, maintain records as deemed
necessary, inspect onsite facilities for compliance with these Rules and Regulations, and provide
reports as requested by other regulating agencies. For these purposes, the District shall have
the right to enter upon the customer's premises during reasonable hours to inspect onsite
recycled water facilities and approved use areas. Reasonable hours shall include hours when
irrigation is occurring. The District, Regional Water Quality Control Board, DOHS and DEH shall
have the right to enter upon the customer's premises during reasonable hours, from time to time,
to verify that the customer's irrigation practices conform with these Rules and Regulations.
Where necessary, keys and/or lock combinations shall be issued upon request to the District to
provide such access.

3.04 VIOLATION AND NOTIFICATION

A. The District reserves the right to determine whether a violation of the Rules and
Regulations has resulted from any action or occurrence that is the responsibility of a
customer. Insofar as the violation of these Standards Specifications constitutes a
violation of any regulatory agency requirement, the District shall make its determination
with consultation on behalf of the concerned agency.

B. Specific violations shall include those that directly cause noncompliance with any one of
the specific prohibitions as listed in these Rules and Regulations. However, by definition,
noncompliance with any condition or conditions of these Rules and Regulations, whether
willfully or by accident, shall constitute a violation.

C. It is the responsibility of the customer to notify the District of any and all failures in the
onsite recycled water system whether or not in the customer's opinion the failures
resulted in violations. Failures may occur as a result of the customer's action, an action
by unauthorized personnel or any non-designated use of the recycled water service. If
there are any doubts regarding whether a violation has occurred, the customer should
notify the District so that a determination can be made.

D. Notification of failures and violations should be made by telephone, as soon as possible,

to the District. If the failure occurs after normal business hours, notification should be
made no later than 9:00 a.m. on the next regular business day following the occurrence.

3.05 CORRECTIVE ACTION

A. If the District’s investigation results in the determination that a violation has occurred,
then it shall be the responsibility of the customer to initiate corrective action. Pertinent
violations will be documented and a copy of this notice will be hand-delivered or mailed to

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 13 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
 the customer.

B. A timetable for completing the corrective action should be negotiated with the District by
the customer. Such corrections can involve human factors, such as additional training or
procedures modifications, as well as physical alterations to the system. Corrections not
made in accordance with the timetable shall result in the termination of service by
shutting off and locking the meter.

C. If, in the opinion of the District, the violation constitutes an immediate danger to the public
health, then service shall be terminated immediately by shutting off the meter or service
and locking it. Service shall be resumed only after the violation has been corrected to the
satisfaction of the District.

D. The customer is to maintain a written log of all system failures and violations, including
corrective action taken. The log will be reviewed by the District regularly.

3.06 ADMINISTRATIVE REVIEW

A mandatory administrative review will be conducted to examine customer's irrigation practice if

three written violations are issued within a 30-day period. The District and customer or agent is
required to present reasons for non-compliance with these Rules and Regulations. The customer
shall present a plan for corrective action acceptable to the District and the regulatory agencies.
The accepted plan and implementation schedule shall be adhered to or service may be
suspended.

END OF SECTION

Recycled Water Facilities (Onsite)

Standard Specifications 15152 - Page 14 of 14 Revised: 12/31/2003
WATER AGENGIES’ STANDARDS

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 15300 FIRE HYDRANTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

This section includes the materials for and installation of fire hydrant assemblies.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

The publications listed below form part of this specification to the extent referenced and are
referred to in the text by the basic designation only. Reference shall be made to the latest edition
of said standards unless otherwise called for.

AWWA C502 - Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants

AWWA C503 - Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants
AWWA C550 - Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings For Valves and Hydrants

1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

WAS Standard Drawings

WAS Standard Specifications 02223, 03000, 09910, 15000, 15041, 15044, 15056, 15061, 15064,
and 15100

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Hydrant outlet sizes and configuration shall be as shown on the Approved Plans or as
directed by the fire department of jurisdiction.

B. Hydrants shall generally have the following number and size of outlets as directed by the
fire department of jurisdiction:

1. Residential: One 64mm (2½") outlet and one 100mm (4") outlet

2. Commercial: Two 64mm (2½") outlets and one 100mm (4") outlet.

3. Industrial: One 64mm (2½") outlet and two 100mm (4") outlets.

1.05 SERVICE APPLICATION

A. Fire hydrants shall be installed on potable water mains only. Fire hydrants shall not be
installed on recycled water mains.

Fire Hydrants
Standard Specifications 15300 - 1 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2001
 B. Wet-barrel hydrants shall generally be used for pressures up to 1.38MPa (200 PSI).
System pressures up to and including 1.03MPa (150 PSI) require standard wet-barrel
hydrants, and pressures up to 1.38MPa (200 PSI) require high-pressure wet-barrel
hydrants in accordance with the Approved Materials List.

C. Dry-barrel hydrants shall generally be used for pressure ranges in excess of 1.38MPa
(200 PSI), up to 1.72MPa (250 PSI) as specifically shown on the approved drawings.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Fire hydrants shall be delivered and stored in accordance with AWWA C210, AWWA C213, and
AWWA C550. The port openings shall be covered with plastic, cardboard or wood while in transit
and during storage in the field. These covers shall remain in place until the valve is ready to be
installed. Fire hydrants shall not be stored in contact with bare ground. Fire hydrants shall not be
stacked.

1.07 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed for fire hydrant assemblies in accordance with
Section 15000.

PART 2 MATERIALS

2.01 HYDRANTS

A. Fire hydrants and appurtenances shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

B. Dry-barrel fire hydrants shall comply with AWWA C502 and these specifications unless
otherwise indicated on the Approved Drawings.

C. Wet-barrel fire hydrants shall comply with AWWA C503 and these specifications unless
otherwise indicated on the Approved Drawings.

D. The interior of ductile-iron hydrants shall be fusion-epoxy lined per AWWA C550.

E. All outlets shall be provided with National Standard Fire-Hose Threads. Outlets shall be
equipped with brass or ductile iron caps with chains.

F. Wet-barrel fire hydrant flanges and appurtenant bury ells and spools shall incorporate a
six-hole bolt pattern.

G. Fire hydrant break-off check valves shall be in accordance with the Approved Materials
List.

2.02 BOLTS AND NUTS

A. Hydrant flange bolts and nuts shall be selected from the Approved Materials List.

Fire Hydrants
Standard Specifications 15300 - 2 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2001
 B. Wet barrel fire hydrants not equipped with break-off check valves shall be installed with
break-away flange bolts selected from the Approved Materials List. The hollow shafts of
break-away bolts shall be filled with silicone sealant. Bolts and nuts shall be zinc-plated
A307 carbon steel in accordance with Section 15000.

2.03 CONCRETE

Concrete used for splash pads, thrust or anchor blocks shall be in accordance with Section 03000.

2.04 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape materials shall be in accordance with Section 15000 and the Approved
Materials List.

2.05 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

Field painting and coating materials shall be in accordance with Section 09910 in accordance with
the Approved Materials List.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Fire hydrant assemblies shall be installed at locations shown on the Approved Plans or as
directed by the fire department of jurisdiction in accordance with the Standard Drawings.

B. The location and port orientation of the Fire Hydrant shall be in accordance with the
Standard Drawings.

C. Fire hydrant flange bolts shall be set with nuts on top. Torque nuts uniformly and
progressively in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.. Fill the hollow bolt
shafts of break-away bolts with silicone sealant.

D. Depending on location, fire hydrant assemblies may require protection posts or concrete
retaining walls. When required by the District Engineer, or when shown on the Approved
Plans, protection posts or retaining walls shall be installed in accordance with the Standard
Drawings.

3.02 CONCRETE

Concrete thrust and anchor blocks shall be installed in accordance with Section 03000 and the
Standard Drawings. Refer to Section 03000 for the minimum concrete curing time required.

3.03 WARNING/IDENTIFICATION TAPE

Warning/Identification tape shall be installed in accordance with Section 15000 and the Standard
Drawings.

Fire Hydrants
Standard Specifications 15300 - 3 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2001
3.04 DISINFECTION OF FIRE HYDRANT

The fire hydrant assembly shall be disinfected in accordance with Section 15041, as part of the
process of disinfecting the main pipeline. The assembly valves shall be operated and the assembly
flushed to completely disinfect all internal parts.

3.05 HYDROSTATIC TESTING

Fire hydrant assemblies shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with Section 15044 in
conjunction with the pipeline to which it is connected.

3.06 FIELD PAINTING AND COATING

The fire hydrant exterior shall be field painted in accordance with Section 09910.

END OF SECTION

Fire Hydrants
Standard Specifications 15300 - 4 of 4 Revised: 03/01/2001